Sie sind auf Seite 1von 317

Cable Management Systems Lighting T runkings Electrical Systems

New section devoted to WEB tools BASOR has opened a new web portal especially devoted to installers and engineers. The portal contains different tools which shall help users solve issues such as the choosing of the adequate cable tray or support. Give it a try!

I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL Y BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST ASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT SORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL Y BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST ASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT SORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY SORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR PLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING

Fixed structure photovoltaic electrical systems BASOR has opened a new technical department which specialises in the development of fixed structures for photovoltaic electrical systems, both on the floor and on the ceiling. Consult us!

New support systems BASOR has been trying for years to provide its clients with the most adequate product for their electrical systems without having to invest more than what is strictly necessary. For this reason, BASOR has launched products which complete their ranges so that the solution chosen fulfils all your needs.

Fire-resistant cable conduction systems BASOR has expanded the solutions available for emergency electrical systems where the evacuation systems must continue functioning in case of fire.

Conduit cable conduction system New range of products for superficial electrical systems. Rigid conduits RE1250 and R1250 are adequate for all kinds of superficial electrical systems and have a minimum compression strength of 1250N. FLEXL flexible conduits have been designed to protect the cables in robots, spinning tables, solar trackers and, generally speaking, machinery which is in constant movement.

THE ADVANTAGES OF BASOR THE COMPANY


seeks its clients success and is constantly investigating, developing and creating new products. has been designed to supply in an efficient way.

BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUP BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING B BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLE BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORP BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUP BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING B BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLE BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORP BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUP BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING B BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLE BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORP BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUP
is a recognised leader in the industry and has more than 30 years of experience in its sector. offers an industrial compromise, seeking solutions within the industry. offers the possibility of manufacturing products personalised for each client, fulfilling needs which the market fails to fulfil. offers one of the broadest ranges of cable conduction systems in Europe.

SCM

METALLIC CABLE CONDUCTION SYSTEMS


Carbon steels Metallic cable trays Metallic high load cable trays High load wire-mesh cable trays Wire-mesh cable trays Cable ladders Support systems Stainless steels Cable trays High load wire-mesh cable trays Aluminium Cable trays Cable ladders

SCE SBT

TRUNKING CABLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

INSULATING CONDUIT CABLE CONDUCTION SYSTEMS


Insulating rigid conduit Insulating flexible conduit

CEP ACC

BUSBAR TRUNKING SYSTEMS

SCP

INSULATING CABLE CONDUCTION SYSTEMS


Domestic minitrunkings PVC cable trays and trunkings

INSTALLATION AND ASSEMBLY ACCESSORIES

THE ADVANTAGES OF BASOR THE PRODUCTS

PPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX L BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 EX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV L BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY PLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING PPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX L BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 EX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV L BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY PLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING PPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX L BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 EX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV L BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY PLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING PPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX

SELF-ASSEMBLY system for metallic cable trays and trunkings: The self-assembly system is the most efficient, economic and quick joining method for cable tray systems. Due to the fact that it doesnt require joint plate accessories, the installation time is reduced and the assembly becomes a much easier task. Two joint cable trays confer the union joint a rigidity which is much higher than those of traditional systems, avoiding the movements which happen between the two cable trays. In the case of trunkings, the self-assembly system confers it a higher sealing degree. In the union between the two cable trays, one of them is placed inside the other, sealing the joint from the inside of the cable tray and hence avoiding the penetration of external agents. The covers have this same characteristic, avoiding in the same way the penetration of external agents as one cover is over the other and there is no space left between both covers. Moreover, this system guarantees a good trunking, even when the operator leaves the cable trays with a few millimetres of separation between them and, as the system overlaps, this allows the correction of such faults. In all types of cable trays and trunkings, the joining of different stretches by way of self-assembly systems confers it a greater electrical continuity between the stretches, as the contact surface is greater. The models manufactured by Basor which deploy a self-assembly system are ERE, FRE and FE cable trays. To sum it all up, the self-assembly system is the safest, most economic and quick system for joining different stretches of cable trays. HIGH LOADS BASORFIL system: One of the main flaws of wire-mesh cable trays is the poor resistance to flexion which they have. Therefore, BASOR has designed a high loads system for BASORFIL BFR cable trays which confers the cable tray a resistance to flexion which is much higher than the resistance of conventional BASORFIL BF cable trays, where the wire-mesh cables are totally straight. Due to the wire-mesh cables deflection, the BASORFIL BFR system is characterised by the high level of stiffness of the cable tray. Moreover, BASORFIL BFRs exclusive design allows the level of the cables to be the same in the whole wire mesh, being safer than the conventional system, as it doesnt allow the cable to rest solely on the transversal wire-mesh cables.

ALVEOLAR system: The alveolar system belonging to the BASORPLAST BPI family confers the product a greater resistance to flexion/weight, facilitating its installation, manipulation and transport. Its excellent design in the shape of alveoli confers it a bending momento which is between 12 and 14 % greater than the bending momento of the conventional model, allowing alveolar cable trays to behave elastically in extreme situations where conventional cable trays behave plastically and have a risk of collapsing.

INDEX
DIMENSIONS OF CABLE TRAYS AND SUPPORTS CALCULATING THE WEIGHT AND AREAS OF THE CABLES CHOOSING THE TYPE OF CONDUCTION, MATERIAL AND COVERING CHOOSING THE RIGHT CABLE TRAY CHOOSING A HORIZONTAL SUPPORT CHOOSING A CEILING SUPPORT SELECTION PROCESS WHEN THERE ARE CABLE CONDUCTIONS ONLY ON ONE SIDE OF THE PENDANT SELECTION PROCESS WHEN THERE ARE CABLE CONDUCTIONS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE PENDANT INDEX OF PRODUCTS SCM - METALLIC CABLE CONDUCTION SYSTEMS CARBON STEELS BASORTRAY - METALLIC CABLE TRAYS BASORFIL - WIRE-MESH CABLE TRAYS BASORTRAV - CABLE LADDERS BASORSUPPORT - SUPPORT SYSTEMS STAINLESS STEEL I304 SYSTEMS ALUMINIUM SCP - INSULATING CABLE CONDUCTION SYSTEMS SCE - TRUNKING CABLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS SBT - INSULATING CONDUIT CABLE CONDUCTION SYSTEMS CEP - BUSBAR TRUNKING SYSTEM ACC - INSTALLATION AND ASSEMBLY ACCESSORIES SOLAR ENERGY FIXED STRUCTURES FIRE RESISTANT ASSEMBLIES TECHNICAL APPENDIX TECHNICAL APPENDIX INDEX DESIGN PROCESS MATERIALS AND FINISHES CORROSION. DEFINITIONS DEGREES OF PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION STANDARD MATERIALS AND FINISHES SPECIAL MATERIALS AND FINISHES CABLE TRAY DIMENSIONS VENTILATION AND SEALING DEGREE DETERMINING THE WORKING LOAD (WL) SAVE WORKING LOAD (SWL) SPAN LENGTH DEFLECTION MINIMUM AREA OF THE CABLE TRAY SPACE LIMITATIONS SERVICE TEMPERATURE. THERMAL CONTRACTIONS AND EXPANSIONS ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY COST OF MATERIALS VS. FINAL COST OF THE SYSTEM USE OF THE SAVE WORKING LOAD (SWL) GRAPHS CABLE TRAYS HORIZONTAL SUPPORTS PENDANTS Load on one side Load on both sides 6-11 6 7 7 9 10 10 11 12-13 14 50 60 78 94 108 112 128 138 146 152 171 181 189 190 191 192 192 193 194 197 199 199 199 201 202 202 202 203 204 204 205 206 207 207 208 208

4 INDEX

INDEX
UNIT CONVERSION TABLE TECHNICAL INDEX CARDS 210 211-313

ACRONYMS
ACRONYM L BP BC SWL Pap (Nm) B H UVM UVE REF. e A, B, . PC MEANING LENGTH CABLE TRAY NON-PERFORATED CABLE TRAY SAVE WORKING LOAD TORQUE IN Nm BASE HEIGHT MINIMUM SELLING UNIT PACKAGING SELLING UNIT REFERENCE THICKNESS ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONAL SIZES WITH TECHNICAL DETAIL PC PROFILE ACRONYM TR Dc Fmax Mmax Min Ta Max Ta C IK IP A (cm) DN Rcomp Rimp MEANING THREADED ROD DEFORMITY COEFFICIENT MAX. TORSION/COMPRESSION FORCE MAX. BENDING MOMENT MIN. WORKING TEMPERATURE MAX. WORKING TEMPERATURE DEGREES CELSIUS IK RATING IP RATING USEFUL AREA NOMINAL DIAMETER COMPRESSION STRENGTH IMPACT STRENGTH ACRONYM Dext Dint In (A) (Hz) 3FN FN A Wx Wy Qreac Reduc Qtrac MEANING EXTERIOR DIAMETER INTERIOR DIAMETER NOMINAL INSTENSITY (AMPS) FRECUENCY 3 PHASES AND NEUTRAL PHASE AND NEUTRAL AREA MODULUS RESISTANT TO X MODULUS RESISTANT TO Y REACTION LOAD % OF REDUCTION OF THE WORKING LOAD OF PROFILE TRACTION LOAD

INDEX 5

DIMENSIONS OF CABLE TRAYS AND SUPPORTS


The following points shall further develop the basic steps which have to be followed in order to establish the dimensions of a cable conduction system.

2
[s]

[H]

4
[B]

1 2

Calculating the weight and areas of the cables. Choosing the type of conduction, material and covering.

Choosing the right cable tray [B] x [H] [s] Support span

4 5

Choosing a horizontal support. Choosing a ceiling support.

CALCULATING THE WEIGHT AND AREAS OF THE CABLES


EXAMPLE OF AN ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
N of cables 10 4 4 Type 3 x 16 3 x 25 3 x 50 exterior (mm) 17,1 20,8 26,4 Weight (kg/m) 0,70 1,10 1,86

1.1. Defining the electrical connections and the conductors for each one As an example of its design, we shall take an electrical connection of which we have all the data provided by the cable manufacturer:

1.2 Calculating the cable tray AREA (Amin) necessary for each cable conduction system For this calculation, as the cables real section does not reflect the useful area needed by the cable, the useful area of such cable shall be calculated as follows: Auseful= 2 With this data, adding up all of the useful sections of each cable and applying the security coefficient for future enlargements, the minimum area is obtained. C.S. Amin = 1 + n Auseful 100 In the example which we are using, with a security coefficient of 40%, the

EXAMPLE OF AN ELECTRICAL CONNECTION


N 10 4 4 (mm) 17,1 20,8 26,4 Auseful (mm2) 292 433 697 Subtotal 40 % (SC) Amin (mm2) Amin (cm2) N x Auseful 2920 1732 2788 7440 mm2 2976 mm2 10416 mm2 104 cm2

results are as follows:

DIMENSIONS OF CABLE TRAYS AND SUPPORTS


1.3 Calculating the LOAD [Qmin] (kg/m) for each cable conduction system In order to do so, apply the following formula: Qmin = 1 + C.S. 100
EXAMPLE OF AN ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
N 10 4 4
Weight (Kg/m)

n x Weight 7,00 4,40 7,44 18,84 kg/m 7,54 k/m 26 k/m

n Weight

Esto es, en el caso que nos ocupa:

0,70 1,10 1,86 Subtotal 40 % (C.S.) Qmin (kg/m)

CHOOSING THE TYPE OF CONDUCTION, MATERIAL AND COVERING


Interior Chemical Industry Food Industry Exterior Chemical Industry NR NR NR L L R L R R R R L R E R R Food Industry NR NR NR L NR L L R R R R R R R R R

At this point, its necessary to decide the [TYPOLOGY] of the cable tray which is going to be used. Nevertheless, one has to bear in mind that normally, in order to look for the most economic option, different types of cable trays shall have to be taken into consideration, as this parameter shall influence other aspects of the system such as the maximum support span and, therefore, the number of support needed and the time required for their assembly. Depending on the type of conduction which you are seeking, you may consider the following alternatives:

Humid

SCM

METALLIC CABLE CONDUCTION SYSTEMS


Metallic cable trays Metallic high load cable trays High load wire-mesh cable trays Wire-mesh cable trays Cable Ladder

SCP

INSULATING CABLE CONDUCTION SYSTEM


PVC cable trays PVC trunkings

GS CINCADO BICRO GC GSE I304 PVCM1 PP7035 PA6 PA6-V0 PA12 GSP GCE I316 AL AL6063T6

R R R E R E R R R R R R E E E E

L L L R R E R R R R R R E E E E

NR NR NR L R R R R R R R L R E R R

NR NR NR NR R R R R R R R R R E R R

R- Recommended / L- Limited Resistance / NR- Not Recommended / E- Excessive Quality

For additional information regarding the characteristics of each type of conduction or regarding the different finishes, consult the Technical Appendix (Page 193).

CHOOSING THE RIGHT CABLE TRAY

Process to be repeated for each cable conduction system Data to start off with: Qmin y Amin calculated in sections 1.2 and 1.3 respectively. [TYPOLOGY] selected in section 2. a) Go to the section of the catalogue which corresponds to the [TYPOLOGY] which you have selected. In the first page of the selected product, you shall find a table showing the useful areas. b) Choose a cable tray which fulfils the principle of [USEFUL AREA] > Amin. c) Find the table of the corresponding product. d) Verify that the SWL (kg/m) of the tray chosen is > Qmin1.

Selection process:

The catalogue displays the values of the SWL (Save Working Load) for the recommended support span [d]. To obtain the values of the [SWL] with other [d], consult the Technical Appendix.

Urban L L L R L E L R R R R R E E R R

Dry

DIMENSIONS OF CABLE TRAYS AND SUPPORTS


In the example which is being developed: [TYPOLOGY] = ERE. Amin = 104 cm2 Qmin = 26 kg/m. [d] = 1.5m

Table showing EREs useful areas (Page 20)

R BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX AREA UTIL (cm2) BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX B (mm) H35 H60 H80 H100 ASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV 100 34 59 78 98 BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY 150 51 89 118 148 SORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING 200 69 119 198 R BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST158 BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX 300 103 178 238 298 BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX 400 238 317 397 ASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV 500 298 397 497 BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST600 BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX477 BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY 358 597 SORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING R BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL The first cable tray which complies with the conditions BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING of Amin>104 cm2 is the B=200 mm and H=60 mm cable tray. ASORPLAST BASORCANALBASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASOR BASORTRAY BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BANDEJA DE CHAPA PERFORADA ERE H60 BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT GC INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL UVM UVE B H d=1,5 GS SORFIL BASORTRAVBASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASORTUB BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL (kg/m) REF. kg/m BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL REF. BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX kg/m DESCRIPCION m m mm mm CTA R BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRAV BASORPLAST BASORCANAL B/P ERE 100X60 BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL 3 24 100 60 85 2/1197 0,95 2/1227 1,42 BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTRAY B/P ERE 150X60 3 18 60 85 2/1198 1,17 2/1228 1,74 BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL 150 BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR12 200 BASORTRAY BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING B/P ERE 200X60 3 60 85 2/1199 1,46 2/1229 1,99 BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX B/P 3 BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY 12 300 60 85 2/1201 2,03 2,56 ASORPLAST BASORCANALBASORFIL ERE 300X60 BASORTUB BASORFLEXBASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST2/1231BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORFLEX L=3m BASOR BASORTRAY BASORTRAV BASORCANAL BASORTUB B/P ERE 400X60 3 6 400 BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING 3,54 60 100 2/1202 2,86 2/1232 BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASOR BASORTRAY BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL 500 BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL B/P ERE 500X60 6 60 100 SORFIL BASORTRAVBASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING3 BASOR BASORTRAY2/1203 3,38 2/1233 4,19BASORTRUNKING BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTUB BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX B/P ERE 600X60 3 6 600 60 100 2/1204 3,91 2/1234 4,83 R BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRAV BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL
B
H

10x7.5

20x7.5

7.5x7.5

BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST inBASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY number 2/4356 GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). When cut has been done at the BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX workplace, JUER H60 couplers, with reference number 2/2048 in GS or 2/2053 in BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFILGC must be used. BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFILthat the BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX ASOR BASORTRAY BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING In this case, one must verify BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORPLAST of B=200 mmBASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLASTBASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORCANAL cable tray selected BASORTRUNKING BASOR and
160 H=60 mm is valid, BASORFLEXthe BASORTUB as the SWL and BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX 30 support span [d] selected are less than BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV CTA 100-300 140 Qmin (85>26). CTA 400-600 BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY 25 ERE H=60 mm

To assemble the cable trays, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires the use of 4 bolts, with reference

Def 120 Should you want to increase the BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING support span, BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX ASOR BASORTRAY browse through the 100 20 Technical Appendix, where you will find BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL that cable trays can also be supported 80 BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX 15 Def = 14 mm (for example)BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV every 1.9 meters. The CTA = 60 kg/m BASORPLAST 60 SWL is approximately 60 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORSUPPORT INOXkg/m, with a 10 deflection of 14 mm in the centre of 40 BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING the span. ASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB5BASORFLEX 20 For the case which we are illustrating, BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL weBASORTUB BASORFLEX to shall suppose that, due BASORTRUNKING1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 BASORFIL BASORTRAV2.3 2.4 2.5 1.0 BASOR BASORTRAY 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 BASORSUPPORT INOX construction limitations attributable to BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING d (m) BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV the project, the support BASORSUPPORT INOXspan is fixed BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY at 1.5 m. BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING ASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX Output data: BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL Cable tray model: Base [B] x Height [H] (example: B=200 and H=60 mm) BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX Support span [d] (example: [d] = 1.5 m) BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY 8 BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING ASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX

CTA (Kg/m)

Def (mm)

DIMENSIONS OF CABLE TRAYS AND SUPPORTS


4
CHOOSING A HORIZONTAL SUPPORT Process to be repeated for each cable conduction system Data to start off with:
[B] Base of the cable tray (data to start off with quoted in the previous section)2. [d] Support span. Qmin (section 1.3)

Selection process:
a) Calculate [F] = [Qmin] x [d] b) Go to the corresponding SWL table3 on the top part with the variable [B]. c) All of the supports with a cell value greater than the [F] calculated in section a are valid. d) If the cable conduction systems supports are fixed to the wall, the calculation ends here.

In the example shown, the calculation should be done as follows: [B] = 200 (The cable tray chosen in the previous section was 200x60) [F] = [Qmin] x [d] = 26 (kg/m) x 1.5 (m) = 39 Consulting the table: BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX SWL (kg) WALL AND CURVED WALL BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOXSUPPORTS B BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX PRODUCT 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY SHO BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING 85 75 100 70 BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV SCR 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 60 60 BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL SRB 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR -BASORTRAY60 BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL WALL BRACKET SR BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT -INOX BASORPLAST- BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX 120 110 100 80 BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL
LIGHT LOADS

1000

Therefore, we may conclude that any type of BASORs supports (all of the values of column B=200 are higher than the Qmin) would be valid for the solution we are seeking in this case, including those which are cheaper such as SHO or SCR. Should you have chosen a [d] = 1.9 m, the [F] = 50 kg, and therefore both models would have also been valid. Output data: Support for each cable conduction system: PRODUCT + Model [B]. Example: SHO or SCR both of 200.

Should any obstacles need to be avoided and therefore a wider support is needed, this [B] shall be considered, and not that of the cable base. That is to say that, if in order to avoid a pillar the support needs to have a dimension of 300 even though the cable tray is only 200, the design should consider [B]=300. 3 SCM/CARBON STEELS (Page 80) SCM/STAINLESS (Page 124) SCE (Page 136)
1

DIMENSIONS OF CABLE TRAYS AND SUPPORTS


5
CHOOSING A CEILING SUPPORT Data to start off with: Number of cable conductions which the element is capable of supporting and layout. For each of the cable conduction systems: - [F] (number them [F1], [F2], [F3]), obtained in section 4.a. - [B] (number them [B1], [B2], [B3]) obtained in section 3.

A) Selection process when there are cable conductions only on one side of the pendant:
a) Calculate [Feq] = Addition of all Forces. [Ftot] =

Fi
i

b) Calculate [Beq] = Maximum of all of the cable tray models. [Beq] = max (Bi) c) Consult values in the corresponding pendant selection table4 introducing variable [B]. d) All of the supports with a cell value greater than the [Ftot] calculated in section a are valid. a. In the example which we are using, if we suppose that, apart from the cable conduction system with which we were working previously, we also have a second cable conduction system working on the same side of the pendant with [F2] = 85 Kg y [B2] = 300, the result shall be: [Feq] = 39 + 85 = 124 Kg [Beq] = max (200;300) = 300 Therefore, when consulting the ceiling supports table for SCM/CARBON STEELS:

SCM/CARBON STEELS - Page 84 SCM/STAINLESS - Page 106 SCP - Page 124 SCE - Page 136

SZ

CARGAS MEDIAS

SOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX SWL (kg) CEILING SUPPORT BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL B Horizontal support or width of the cable tray PRODUCT 50 100 200 300 400 600 700 BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY150 BASORFIL BASORTRAV 500 BASORSUPPORT 800 Pgina INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV SHOT BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB -BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY xxx 38 55 45 40 ASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING SOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL SHO 400 85 69 58 50 39 xxx BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY SVO + 2 VR8 270 220 200 160 130 110 ASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST- BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING xxx SOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR 144 BASORTRAY113 BASORFIL BASORTRAV 64 BASORSUPPORT INOX xxx PC + WALL BRACKET (SR) 127 102 85 73 57 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY ASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING PC + HEAD BRACKET (SCR) 120 100 86 67 55 46 40 SOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT 150 INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX xxx BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV xxx SPL 304 254 218 192 154 128 110 96 BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY ASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING SOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX SP 404 351 310 230 196 171 151 xxx In this case the SVO is ruled out because the cable trays have differents widths. 277 In conclusion the necessary pendant support for assembly will be the SPL. The horizontal supports of each line have been fixed at the pendant.
LIGHT LOADS
429 375 333 300 250 214 188 167 xxx

10

SPD

614

550

498

455

388

338

300

269

244

223

xxx

DIMENSIONS OF CABLE TRAYS AND SUPPORTS B) Selection process when there are cable conductions on both sides of the pendant:
a) Calculate [Ftot] = Addition of all Forces. [Ftot] =

Fi
i

b) Calculate [Mright] = Addition of all momentums on right side. Biright + 50 Firight x [Mright] = 2000 i

c) Calculate [Mleft] = Addition of all momentums on left side. Bileft + 50 Fileft x [Mleft] = 2000 i

d) Calculate [Meq] = Equivalent momentum = [Mder] [Mleft]. e) Consult the Safe Area Graphs (ZS) for each pendant5 and check if they are within the [Ftot, Meq] safe area. In order to complete the abovementioned example, we shall suppose that, apart from the two cable conduction systems mentioned previously, there is a third one located opposite the two first systems, from which we know that [B3] = 400, [F] = 60 Kg. LEFT
P3 = 60 kg B3 = 400 mm

RIGHT
F1 = 39 kg B1 = 200 mm F2 = 85 kg B2 = 300 mm

Taking this data into account, the calculation would be as follows: [Ftot] = [F1] + [F2] + [F3] = 39 + 85 + 60 = 184 Kg

[Meq] = 19,89 13.5 = 6,26 kgm And, if we check with the Safe Area Graph, we shall be able to verify that the SPL support is also suitable. BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB SPL 35 BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV SPL 300: Cd=0,255 BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEXCd=0,287 30 SPL 400: BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX SPL 500: Cd=0,351 SPL 600: Cd=0,415 BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL 25 SPL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL800: Cd=0,639 BASORSUPPORT BASORTRAV INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL 20 BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL 15 ZS BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST 10 BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB kgm Ftot = 184 kg, Meq = 6,26 BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR5 BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT 0 INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL (kg) BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR Q BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR know that a model 600 is needed, by applyingBASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANALcan Moreover, if we already BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV the deflection coefficient (Dc), the vertical elements deflection BASORTUB be calculated: BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST[Meq] x [Cd] = 6,26 x 0,351 = 2,20BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL Deflection = BASORCANAL BASORTUB 3 mm. BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT INOX BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR
5

[Mright] = [F1 x (B1+50)/2000] + [F2 x (B2+50)/2000] = 4,88 + 14,88 = 19,76 Kgm [Mleft] = [F3 x (B3+50)/2000] = 13,5 Kgm

Graphs can be consulted in the Technical Appendix.

M (kgxm)

11

Metallic Cable Conduction Systems BASORTRAY


Metallic cable trays Metallic high load cable trays 14-49 16-31 32-49 50-59 52-53 54 60-77 62-73 74-77 78-93 80-83 84-88 89-91

SCM

BASORFIL CARBON STEELS


High loads wire-mesh cable trays Wire-mesh cable trays

BASORTRAV
FE Cable ladder British Standard Ladder (BSL)

BASORSUPPORT
Wall and curved wall supports Ceiling supports Floor supports

BASORTRAY I304 BASORFIL

Metallic cable trays High loads wire-mesh cable trays Supports

96-99 100-105 106-107 110-111 111

BASORSUPPORT ALUMINIUM BASORTRAY

Metallic cable trays Cable ladders

BASORTRAV

Insulating Cable Conduction Systems BASORPLAST


BPB, PVC domestic minitrunkings BPI, Industrial PVC trunkings and cable trays 114-115 116-123 124-126

SCP

BASORSUPPORT
SCP supports

12 INDEX

Trunking Cable Management Systems BASORCANAL CT BASORSUPPORT SCE


130-135 136-137

SCE SBT

Insulating Conduit Cable Conduction Systems BASORTUB


PVC and RLH rigid conduits Polyamide flexible conduits 140-141 142-145

BASORFLEX

Busbar System BASORTRUNKING


146-151

CEP ACC

Installation and Assembly Accessories


41/82 Assembly systems Assembly profiles Wall fixation profiles Beam fixation elements Threaded elements Concrete anchors Conduit fixation elements 154-161 162-163 164 165 166-167 168 169

Solar Energy Fixed Structures

SOLAR FIRE

171-180

Fire Resistant Assemblies

181-188 INDEX 13

12

8 7 13

2 6

10

1. ER Cable tray 2. ERE Cable tray 3. FRE Cable tray 4. ERE Cover 5. CPERC Horizontal bend 6. CCERC Vertical inside 7. CXERC Vertical outside 8. CREC Cross Intersection 9. TERC T Intersection 10. PS Divider profile 11. AS Accessory 12. JUER-A Articulation joint 13. REER Reduction

SCM

METALLIC CABLE TRAYS


5 11
ER
.......................................................................................

Page 16 Page 19 Page 20 Page 24 Page 31

ER Assemblies ERE

...............................................

...................................................................................

ERE/FRE Accessories ERE Assemblies

...........................

............................................

METALLIC HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAYS


FRE ..................................................................................... Page 32 FRE Assemblies BS
..............................................

Page 35 Page 36 Page 37 Page 39 Page 40 Page 42 Page 45 Page 48

........................................................................................

BS Accessories BS Assemblies U

.............................................

..................................................

............................................................................................

OME

.................................................................................

U/OME Accessories U/OME Assemblies

..................................

...................................

BASORTRAY is our range of metallic cable trays. The main feature of these products is the high resistance to bending/cost of the smaller models. Its BASORs broadest range, as with its 6 models it covers all need from the most basic ones to those demanded by petrochemical companies.

GS / GC

SCM
ER

BASORTRAY
Metallic Cable Trays

11. Longitudinal reinforcements to improve Resistance to flexure. 22. Security edge to avoid accidents during set-up. 33. Corners finished at 45 to improve behaviour to flexure. 44. Pressure-fixed covers. No accessories required.

USEFUL AREA (cm2) B (mm) 50 H50 24

ER P+SBC+VR8

ER P+SCR50

ER50 P+COVER+2SBC+SBL+VR8

16 SCM ER

SCM
ER

BASORTRAY
Metallic Cable Trays

ER 50 PERFORATED METALLIC CABLE TRAYS


DESCRIPTION B/P ER 50X50 UVM m 3 UVE m 36 B mm 50 H mm 50 d=1,5 GS SWL (kg/m) REF. kg/m 20 2/1191 0,65 GC REF. 2/1221 kg/m 0,71
B H 25 12,5

To assemble the cable trays, one JUER 50 must be used with reference number 2/2051 in GS or 2/5056 in GC. Each piece requires the use of 4 bolts reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.
L=3m

7x7 100 18x8.5

ER 50 NON-PERFORATED METALLIC CABLE TRAYS


DESCRIPTION B/C ER 50X50 UVM m 3 UVE m 36 B mm 50 H mm 50 d=1,5 GS SWL (kg/m) REF. kg/m 20 2/1251 0,69 GC REF. 2/1281 kg/m 0,88
B H

37,5

When cutting on site is necessary to drill the base or depth to fix the union. For more technical information, please consult page 211.
L=3m

7x7 18x7.5

ER 50 COVER
DESCRIPTION ER 50 COVER UVM m 3 UVE m 36 B mm 50 GS REF. 2/1311 kg/m 0,33 REF. 2/1320 GC kg/m 0,43
15

To mount the cover no accessories are needed. Fixed by pressure.

L=3m

B+3

ER 50 HORIZONTAL BEND
DESCRIPTION CURVA CPER 50x50 GS UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 B mm 50 H mm 50 GS REF. 2/3235 kg/ud 0,26
H 12x8

To assemble the horizontal bend, one JUER 50 must be used with reference number 2/2051 in GS or 2/5056 in GC. Each piece requires the use of 4 bolts reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100).

50

B 120

SCM ER 17

21

50

To assemble the cable trays, one JUER 50 must be used with reference number 2/2051 in GS or 2/5056 in GC. Each piece requires the use of 4 bolts reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags 100).

50

SCM
ER

BASORTRAY
Accessories

ER 50 VERTICAL INSIDE
DESCRIPTION BEND CCER 50x50 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 B mm 50 H mm 50 GS
114

REF. 2/3236

kg/ud 0,27

12x8

To assemble the vertical inside, one JUER 50 must be used with reference number 2/2051 in GS or 2/5056 in GC. Each piece requires the use of 4 bolts reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100).

21

50 114

ER 50 VERTICAL OUTSIDE
DESCRIPTION BEND CXER 50x50 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 B mm 50 H mm 50 GS REF. 2/3238 kg/ud 0,24

125

12x8

To assemble the vertical outside, one JUER 50 must be used with reference number 2/2051 in GS or 2/5056 in GC. Each piece requires the use of 4 bolts reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100).

50

21 H 125

JUER 50 UNION
DESCRIPTION J/UNION JUER 50X50 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 250 B mm 50 H mm 50 GS REF. 2/2051 kg/ud 0,09 REF. 2/2056 GC kg/ud 0,01
B-2 29

To assemble the coupler, requires the use of 4 bolts reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100).

12x8 20

9 10

75

18x7.5

B1 BOLT SET
DESCRIPTION B1 bolt set M6x14 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Pap Nm 6 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/4356 1,00 GC REF. 2/6826 kg/ud 1,00

The B1 bolt set consists of a M6x14 DIN 603 mushroom head square neck bolt and a M6 DIN 6923 flange nut with serration for a perfect fit. Used to mount all accessories BASORTRAY Series.

14

14

18 SCM ER

120

SCM
ER

BASORTRAY
Mounts

ER MOUNTS
JUER 50 COUPLER ER 50 HORIZONTAL BEND ER 50 VERTICAL INSIDE ER 50 VERTICAL OUTSIDE

ER P+SBC+VR8

ER P+SCR50

ER50 P+TAPA+2SBC+SBL+VR8

SBC - Page 167 VR8 - Page 166

SCR - Page 81

SBC - Page 167 SBL - Page 167 VR8 - Page 166

SCM ER 19

SCM
ERE

BASORTRAY
Metallic Cable Trays

P
2

PATENTED 9800892

1. 1 SELF-ASSEMBLY fixation system between cable trays. No couplers needed Easier to install Less time required for installation Union with higher degree of rigidity 2. 2 Longitudinal reinforcements to improve Resistance to flexure. 3. 3 Security edge to avoid accidents during set-up. 4. 4 Corners finished at 45 to improve behaviour to flexure. 5. 5 Pressure-fixed covers. No accessories required.
6 Accessories with circular insides to avoid damaging the cables. 6.

6
USEFUL AREA (cm2) B (mm) 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H35 34 51 69 103 H60 59 89 119 178 238 298 358 H80 78 118 158 238 317 397 477 H100 98 148 198 298 397 497 597

20 SCM ERE

SCM
ERE

BASORTRAY
Metallic Cable Trays

ERE H35 PERFORATED METALLIC CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P ERE 100X35 B/P ERE 150X35 B/P ERE 200X35 B/P ERE 300X35
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 30 24 18 12

B mm 100 150 200 300

H mm 35 35 35 35

d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 70 70 70 70

GS REF. 2/1192 2/1193 2/1194 2/1195 kg/m 0,74 0,95 1,12 1,64 REF. 2/1222 2/1223 2/1224 2/1225

GC kg/m 1,1 1,42 1,67 2,24


B 10x7.5

To assemble the cable trays, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires the use of 4 bolts (6 in the case of model 300), with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, JUER H35 couplers, with reference number 2/2047 in GS or 2/2052 in GC, must be used. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

ERE H35 NON-PERFORATED METALLIC CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/C ERE 100X35 B/C ERE 150X35 B/C ERE 200X35 B/C ERE 300X35 UVM m 3 3 3 3 UVE m 30 24 18 12 B mm 100 150 200 300 H mm 35 35 35 35 d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 70 70 70 70 REF. 2/1252 2/1253 2/1254 2/1255 kg/m 0,76 0,98 1,20 1,77 REF. 2/1282 2/1283 2/1284 2/1285 kg/m 1,14 1,46 1,78 2,42
B 10x7.5 H

GS

GC

L=3m

To assemble the cable trays, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires the use of 4 bolts (6 in the case of model 300), with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, JUER H35 couplers, with reference number 2/2047 in GS or 2/2052 in GC, must be used. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

ERE H60 PERFORATED METALLIC CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P ERE 100X60 B/P ERE 150X60 B/P ERE 200X60 B/P ERE 300X60 B/P ERE 400X60 B/P ERE 500X60 B/P ERE 600X60 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 24 18 12 12 6 6 6 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 85 85 85 85 100 100 100 GS REF. 2/1197 2/1198 2/1199 2/1201 2/1202 2/1203 2/1204 kg/m 0,95 1,17 1,46 2,03 2,86 3,38 3,91 REF. 2/1227 2/1228 2/1229 2/1231 2/1232 2/1233 2/1234 GC kg/m 1,42 1,74 1,99 2,56 3,54 4,19 4,83
B
H

H 7.5x7.5 20x7.5

10x7.5

20x7.5

L=3m

7.5x7.5

To assemble the cable trays, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires the use of 4 bolts, with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, JUER H60 couplers, with reference number 2/2048 in GS or 2/2053 in GC, must be used. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SCM ERE 21

SCM
ERE

BASORTRAY
Metallic Cable Trays

ERE H60 NON-PERFORATED METALLIC CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/C ERE 100X60 B/C ERE 150X60 B/C ERE 200X60 B/C ERE 300X60 B/C ERE 400X60 B/C ERE 500X60 B/C ERE 600X60 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 24 18 12 12 6 6 6 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 85 85 85 85 100 100 100 GS REF. 2/1257 2/1258 2/1259 2/1261 2/1262 2/1263 2/1264 kg/m 0,98 1,20 1,54 2,18 3,10 3,69 4,28 REF. 2/1287 2/1288 2/1289 2/1291 2/1292 2/1293 2/1294 GC kg/m 1,46 1,78 2,10 2,75 3,84 4,57 5,30
B H 10x7.5

L=3m

To assemble the cable trays, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires the use of 4 bolts, with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, JUER H60 couplers, with reference number 2/2048 in GS or 2/2053 in GC, must be used. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

ERE H80 PERFORATED METALLIC CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P ERE 100X80 B/P ERE 150X80 B/P ERE 200X80 B/P ERE 300X80 B/P ERE 400X80 B/P ERE 500X80 B/P ERE 600X80 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 24 18 12 12 6 6 6 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 115 115 115 115 130 130 130 GS REF. 2/1205 2/1206 2/1207 2/1209 2/1210 2/1211 2/1212 kg/m 1,12 1,34 1,64 2,23 3,10 3,86 5,52 REF. 2/1235 2/1236 2/1237 2/1239 2/1240 2/1241 2/1242 GC kg/m 1,68 2,00 2,24 3,19 3,83 5,50 6,29
B 10x7.5 7.5x7.5 H 20x7.5 B 10x7.5 H

L=3m

To assemble the cable trays, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires the use of 4 bolts, with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, JUER H80 couplers, with reference number 2/2049 in GS or 2/2054 in GC, must be used. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

ERE H80 NON-PERFORATED METALLIC CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/C ERE 100X80 B/C ERE 150X80 B/C ERE 200X80 B/C ERE 300X80 B/C ERE 400X80 B/C ERE 500X80 B/C ERE 600X80 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 24 18 12 12 6 6 6 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 115 115 115 115 130 130 130 GS REF. 2/1265 2/1266 2/1267 2/1269 2/1270 2/1271 2/1272 kg/m 1,15 1,37 1,73 2,38 3,34 4,19 6,02 REF. 2/1295 2/1296 2/1297 2/1299 2/1300 2/1301 2/1302 GC kg/m 1,72 2,03 2,36 3,40 4,13 5,97 6,86

L=3m

To assemble the cable trays, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires the use of 4 bolts, with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, JUER H80 couplers, with reference number 2/2049 in GS or 2/2054 in GC, must be used. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

22 SCM ERE

SCM
ERE

BASORTRAY
Metallic Cable Trays

ERE H100 PERFORATED METALLIC CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P ERE 100X100 B/P ERE 150X100 B/P ERE 200X100 B/P ERE 300X100 B/P ERE 400X100 B/P ERE 500X100 B/P ERE 600X100 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 18 12 12 12 6 6 6 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 125 125 125 125 145 145 145 GS REF. 2/1213 2/1214 2/1215 2/1217 2/1218 2/1219 2/1220 kg/m 1,3 1,51 1,83 2,44 3,33 4,11 5,84 REF. 2/1243 2/1244 2/1245 2/1247 2/1248 2/1249 2/1250 GC kg/m 1,93 2,25 2,5 3,48 4,13 5,86 6,65
B 10x7.5 7.5x7.5 H 20x7.5 B 10x7.5 B+2 H

L=3m

To assemble the cable trays, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires the use of 4 bolts, with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, JUER H100 couplers, with reference number 2/2050 in GS or 2/2055 in GC, must be used. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

ERE H100 NON-PERFORATED METALLIC CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/C ERE 100X100 B/C ERE 150X100 B/C ERE 200X100 B/C ERE 300X100 B/C ERE 400X100 B/C ERE 500X100 B/C ERE 600X100 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 18 12 12 12 6 6 6 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 125 125 125 125 145 145 145 GS REF. 2/1273 2/1274 2/1275 2/1277 2/1278 2/1279 2/1280 kg/m 1,33 1,54 1,92 2,59 3,57 4,44 6,33 REF. 2/1303 2/1304 2/1305 2/1307 2/1308 2/1309 2/1310 GC kg/m 1,97 2,30 2,62 3,69 4,42 6,33 7,22

L=3m

To assemble the cable trays, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires the use of 4 bolts, with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, JUER H100 couplers, with reference number 2/2050 in GS or 2/2055 in GC, must be used. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

COVER ERE FOR METALLIC CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION TAPA ERE 100 TAPA ERE 150 TAPA ERE 200 TAPA ERE 300 TAPA ERE 400 TAPA ERE 500 TAPA ERE 600 UVM m 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 UVE m 24 24 24 18 12 8 8 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 GS REF. 2/1312 2/1313 2/1314 2/1316 2/1317 2/1318 2/1319 kg/m 0,549 0,76 0,98 1,544 2,184 3,11 3,947 REF. 2/1321 2/1322 2/1323 2/1325 2/1326 2/1327 2/1328 GC kg/m 0,82 1,14 1,46 2,11 2,75 3,85 4,58
15

L=3m (400/500/600 - L = 2 m)

To mount the cover no accessories are needed. Fixed by pressure. The covers are self-assembly to improve its degrees of protection (IP code)

SCM ERE 23

SCM

BASORTRAY
Accessories

ERE-FRE

CPERC HORIZONTAL BEND


DESCRIPTION CPERC 100x35 CPERC 150x35 CPERC 200x35 CPERC 300x35 CPERC 100x60 CPERC 150x60 CPERC 200x60 CPERC 300x60 CPERC 400x60 CPERC 500x60 CPERC 600x60 CPERC 100x80 CPERC 150x80 CPERC 200x80 CPERC 300x80 CPERC 400x80 CPERC 500x80 CPERC 600x80 CPERC 100x100 CPERC 150x100 CPERC 200x100 CPERC 300x100 CPERC 400x100 CPERC 500x100 CPERC 600x100 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 B mm 100 150 200 300 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 35 35 35 35 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 REF. 2/1337 2/1338 2/1339 2/1340 2/1344 2/1345 2/1346 2/1348 2/1349 2/1350 2/1351 2/1352 2/1353 2/1354 2/1356 2/1357 2/1358 2/1359 2/1360 2/1361 2/1362 2/1364 2/1365 2/1366 2/1367 kg/ud 0,59 0,75 1,00 1,61 0,70 0,88 1,14 1,77 2,53 3,42 4,44 0,96 1,23 1,54 2,29 3,18 4,24 5,45 1,05 1,33 1,65 2,42 3,34 4,41 5,64 REF. 2/1368 2/1369 2/1370 2/1371 2/1375 2/1376 2/1377 2/1379 2/1380 2/1381 2/1382 2/1383 2/1384 2/1385 2/1387 2/1388 2/1389 2/1390 2/1391 2/1392 2/1393 2/1395 2/1396 2/1397 2/1398 kg/ud 0,67 0,86 1,15 1,84 0,79 1,00 1,30 2,02 2,89 3,90 5,06 1,09 1,41 1,76 2,61 3,63 4,83 6,21 1,20 1,52 1,88 2,76 3,80 5,03 6,44
28 12x8 28 B 18x7.5

GS

GC

R10 0

60

37,5

The horizontal bend can be mounted either from the plug part or from the non-plug part. If mounted from the non-plug part is necessary to use two joints JUER of the corresponding height. In both cases, it requires the use of 4 bolts reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100). The height 35 does not have holes in the sides. It joins at the base.

COVER CPERC HORIZONTAL BEND


DESCRIPTION TAPA CPERC 100 TAPA CPERC 150 TAPA CPERC 200 TAPA CPERC 300 TAPA CPERC 400 TAPA CPERC 500 TAPA CPERC 600 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 12 12 12 8 8 6 6 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 GS REF. 2/1430 2/1431 2/1432 2/1433 2/1434 2/1435 2/1436 kg/ud 0,27 0,41 0,57 0,97 1,46 2,04 2,71 REF. 2/1437 2/1438 2/1439 2/1440 2/1441 2/1442 2/1443 GC kg/ud 0,31 0,48 0,67 1,13 1,71 2,39 3,17
15 60

0 R1

No accessories required for mounting. Pressure-fixed covers.


B+161

B+2

24 SCM ACCESSORIES ERE-FRE

B+160

SCM

BASORTRAY
Accessories

ERE-FRE

CCERC VERTICAL INSIDE


DESCRIPTION CCERC 100x35 CCERC 150x35 CCERC 200x35 CCERC 300x35 CCERC 100x60 CCERC 150x60 CCERC 200x60 CCERC 300x60 CCERC 400x60 CCERC 500x60 CCERC 600x60 CCERC 100x80 CCERC 150x80 CCERC 200x80 CCERC 300x80 CCERC 400x80 CCERC 500x80 CCERC 600x80 CCERC 100x100 CCERC 150x100 CCERC 200x100 CCERC 300x100 CCERC 400x100 CCERC 500x100 CCERC 600x100 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 6 6 6 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 B mm 100 150 200 300 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 35 35 35 35 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 GS REF. 2/1451 2/1452 2/1453 2/1454 2/1458 2/1459 2/1460 2/1462 2/1463 2/1464 2/1465 2/1466 2/1467 2/1468 2/1470 2/1471 2/1472 2/1473 2/1474 2/1475 2/1476 2/1478 2/1479 2/1480 2/1481 kg/ud 0,34 0,45 0,55 0,76 0,50 0,62 0,74 0,98 1,22 1,46 1,71 0,66 0,79 0,92 1,19 1,46 1,72 1,99 0,78 0,93 1,07 1,36 1,65 1,95 2,24 REF. 2/1482 2/1483 2/1484 2/1485 2/1489 2/1490 2/1491 2/1493 2/1494 2/1495 2/1496 2/1497 2/1498 2/1499 2/1501 2/1502 2/1503 2/1504 2/1505 2/1506 2/1507 2/1509 2/1510 2/1511 2/1512 GC kg/ud 0,39 0,51 0,63 0,87 0,57 0,71 0,84 1,12 1,39 1,67 1,94 0,75 0,90 1,05 1,36 1,66 1,96 2,27 0,89 1,06 1,22 1,55 1,89 2,22 2,55
12x8

R1 3

H+161 37,5

The vertical inside can be mounted either from the plug part or from the non-plug part. If mounted from the non-plug part is necessary to use two joints JUER of the corresponding height. In both cases, it requires the use of 4 bolts reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100). The height 35 does not have holes in the sides. It joins at the base.

COVER CCERC VERTICAL INSIDE


DESCRIPTION TAPA CCERC 100 TAPA CCERC 150 TAPA CCERC 200 TAPA CCERC 300 TAPA CCERC 400 TAPA CCERC 500 TAPA CCERC 600 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 GS REF. 2/1544 2/1545 2/1546 2/1547 2/1548 2/1549 2/1550 kg/ud 0,23 0,32 0,41 0,58 0,75 0,93 1,10 REF. 2/1551 2/1552 2/1553 2/1554 2/1555 2/1556 2/1557 GC kg/ud 0,27 0,37 0,47 0,67 0,88 1,08 1,28
R1 0

18x7.5

15

No accessories required for mounting. Pressure-fixed covers.

SCM ACCESSORIES ERE-FRE 25

B+2

SCM

BASORTRAY
Accessories
UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 6 6 6 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 B mm 100 150 200 300 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 35 35 35 35 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 GS REF. 2/1565 2/1566 2/1567 2/1568 2/1572 2/1573 2/1574 2/1576 2/1577 2/1578 2/1579 2/1580 2/1581 2/1582 2/1584 2/1585 2/1586 2/1587 2/1588 2/1589 2/1590 2/1592 2/1593 2/1594 2/1595 kg/ud 0,32 0,42 0,51 0,70 0,45 0,54 0,64 0,82 1,01 1,20 1,39 0,58 0,67 0,77 0,96 1,14 1,33 1,52 0,67 0,77 0,86 1,05 1,24 1,43 1,62 REF. 2/1596 2/1597 2/1598 2/1599 2/1603 2/1604 2/1605 2/1607 2/1608 2/1609 2/1610 2/1611 2/1612 2/1613 2/1615 2/1616 2/1617 2/1618 2/1619 2/1620 2/1621 2/1623 2/1624 2/1625 2/1626 GC kg/ud 0,37 0,48 0,58 0,80 0,51 0,62 0,72 0,94 1,15 1,37 1,58 0,66 0,77 0,88 1,09 1,31 1,52 1,73 0,77 0,88 0,98 1,20 1,41 1,63 1,93
H 12x8 18x7.5 B

ERE-FRE

CXERC VERTICAL OUTSIDE


DESCRIPTION CXERC 100x35 CXERC 150x35 CXERC 200x35 CXERC 300x35 CXERC 100x60 CXERC 150x60 CXERC 200x60 CXERC 300x60 CXERC 400x60 CXERC 500x60 CXERC 600x60 CXERC 100x80 CXERC 150x80 CXERC 200x80 CXERC 300x80 CXERC 400x80 CXERC 500x80 CXERC 600x80 CXERC 100x100 CXERC 150x100 CXERC 200x100 CXERC 300x100 CXERC 400x100 CXERC 500x100 CXERC 600x100

The vertical outside can be mounted either from the plug part or from the non-plug part. If mounted from the non-plug part is necessary to use two joints JUER of the corresponding height. In both cases, it requires the use of 4 bolts reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100). The height 35 does not have holes in the sides. It joins at the base.

COVER CXERC VERTICAL OUTSIDE


DESCRIPTION TAPA CXERC 100x35 TAPA CXERC 150x35 TAPA CXERC 200x35 TAPA CXERC 300x35 TAPA CXERC 100x60 TAPA CXERC 150x60 TAPA CXERC 200x60 TAPA CXERC 300x60 TAPA CXERC 400x60 TAPA CXERC 500x60 TAPA CXERC 600x60 TAPA CXERC 100x80 TAPA CXERC 150x80 TAPA CXERC 200x80 TAPA CXERC 300x80 TAPA CXERC 400x80 TAPA CXERC 500x80 TAPA CXERC 600x80 TAPA CXERC 100x100 TAPA CXERC 150x100 TAPA CXERC 200x100 TAPA CXERC 300x100 TAPA CXERC 400x100 TAPA CXERC 500x100 TAPA CXERC 600x100 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 B mm 100 150 200 300 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 GS REF. 2/1658 2/1659 2/1660 2/1661 2/1665 2/1666 2/1667 2/1669 2/1670 2/1671 2/1672 2/1673 2/1674 2/1675 2/1677 2/1678 2/1679 2/1680 2/1681 2/1682 2/1683 2/1685 2/1686 2/1687 2/1688 kg/ud 0,29 0,40 0,52 0,74 0,34 0,46 0,59 0,84 1,10 1,36 1,61 0,37 0,51 0,65 0,93 1,21 1,49 1,77 0,40 0,55 0,71 1,01 1,32 1,62 1,93 REF. 2/1689 2/1690 2/1691 2/1692 2/1696 2/1697 2/1698 2/1700 2/1701 2/1702 2/1703 2/1704 2/1705 2/1706 2/1708 2/1709 2/1710 2/1711 2/1712 2/1713 2/1714 2/1716 2/1717 2/1718 2/1719 GC kg/ud 0,34 0,47 0,60 0,86 0,39 0,54 0,68 0,98 1,28 1,57 1,87 0,43 0,59 0,75 1,08 1,40 1,73 2,05 0,47 0,64 0,82 1,18 1,53 1,88 2,24
15

R1

35

No accessories required for mounting. Pressure-fixed covers.

26 SCM ACCESSORIES ERE-FRE

B+2

37

174

R1 14

SCM

BASORTRAY
Accessories

ERE-FRE

TERC INTERSECTION
DESCRIPTION TERC 100x35 TERC 150x35 TERC 200x35 TERC 300x35 TERC 100x60 TERC 150x60 TERC 200x60 TERC 300x60 TERC 400x60 TERC 500x60 TERC 600x60 TERC 100x80 TERC 150x80 TERC 200x80 TERC 300x80 TERC 400x80 TERC 500x80 TERC 600x80 TERC 100x100 TERC 150x100 TERC 200x100 TERC 300x100 TERC 400x100 TERC 500x100 TERC 600x100 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 B mm 100 150 200 300 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 35 35 35 35 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 REF. 2/1751 2/1752 2/1753 2/1754 2/1758 2/1759 2/1760 2/1762 2/1763 2/1764 2/1765 2/1766 2/1767 2/1768 2/1770 2/1771 2/1772 2/1773 2/1774 2/1775 2/1776 2/1778 2/1779 2/1780 2/1781 kg/ud 0,81 1,11 1,58 2,26 0,96 1,27 1,74 2,44 3,41 4,54 5,83 1,07 1,38 1,86 2,57 3,55 4,70 5,99 1,19 1,51 2,00 2,71 3,71 4,87 6,18 REF. 2/1782 2/1783 2/1784 2/1785 2/1789 2/1790 2/1791 2/1793 2/1794 2/1795 2/1796 2/1797 2/1798 2/1799 2/1801 2/1802 2/1803 2/1804 2/1805 2/1806 2/1807 2/1809 2/1810 2/1811 2/1812 kg/ud 0,93 1,27 1,80 2,57 1,09 1,45 1,98 2,78 3,89 5,18 6,64 1,22 1,58 2,12 2,93 4,05 5,35 6,83 1,36 1,72 2,28 3,09 4,23 5,55 7,04
12x8 H 18x7.5 B+160 B

GS

GC

R100
B B+320

60

The T intersection can be mounted either from the plug part or from the non-plug part. If mounted from the non-plug part is necessary to use four joints JUER of the corresponding height. In both cases, it requires the use of 8 bolts reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100). The height 35 does not have holes in the sides. It joins at the base.

COVER TERC INTERSECTION


DESCRIPTION TAPA TERC 100 TAPA TERC 150 TAPA TERC 200 TAPA TERC 300 TAPA TERC 400 TAPA TERC 500 TAPA TERC 600 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 10 10 8 8 4 4 4 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 REF. 2/1844 2/1845 2/1846 2/1848 2/1849 2/1850 2/1851 kg/ud 0,45 0,66 0,89 1,44 2,09 2,86 3,74 REF. 2/1852 2/1853 2/1854 2/1855 2/1856 2/1857 2/1858 kg/ud 0,53 0,77 1,04 1,68 2,45 3,35 4,37
15
R1

GS

GC

60
00

No accessories required for mounting. Pressure-fixed covers.


B+2 B+161

SCM ACCESSORIES ERE-FRE 27

B+2 B+320

SCM

BASORTRAY
Accessories

ERE-FRE

CRERC INTERSECTION
DESCRIPTION CRERC 100x35 CRERC 150x35 CRERC 200x35 CRERC 300x35 CRERC 100x60 CRERC 150x60 CRERC 200x60 CRERC 300x60 CRERC 400x60 CRERC 500x60 CRERC 600x60 CRERC 100x80 CRERC 150x80 CRERC 200x80 CRERC 300x80 CRERC 400x80 CRERC 500x80 CRERC 600x80 CRERC 100x100 CRERC 150x100 CRERC 200x100 CRERC 300x100 CRERC 400x100 CRERC 500x100 CRERC 600x100 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 B mm 100 150 200 300 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 35 35 35 35 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 GS REF. 2/1866 2/1867 2/1868 2/1869 2/1873 2/1874 2/1875 2/1877 2/1878 2/1879 2/1872 2/1881 2/1882 2/1883 2/1885 2/1886 2/1887 2/1880 2/1889 2/1890 2/1891 2/1893 2/1894 2/1895 2/1896 kg/ud 1,02 1,37 1,76 2,65 1,19 1,54 1,92 2,82 3,87 5,08 6,28 1,31 1,66 2,05 2,94 4,00 5,21 6,45 1,45 1,80 2,19 3,08 4,14 5,34 6,71 REF. 2/1897 2/1898 2/1899 2/1900 2/1904 2/1905 2/1906 2/1908 2/1909 2/1910 2/1911 2/1912 2/1913 2/1914 2/1916 2/1917 2/1918 2/1919 2/1920 2/1921 2/1922 2/1924 2/1925 2/1926 2/1927 GC kg/ud 1,16 1,56 2,00 3,02 1,35 1,75 2,19 3,21 4,41 5,79 7,35 1,50 1,89 2,34 3,36 4,56 5,93 7,49 1,65 2,05 2,49 3,51 4,71 6,09 7,65
12x8 H
R10

60
0

B B+320

The CRERC intersection can be mounted either from the plug part or from the non-plug part. If mounted from the non-plug part is necessary to use six joints JUER of the corresponding height. In both cases, it requires the use of 12 bolts reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100). The height 35 does not have holes in the sides. It joins at the base.

COVER CRERC INTERSECTION


DESCRIPTION TAPA CRERC 100 TAPA CRERC 150 TAPA CRERC 200 TAPA CRERC 300 TAPA CRERC 400 TAPA CRERC 500 TAPA CRERC 600 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 10 10 8 8 4 4 4 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 GS REF. 2/1959 2/1960 2/1961 2/1963 2/1964 2/1965 2/1966 kg/ud 0,60 0,84 1,11 1,74 2,48 3,32 4,28 REF. 2/1967 2/1968 2/1969 2/1971 2/1972 2/1973 2/1974 GC kg/ud 0,70 0,99 1,30 2,04 2,90 3,89 5,01
B+2 B+320 15 60

R100

No accessories required for mounting. Pressure-fixed covers.

28 SCM ACCESSORIES ERE-FRE

B+2 B+320

B B+320

18x7.5

SCM

BASORTRAY
Accessories

ERE-FRE

AS INTERSECTION
DESCRIPTION AS 100x35 AS 150x35 AS 200x35 AS 300x35 AS 100x60 AS 150x60 AS 200x60 AS 300x60 AS 400x60 AS 500x60 AS 600x60 AS 100x80 AS 150x80 AS 200x80 AS 300x80 AS 400x80 AS 500x80 AS 600x80 AS 100x100 AS 150x100 AS 200x100 AS 300x100 AS 400x100 AS 500x100 AS 600x100 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 B mm 100 150 200 300 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 35 35 35 35 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 GS REF. 2/1983 2/1984 2/1985 2/1987 2/1991 2/1992 2/1993 2/1995 2/1996 2/1997 2/1998 2/1999 2/2000 2/2001 2/2003 2/2004 2/2005 2/2006 2/2007 2/2008 2/2009 2/2011 2/2012 2/2013 2/2014 kg/ud 0,40 0,47 0,54 0,68 0,48 0,55 0,63 0,77 0,91 1,05 1,19 0,55 0,62 0,69 0,83 0,97 1,11 1,25 0,61 0,69 0,76 0,90 1,04 1,18 1,32 REF. 2/2015 2/2016 2/2017 2/2019 2/2023 2/2024 2/2025 2/2027 2/2028 2/2029 2/2030 2/2031 2/2032 2/2033 2/2035 2/2036 2/2037 2/2038 2/2039 2/2040 2/2041 2/2043 2/2044 2/2045 2/2046 GC kg/ud 0,46 0,54 0,62 0,78 0,55 0,63 0,72 0,87 1,04 1,20 1,36 0,63 0,71 0,79 0,95 1,11 1,27 1,44 0,71 0,79 0,86 1,03 1,19 1,35 1,52
H 12x8 18x7.5 B B+320 14 44 18x7.5 115 7 JUER-35 JUER H35 20x8 9 H-20 20x8 9 30 110 H-20

The AS intersection can be mounted either from the plug part or from the non-plug part. If mounted from the non-plug part is necessary to use two joints JUER of the corresponding height. In both cases, it requires the use of 8 bolts reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100). The height 35 does not have holes in the sides. It joins at the base.

JUER JOINT PLATE


DESCRIPTION JUER H35 JUER H60 JUER H80 JUER H100
JUER H35

UVM ud 1 1 1 1

UVE ud 250 250 200 150

H mm 35 60 80 100

GS REF. 2/2047 2/2048 2/2049 2/2050 kg/ud 0,04 0,03 0,06 0,07 REF. 2/2052 2/2053 2/2054 2/2055

GC kg/ud 0,05 0,03 0,07 0,09

Two bolts are required to fix adjustable joint reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100).

110

JUER H60

JUER H80/H100

JUER H60

JUER H80 / H100

SCM ACCESSORIES ERE-FRE 29

181

R10 0

60

SCM

BASORTRAY
Accessories

ERE-FRE

JUER-A AJUSTABLE JOINT


DESCRIPTION J/UNION JUER A J/UNION JUER A J/UNION JUER A J/UNION JUER A H35 H60 H80 H100 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 60 60 60 60 H mm 35 60 80 100 GS REF. 2/3226 2/3229 2/6327 2/6209 kg/ud 0,10 0,10 0,13 0,16 REF. 2/5298 2/4439 2/5055 2/6416 GC kg/ud 0,11 0,11 0,14 0,18
20X8 27 102 85

Two bolts are required to fix adjustable joint reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100).

JUER A JUER A-35H35

H-20

JUER A H60

JUER A H80/100
138

DIVIDER PROFILE
DESCRIPTION PS 35 PS 60 PS 80 PS 100
L=3m

138 JUER A-60

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 30 30 30 30

H mm 35 60 80 100

GS REF. 2/3476 2/2066 2/3477 2/3478 kg/m 0,23 0,34 0,46 0,56 REF. 2/3479 2/3480 2/3481 2/3482

GC kg/m 0,29 0,43 0,63 0,76


H-5

20 25 25x8.5

One bolt is required to fix divider profile every 500mm reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100).
50

REER REDUCTION END COVER


DESCRIPTION REER 50/35 REER 50/60 REER 50/80 REER 50/100 REER 100/35 REER 100/60 REER 100/80 REER 100/100 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 H mm 35 60 80 100 35 60 80 100 GS REF. 2/6290 2/6291 2/6292 2/6293 2/6294 2/6295 2/6296 2/6297 kg/ud 0,03 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,11 REF. 2/6298 2/6299 2/6300 2/6301 2/6302 2/6303 2/6304 2/6305 GC kg/ud 0,03 0,05 0,07 0,09 0,04 0,07 0,09 0,12

60

The piece can be used for both width reduction, as of end cover. Two bolts are required to fix as reduction. For use how end cover, it needs as many bolts as pieces are joined plus one. Depending on the type of coating, bolts are needed reference 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100).

B1 BOLT SET
DESCRIPTION Pack 100 B1 Bolt Set M6x14 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Pap Nm 6 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/4356 1,00 GC REF. 2/6826 kg/ud 1,00

The B1 bolt set consists of a M6x14 DIN603 mushroom head square neck bolt and a M6 DIN6923 flange nut with serration for a perfect fit. Used to mount all accessories from the BASORTRAY Series.

14

14

30 SCM ACCESSORIES ERE-FRE

21

20x8

H-20

20x8

20x8

155 98

155 98

44

SCM
ERE

BASORTRAY
Mounts

MOUNTS ERE
SELF-ASSEMBLY ERE ERE + COVER ERE + CPERC ERE + CXERC

ERE + AS INTERSECTION

ERE + DIVIDER PROFILE

ERE + JUER-A

ERE + END COVER

ERE + REDUCTION

SCM ERE 31

SCM
FRE

BASORTRAY
Metallic Cable Trays

PATENTED 9800892

1 SELF-ASSEMBLY fixation system between cable trays. 1.

No couplers needed Easier to install Less time required for installation Union with higher degree of rigidity
2 Longitudinal reinforcements to improve Resistance to flexure. 2. 3 Inside lip which confers it a greater resistance to flexure. 3. 4 Corners finished at 45 to improve behaviour to flexure. 4.

5. 5 Pressure-fixed covers. No accessories required. 6. 6 Accessories with circular insides to avoid damaging the cables.

USEFUL AREA (cm2) B (mm) 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H35 34 51 69 103 H60 59 89 119 178 238 298 358 H80 78 118 158 238 317 397 477 H100 148 198 298 397 497 597

32 SCM FRE

SCM
FRE

BASORTRAY
Metallic High Load Cable Trays

FRE H35 PERFORATED METALLIC HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P FRE 100X35 B/P FRE 150X35 B/P FRE 200X35 B/P FRE 300X35
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 12 12 12 6

B mm 100 150 200 300

H mm 35 35 35 35

e d=2m mm SWL (kg/m) 1,5 120 1,5 120 1,5 120 1,5 120

GS REF. 2/0001 2/0002 2/0003 2/0004 kg/m 1,68 2,15 2,51 3,35 REF. 2/0051 2/0052 2/0053 2/0054

GC kg/m 1,88 2,41 2,81 3,75


B

16 H 10x7.5 20x7.5
16 B 10x7.5 H 7.5x7.5 20x7.5

To assemble the cable trays, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires the use of 4 bolts (6 in the case of model 300), with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, couplers for cable trays with sides of 35, with reference number 2/2047 in GS or 2/2052 in GC, must be used. The accessories for FRE cable trays are the same as the ones used for ERE cable trays (page 24). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

FRE H60 PERFORATED METALLIC HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P FRE 100X60 B/P FRE 150X60 B/P FRE 200X60 B/P FRE 300X60 B/P FRE 400X60 B/P FRE 500X60 B/P FRE 600X60 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 12 12 6 6 6 6 6 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 e d=2m mm SWL (kg/m) 1,5 180 1,5 180 1,5 180 1,5 180 1,5 180 1,5 180 1,5 180 GS REF. 2/0006 2/0007 2/0008 2/0009 2/0010 2/0011 2/0012 kg/m 2,15 2,62 2,99 3,82 4,66 5,49 6,33 REF. 2/0056 2/0057 2/0058 2/0059 2/0060 2/0061 2/0062 GC kg/m 2,41 2,94 3,34 4,28 5,22 6,15 7,09

L=3m

To assemble the cable trays, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires the use of 4 bolts, with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, couplers for cable trays with sides of 60, with reference number 2/2048 in GS or 2/2053 in GC, must be used. The accessories for FRE cable trays are the same as the ones used for ERE cable trays (page 24). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

FRE H80 PERFORATED METALLIC HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P FRE 100X80 B/P FRE 150X80 B/P FRE 200X80 B/P FRE 300X80 B/P FRE 400X80 B/P FRE 500X80 B/P FRE 600X80 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 12 12 6 6 6 6 6 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 e d=2m mm SWL (kg/m) 1,5 220 1,5 220 1,5 220 1,5 220 1,5 220 1,5 220 1,5 220 GS REF. 2/0013 2/0014 2/0015 2/0016 2/0017 2/0018 2/0019 kg/m 2,53 3,00 3,36 4,20 5,04 5,87 6,71 REF. 2/0063 2/0064 2/0065 2/0066 2/0067 2/0068 2/0069 GC kg/m 2,83 3,36 3,77 4,70 5,64 6,58 7,51
B 10x7.5 16 H 20x7.5 7.5x7.5

L=3m

To assemble the cable trays, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires the use of 4 bolts, with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, couplers for cable trays with sides of 80, with reference number 2/2049 in GS or 2/2054 in GC, must be used. The accessories for FRE cable trays are the same as the ones used for ERE cable trays (page 24). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SCM FRE 33

SCM
FRE

BASORTRAY
Metallic High Load Cable Trays

FRE H100 PERFORATED METALLIC HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P FRE 150X100 B/P FRE 200X100 B/P FRE 300X100 B/P FRE 400X100 B/P FRE 500X100 B/P FRE 600X100 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 12 6 6 6 6 6 B mm 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 100 100 100 100 100 100 e d=2m mm SWL (kg/m) 1,5 240 1,5 240 1,5 240 1,5 240 1,5 240 1,5 240 GS REF. 2/0020 2/0021 2/0022 2/0023 2/0024 2/0025 kg/m 3,38 3,74 4,58 5,41 6,25 7,09 REF. 2/0070 2/0071 2/0072 2/0073 2/0074 2/0075 GC kg/m 3,78 4,19 5,13 6,06 7,00 7,94
B 10x7.5 16 H 20x7.5 7.5x7.5 B+2

L=3m

To assemble the cable trays, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires the use of 4 bolts, with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, couplers for cable trays with sides of 100, with reference number 2/2050 in GS or 2/2055 in GC, must be used. The accessories for FRE cable trays are the same as the ones used for ERE cable trays (page 24). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

COVER FRE FOR METALLIC CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION TAPA B/P FRE 100 TAPA B/P FRE 200 TAPA B/P FRE 300 TAPA B/P FRE 400 TAPA B/P FRE 600
L=3m (400/600 - L = 2 m)

UVM m 3 3 3 2 2

UVE m 6 6 6 4 4

B mm 100 200 300 400 600

e mm 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2

REF. 2/6008 2/6009 2/6010 2/6011 2/6012

kg/m 0,68 2,14 3,08 4,02 5,91

To mount the cover no accessories are needed. Fixed by pressure. The covers are self-assembly to improve its degrees of protection (IP code)

B1 BOLT SET
DESCRIPTION Pack 100 B1 Bolt Set M6x14 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Pap Nm 6 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/4356 1,00 GC REF. 2/6826 kg/ud 1,00

The B1 bolt set consists of a M6x14 DIN603 mushroom head square neck bolt and a M6 DIN6923 flange nut with serration for a perfect fit. Used to mount all accessories BASORTRAY Series.

14

14

ACCESSORIES ERE/FRE

CPERC

CPERC COVER

CCERC

CCERC COVER

CXERC

CXERC COVER

TERC

TERC COVER

CRERC

CRERC COVER

AS

JUER

PS

REER

34 SCM FRE

15

GS

SCM
FRE

BASORTRAY
Mounts

MOUNTS FRE
SELF-ASSEMBLY FRE FRE + COVER FRE + CPERC FRE + CXERC

FRE + AS INTERSECTION

FRE + DIVIDER PROFILE

FRE + JUER-A

FRE + END COVER

FRE + REDUCTION

SCM FRE 35

SCM
BS

BASORTRAY
Metallic High Load Cable Trays

1 Side perforations to improve the tethering of the cables. 1. 2 Security edge to avoid accidents. 2. 3 Bidirectional perforating system to make the fixation of the cables easier. 3. 4 The thickness varies depending on the model to adapt the resistance to flexure to the cables capacity. 4. 5 The cover is fixed using an additional piece. 5.

USEFUL AREA (cm2) B(mm) 75 100 150 225 300 450 600 H50 34 46 70 106 143 215 284

36 SCM BRITISH STANDARD

SCM
BS

BASORTRAY
Metallic High Load Cable Tray / Accessories

BS H50 PERFORATED METALLIC HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P BS 75x50 B/P BS 100x50 B/P BS 150x50 B/P BS 225x50 B/P BS 300x50 B/P BS 450x50 B/P BS 600x50 Ud. L3 Ud. L3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 mm 75 100 150 225 300 450 600 mm 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 mm 1 1 1 1,2 1,2 1,5 2 SWL 85 85 85 110 110 150 190 REF. 2/3785 2/3786 2/3787 2/3788 2/3789 2/3790 2/3791 (kg/m) 1,45 1,61 1,93 2,87 3,45 5,79 9,59 REF. 2/3980 2/3981 2/3982 2/3983 2/3984 2/3985 2/3986 (kg/m) 1,65 1,83 2,20 3,22 3,86 6,37 10,31
18x7.5 25 25 3000 50 18x7.5 B 60 H 50 18x7.5 318 B 50 316 18x7.5 B H B H H

UVM

UVE

d=2m

GS

GC

To assemble the cable trays, 2 outside couplers (reference number 2/3801 in GS or 2/3996 in GC) or 2 inside couplers (2/3800 in GS or 2/3995 in GC) and 8 bolts with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC are needed per piece (products packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

CPBS HORIZONTAL BEND


DESCRIPTION CPBS 75x50 CPBS 100x50 CPBS 150x50 CPBS 225x50 CPBS 300x50 CPBS 450x50 CPBS 600x50 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 75 100 150 225 300 450 600 H mm 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 GS REF. 2/3811 2/3812 2/3813 2/3814 2/3815 2/3816 2/3817 kg/ud 0,25 0,33 0,51 1,00 1,48 3,39 7,15 REF. 2/4006 2/4007 2/4008 2/4009 2/4010 2/4011 2/4012 GC kg/ud 0,29 0,38 0,58 1,12 1,66 3,72 7,68

Horizontal bends need no couplers to attach them to the cable trays, as they can be attached by way of the projection located in the base of the bend. Each bend requires 4 bolts with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

CCBS VERTICAL INSIDE


DESCRIPTION CCBS 75x50 CCBS 100x50 CCBS 150x50 CCBS 225x50 CCBS 300x50 CCBS 450x50 CCBS 600x50 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 75 100 150 225 300 450 600 H mm 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 GS REF. 2/4249 2/4250 2/4251 2/4252 2/4253 2/4254 2/4255 kg/ud 0,74 0,83 1,03 1,60 1,97 2,70 5,71 REF. 2/4278 2/4279 2/4280 2/4281 2/4282 2/4283 2/4284 GC kg/ud 0,84 0,94 1,17 1,79 2,20 2,97 6,14

Vertical insides need no couplers to attach them to the cable trays, as they can be attached by way of the projection located in the base of the bend. Each bend requires 4 bolts with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

CXBS VERTICAL OUTSIDE


DESCRIPTION CXBS 75x50 CXBS 100x50 CXBS 150x50 CXBS 225x50 CXBS 300x50 CXBS 450x50 CXBS 600x50 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 75 100 150 225 300 450 600 H mm 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 GS REF. 2/3820 2/3821 2/3822 2/3823 2/3824 2/3825 2/3826 kg/ud 0,89 1,00 1,21 1,76 2,13 2,86 5,98 REF. 2/4015 2/4016 2/4017 2/4018 2/4019 2/4020 2/4021 GC kg/ud 1,02 1,14 1,37 1,97 2,38 2,86 6,43

Vertical outsides need no couplers to attach them to the cable trays, as they can be attached by way of the projection located in the base of the bend. Each bend requires 4 bolts with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

SCM BRITISH STANDARD 37

SCM
BS

BASORTRAY
Accessories

TEBS INTERSECTION
DESCRIPTION TEBS 75x50 TEBS 100x50 TEBS 150x50 TEBS 225x50 TEBS 300x50 TEBS 450x50 TEBS 600x50 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 75 100 150 225 300 450 600 H mm 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 REF. 2/3829 2/3830 2/3831 2/3832 2/3833 2/3834 2/3835 kg/ud 0,40 0,44 0,67 1,27 1,87 3,37 5,30 REF. 2/4024 2/4025 2/4026 2/4027 2/4028 2/4029 2/4030 kg/ud 0,45 0,51 0,76 1,43 2,09 3,71 5,70
B 50 H 18x7.5 B 60 50 18x7.5 B 37 54 18x7.5 18x7.5 40 25 200

GS

GC

TEBS intersections need no couplers to attach them to the cable trays, as they can be attached by way of the projection located in the base of the bend. Each bend requires 8 bolts with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

CRBS INTERSECTION
DESCRIPTION CRBS 75x50 CRBS 100x50 CRBS 150x50 CRBS 225x50 CRBS 300x50 CRBS 450x50 CRBS 600x50 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 75 100 150 225 300 450 600 H mm 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 REF. 2/3838 2/3839 2/3840 2/3841 2/3842 2/3843 2/3844 kg/ud 0,47 0,58 0,84 1,52 2,14 3,72 5,38 REF. 2/4033 2/4034 2/4035 2/4036 2/4037 2/4038 2/4039 kg/ud 0,54 0,66 0,96 0,18 0,26 4,10 5,78
H

GS

GC

CRBS intersections need no couplers to attach them to the cable trays, as they can be attached by way of the projection located in the base of the bend. Each bend requires 4 bolts with reference number 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

OUTSIDE JOINT BS
DESCRIPTION JU Exterior BS Alt. 50 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 H mm 50 GS REF. 2/3801 kg/ud 0,24 REF. 2/3996 GC kg/ud 0,27

The union is used to mount trays BS. Each piece requires 4 bolts reference 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).
217

INSIDE JOINT PLATE BS


DESCRIPTION JU Union BS Alt. 50 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 H mm 50 GS REF. 2/3800 kg/ud 0,06 REF. 2/3995 GC kg/ud 0,06

The union is used to mount trays BS. Each piece requires 4 bolts reference 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

B1 BOLT SET
DESCRIPTION Pack 100 B1 Bolt set M6x14 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Pap Nm 6 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/4356 1,00 GC REF. 2/6826 kg/ud 1,00

The B1 bolt set consists of a M6x14 DIN603 mushroom head square neck bolt and a M6 DIN6923 flange nut with serration for a perfect fit. Used to mount all accessories BASORTRAY Series.

14

14

38 SCM BRITISH STANDARD

60

SCM
BS

BASORTRAY
Mounts

MOUNTS BS
OUTSIDE JOINT BS INSIDE JOINT PLATE BS CPBS HORIZONTAL BEND CCBS VERTICAL INSIDE

TEBS INTERSECTION

SCM BRITISH STANDARD 39

SCM
U

BASORTRAY
Metallic High Load Cable Trays

1 1. Bidirectional perforating system to make the fixation of the cables easier. 2 2. Thickness of 1.5, 2 or 2.5mm in order to ensure a good resistance to flexure and a high degree of

durability for the most adverse needs*.


3 3. The cover is fixed using an additional piece.

USEFUL AREA (cm2) U e = 2 mm B(mm) 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H20 8 17 26 35 53 H30 13 27 41 55 83 H50 22 46 70 94 142 190 238 286

*For thicknesses which are not displayed in the catalogue, please contact our commercial department.

40 SCM U

SCM
U

BASORTRAY
Metallic High Load Cable Trays

U H15 PERFORATED METALLIC HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P U 50x15x2 B/P U 100x15x2 B/P U 150x15x2 B/P U 200x15x2 B/P U 300x15x2
L=2m

m 2 2 2 2 2

m 2 2 2 2 2

mm 50 100 150 200 300

mm 15 15 15 15 15

mm 2 2 2 2 2

SWL (kg/m) 20 20 20 20 20

REF. 2/0569 2/0570 2/0571 2/0572 2/0573

(kg/m) 1,15 1,84 2,54 3,23 4,61

B 25 18x7.5 25 e B 25 18x7.5 25 e H B 25 18x7.5 25

To assemble the cable trays, 2 outside JUE H12 joint reference 2/3186 in GC and 4 bolts reference 2/6826 in GC are needed per piece (products packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

U H30 PERFORATED METALLIC HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


UVM DESCRIPTION B/P U 50x30x2 B/P U 100x30x2 B/P U 150x30x2 B/P U 200x30x2 B/P U 300x30x2
L=3m

UVE m 3 3 3 3 3

B mm 50 100 150 200 300

H mm 30 30 30 30 30

e mm 2 2 2 2 2

d=2m SWL (kg/m) 40 40 40 40 40 REF.

GC (kg/m) 1,67 2,36 3,05 3,74 5,12 2/0577 2/0578 2/0579 2/0580 2/0581

m 3 3 3 3 3

To assemble the cable trays, 2 outside JUE H25 joint reference 2/3187 in GC and 4 bolts reference 2/6826 in GC are needed per piece (products packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

U H50 PERFORATED METALLIC HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


UVM DESCRIPTION B/P U 50x50x2 B/P U 100x50x2 B/P U 150x50x2 B/P U 200x50x2 B/P U 300x50x2
L=3m

UVE m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

B mm 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600

H mm 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

d=2m SWL (kg/m) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 REF.

GC (kg/m) 2,36 3,05 3,74 4,43 5,81 7,28 8,66 10,04 2/0585 2/0586 2/0587 2/0588 2/0589 2/0590 2/0591 2/0592

m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

B/P U 400x50x2 B/P U 500x50x2 B/P U 600x50x2

To assemble the cable trays, 2 outside JUE H45 joint reference 2/3655 in GC and 4 bolts reference 2/6826 in GC are needed per piece (products packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SCM U 41

UVM

UVE

d=1,5m

GC

SCM
OME

BASORTRAY
Metallic High Load Cable Trays

1 Bidirectional perforating system to make the fixation of the cables easier. 1.

2. 2 Thickness of 1.5, 2 or 2.5mm in order to ensure a good resistance to flexure and a high degree of durability for the most adverse needs*.
3 The cover is fixed using an additional piece. 3.

USEFUL AREA (cm2) B(mm) 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H20 8 17 25 34 52 H30 12 26 40 54 81 H50 21 45 69 93 140 188 235 283

*For thicknesses which are not displayed in the catalogue, please contact our commercial department.

42 SCM OMEGA

SCM
OME

BASORTRAY
Metallic High Load Cable Trays

OMEGA H20 2mm PERFORATED METALLIC HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


UVM DESCRIPTION B/P OMEGA 50x20x2 B/P OMEGA 100x20x2 B/P OMEGA 150x20x2 B/P OMEGA 200x20x2 B/P OMEGA 300x20x2
L=3m

UVE m 3 3 3 3 3

B mm 50 100 150 200 300

H mm 20 20 20 20 20

e mm 2 2 2 2 2

d=2m SWL (kg/m) 80 80 80 80 80 REF.

GC 2/0405 2/0406 2/0407 2/0408 2/0409 1,64 2,32 2,99 3,67 5,03
25 B 18x7.5 25
e

3 3 3 3 3

To assemble the cable trays, 2 outside JUE H12 joint reference 2/3186 in GC and 4 bolts reference 2/6826 in GC are needed per piece (products packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

OMEGA H30 2mm PERFORATED METALLIC HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


UVM DESCRIPTION B/P OMEGA 50x30x2 B/P OMEGA 100x30x2 B/P OMEGA 150x30x2 B/P OMEGA 200x30x2 B/P OMEGA 300x30x2
L=3m (50x30x2 - L = 2 m)

UVE m 2 3 3 3 3

B mm 50 100 150 200 300

H mm 30 30 30 30 30

e mm 2 2 2 2 2

d=2m SWL (kg/m) 110 110 110 110 110 REF.

GC (kg/m) 1,98 2,65 3,33 4,00 5,37 2/0413 2/0414 2/5977 2/0416 2/0417

m 2 3 3 3 3

B 25 18x7.5 25
e

To assemble the cable trays, 2 outside JUE H25 joint reference 2/3187 in GC and 4 bolts reference 2/6826 in GC are needed per piece (products packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

OMEGA H50 2mm PERFORATED METALLIC HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


UVM DESCRIPTION B/P OMEGA 50x50x2 B/P OMEGA 100x50x2 B/P OMEGA 150x50x2 B/P OMEGA 200x50x2 B/P OMEGA 300x50x2 B/P OMEGA 400x50x2
L=3m

UVE m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

B mm 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600

H mm 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

d=2m SWL (kg/m) 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 REF.

GC (kg/m) 2,65 3,33 4,01 4,68 6,04 7,48 8,84 10,19


B 25 18x7.5 25

m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

2/0421 2/0422 2/0423 2/0424 2/0425 2/0426 2/0427 2/3218

B/P OMEGA 500x50x2 B/P OMEGA 600x50x2

To assemble the cable trays, 2 outside JUE H45 joint reference 2/3655 in GC and 4 bolts reference 2/6826 in GC are needed per piece (products packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SCM OMEGA 43

(kg/m)

SCM
OME

BASORTRAY
Metallic High Load Cable Trays

OMEGA H20 2.5mm PERFORATED METALLIC HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


UVM DESCRIPTION B/P OMEGA 50x20x2,5 B/P OMEGA 100x20x2,5 B/P OMEGA 150x20x2,5 B/P OMEGA 200x20x2,5 B/P OMEGA 300x20x2,5
L=2m

UVE m 2 2 2 2 2

B mm 50 100 150 200 300

H mm 20 20 20 20 20

e mm 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5

d=2m SWL (kg/m) 100 100 100 100 100 REF.

GC 2/0446 2/0447 2/0448 2/0449 2/0450 1,98 2,81 3,64 4,46 6,12
25 B 18x7.5 25
e

2 2 2 2 2

To assemble the cable trays, 2 outside JUE H12 joint reference 2/3186 in GC and 4 bolts reference 2/6826 in GC are needed per piece (products packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

OMEGA H30 2.5mm PERFORATED METALLIC HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


UVM DESCRIPTION B/P OMEGA 50x30x2,5 B/P OMEGA 100x30x2,5 B/P OMEGA 150x30x2,5 B/P OMEGA 200x30x2,5 B/P OMEGA 300x30x2,5
L=2m

UVE m 2 2 2 2 2

B mm 50 100 150 200 300

H mm 30 30 30 30 30

e mm 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5

d=2m SWL (kg/m) 140 140 140 140 140 REF.

GC (kg/m) 2,39 3,22 4,05 4,88 6,53 2/0454 2/0455 2/0456 2/0457 2/0458

m 2 2 2 2 2

B 25 18x7.5 25
e

To assemble the cable trays, 2 outside JUE H25 joint reference 2/3187 in GC and 4 bolts reference 2/6826 in GC are needed per piece (products packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

OMEGA H50 2.5mm PERFORATED METALLIC HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


UVM DESCRIPTION B/P OMEGA 50x50x2,5 B/P OMEGA 100x50x2,5 B/P OMEGA 150x50x2,5 B/P OMEGA 200x50x2,5 B/P OMEGA 300x50x2,5 B/P OMEGA 400x50x2,5
L=2m

UVE m 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

B mm 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600

H mm 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

e mm 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5

d=2m SWL (kg/m) 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 REF.

GC (kg/m) 3,22 4,04 4,87 5,70 7,35 9,11 10,77 12,42


B 25 18x7.5 25

m 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2/0462 2/0463 2/0464 2/0465 2/0466 2/0467 2/0468 2/4505

B/P OMEGA 500x50x2,5 B/P OMEGA 600x50x2,5

To assemble the cable trays, 2 outside JUE H45 joint reference 2/3655 in GC and 4 bolts reference 2/6826 in GC are needed per piece (products packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

44 SCM OMEGA

(kg/m)

SCM

BASORTRAY
Accessories

U/OME

CPU/OME HORIZONTAL BEND


UVM DESCRIPTION CP U/OMEGA 50x15 CP U/OMEGA 100x15 CP U/OMEGA 150x15 CP U/OMEGA 200x15 CP U/OMEGA 300x15 CP U/OMEGA 50x30 CP U/OMEGA 100x30 CP U/OMEGA 150x30 CP U/OMEGA 200x30 CP U/OMEGA 300x30 CP U/OMEGA 50x50 CP U/OMEGA 100x50 CP U/OMEGA 150x50 CP U/OMEGA 200x50 CP U/OMEGA 300x50 CP U/OMEGA 400x50 CP U/OMEGA 500x50 CP U/OMEGA 600x50 ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 REF. 2/2069 2/2070 2/2071 2/2072 2/2073 2/2077 2/2078 2/2079 2/2080 2/2081 2/2085 2/2086 2/2087 2/2088 2/2089 2/2090 2/2091 2/2092 GC (kg/ud) 0,21 0,47 0,81 1,22 2,24 0,28 0,56 0,92 1,34 2,41 0,36 0,67 1,06 1,51 2,64 4,04 5,73 7,70
B 60 35x7.5 50 e H

Horizontal bends need no couplers to attach them to the cable trays, as they can be attached by way of the projection located in the base of the bend. Each bend requires 4 bolts reference number 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100).

CCU/OME VERTICAL INSIDE


UVM DESCRIPTION CC U/OMEGA 50x15 CC U/OMEGA 100x15 CC U/OMEGA 150x15 CC U/OMEGA 200x15 CC U/OMEGA 300x15 CC U/OMEGA 50x30 CC U/OMEGA 100x30 CC U/OMEGA 150x30 CC U/OMEGA 200x30 CC U/OMEGA 300x30 CC U/OMEGA 50x50 CC U/OMEGA 100x50 CC U/OMEGA 150x50 CC U/OMEGA 200x50 CC U/OMEGA 300x50 CC U/OMEGA 400x50 CC U/OMEGA 500x50 CC U/OMEGA 600x50 ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 R mm 80 80 85 90 130 80 80 85 90 130 80 80 85 90 130 160 160 220 A mm 173 173 188 203 294 173 173 188 203 294 173 173 188 203 294 324 354 434 REF. 2/2249 2/2250 2/2251 2/2252 2/2253 2/2257 2/2258 2/2259 2/2260 2/2261 2/2265 2/2266 2/2267 2/2268 2/2269 2/2270 2/2271 2/2272 GC (kg/ud) 0,40 0,73 1,14 1,60 3,21 0,51 0,83 1,26 1,74 3,41 0,60 0,92 1,37 1,87 3,64 5,06 6,65 9,35
35x7.5 B R A 50 H e

Vertical insides need no couplers to attach them to the cable trays, as they can be attached by way of the projection located in the base of the bend. Each bend requires 4 bolts reference number 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100).

SCM ACCESSORIES U-OMEGA 45

SCM

BASORTRAY
Accessories

U/OME

CXU/OME VERTICAL OUTSIDE


UVM DESCRIPTION CX U/OMEGA 50x15 CX U/OMEGA 100x15 CX U/OMEGA 150x15 CX U/OMEGA 200x15 CX U/OMEGA 300x15 CX U/OMEGA 50x30 CX U/OMEGA 100x30 CX U/OMEGA 150x30 CX U/OMEGA 200x30 CX U/OMEGA 300x30 CX U/OMEGA 50x50 CX U/OMEGA 100x50 CX U/OMEGA 150x50 CX U/OMEGA 200x50 CX U/OMEGA 300x50 CX U/OMEGA 400x50 CX U/OMEGA 500x50 CX U/OMEGA 600x50 ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 R mm 60 60 65 75 75 60 60 65 75 110 60 60 65 75 110 115 130 160 A mm 141 141 156 176 176 141 141 156 176 262 141 141 156 176 262 277 312 382 REF. 2/2429 2/2430 2/2431 2/2432 2/2433 2/2437 2/2438 2/2439 2/2440 2/2441 2/2445 2/2446 2/2447 2/2448 2/2449 2/2450 2/2451 2/2452 GC (kg/ud) 0,42 0,70 1,07 1,49 2,94 0,61 0,89 1,27 1,71 3,29 0,86 1,14 1,55 2,00 3,69 4,86 6,43 8,92
B 35x7.5 50 A H R e

Vertical outsides need no couplers to attach them to the cable trays, as they can be attached by way of the projection located in the base of the bend. Each bend requires 4 bolts reference 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100).

TEU/OME INTERSECTION
UVM DESCRIPTION TE U/OMEGA 50x15 TE U/OMEGA 100x15 TE U/OMEGA 150x15 TE U/OMEGA 200x15 TE U/OMEGA 300x15 TE U/OMEGA 50x30 TE U/OMEGA 100x30 TE U/OMEGA 150x30 TE U/OMEGA 200x30 TE U/OMEGA 300x30 TE U/OMEGA 50x50 TE U/OMEGA 100x50 TE U/OMEGA 150x50 TE U/OMEGA 200x50 TE U/OMEGA 300x50 TE U/OMEGA 400x50 TE U/OMEGA 500x50 TE U/OMEGA 600x50 ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 REF. 2/2789 2/2790 2/2791 2/2792 2/2793 2/2797 2/2798 2/2799 2/2800 2/2801 2/2805 2/2806 2/2807 2/2808 2/2809 2/2810 2/2811 2/2812 GC (kg/ud) 0,41 0,79 1,82 3,19 0,49 0,88 1,38 1,95 3,35 0,60 1,01 1,52 2,11 3,54 5,33 7,44 9,89
B 60 35x7.5 B 50 e H

1,27

TE intersections need no couplers to attach them to the cable trays, as they can be attached by way of the projection located in the base of the bend. Each bend requires 8 bolts reference number 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

46 SCM ACCESSORIES U-OMEGA

SCM

BASORTRAY
Accessories

U/OME

CRU/OME INTERSECTION
UVM DESCRIPTION CR U/OMEGA 50x15 CR U/OMEGA 100x15 CR U/OMEGA 150x15 CR U/OMEGA 200x15 CR U/OMEGA 300x15 CR U/OMEGA 50x30 CR U/OMEGA 100x30 CR U/OMEGA 150x30 CR U/OMEGA 200x30 CR U/OMEGA 300x30 CR U/OMEGA 50x50 CR U/OMEGA 100x50 CR U/OMEGA 150x50 CR U/OMEGA 200x50 CR U/OMEGA 300x50 CR U/OMEGA 400x50 CR U/OMEGA 500x50 CR U/OMEGA 600x50 ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 REF. 2/2609 2/2610 2/2611 2/2612 2/2613 2/2617 2/2618 2/2619 2/2620 2/2621 2/2625 2/2626 2/2627 2/2628 2/2629 2/2630 2/2631 2/2632 GC (kg/ud) 0,53 1,07 1,61 3,68 0,62 1,07 1,61 2,25 3,77 0,73 1,19 1,73 2,37 3,89 5,74 7,94 10,48
B 60 35x7.5 B H 45 35x7 140 50 H

2,17

Cross intersections need no couplers to attach them to the cable trays, as they can be attached by way of the projection located in the base of the bend. Each bend requires 12 bolts reference number 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

JUE JOINT
UVM DESCRIPTION Union Joint JUE H12 Union Joint JUE JUE H25 Union Joint JUE JUE H45 ud 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 H mm 12 25 45 e mm 2 2 2 REF. 2/3186 2/3187 2/3655 GC (kg/ud) 0,09 0,13 0,16

The union is used to mount cable trays BS and U. Each piece requires 2 bolts reference 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

B1 BOLT SET
DESCRIPTION Pack 100 B1 Bolt Set M6x14 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Pap Nm 6 GC REF. 2/6826 kg/ud 1,00

The B1 bolt set consists of a M6x14 DIN603 mushroom head square neck bolt and a M6 DIN6923 flange nut with serration for a perfect fit. Used to mount all accessories BASORTRAY Series.

14

14

SCM ACCESSORIES U-OMEGA 47

22

32

SCM

BASORTRAY
Mounts

U/OME

MOUNTS U/OMEGA
JUE U/OME JOINT CCU/OME VERTICAL INSIDE CXU/OME VERTICAL OUTSIDE CRU/OME CROSS INTERSECTION

48 SCM ACCESSORIES U-OMEGA

SCM ACCESSORIES U-OMEGA 49

2 4

5 10 1

1. High loads wire-mesh cable tray (BFR) 2. Wire-mesh cable tray (BF) 60x65 3. BASORFIL Cover 4. SL Simple support 5. BASORFIL Quick joint 6. Universal support box 7. Conduit exit (STB) 8. Multi-union joint 9. Drop-out plate 10. Central suspension (SSC)

SCM

WIRE-MESH CABLE TRAYS


High load wire-mesh cable tray (BFR)...... Page 52 Wire-mesh cable tray (BF) ........................................ Page 54 Union elements ......................................................................... Page 55 Installation accessories ................................................. Page 56

BASORFIL Assemblies ................................................... Page 58

BASORFIL is the cheapest and most versatile range of cable trays, as the installer himself can cut and turn the cable conduction systems according to his/her needs. As it doesnt have any accessories, all assemblies of this product are comfortable to perform. We recommend using this product for those assemblies which dont require a high load capacity. The finishing process of the whole BASORFIL range of products is carried out completely at BASORs facilities.

CINCADO / GC / BICRO

SCM
BFR

BASORFIL
High load wire-mesh cable trays

P
1 Optimal solution for systems which dont have high load needs. 2 Maximum ventilation and cleaning of the cables. 3 Innovative design patented by BASOR which offers:

PATENTED 200201809

Greater resistance to flexure Greater save working load Excellent aesthetic finish
4 Quicker and easier assembly.

With simple manipulation based on the way in which the rods are cut, the tray can be easily moulded, even with complicated changes in direction. The cuts have to be performed with asymmetrical-cut wire cutters. The cut has to be performed as near to the intersection of the steel wires as possible, in order to obtain a clean cut and a good assembly.
USEFUL AREA (cm2) B(mm) 60 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H35 27 42 58 89 H65 23 47 75 102 157 212 267 322 H105 193 297 401 505 609

52 SCM BFR/BF

SCM
BFR

BASORFIL
High load wire-mesh cable trays

BASORFIL BFR H35


DESCRIPTION BASORFIL BFR 100X35 BASORFIL BFR 150X35 BASORFIL BFR 200X35 BASORFIL BFR 300X35
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 24 24 24 18

B mm 100 150 200 300

H mm 35 35 35 35

d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 18 18 18 18

CINCADO REF. kg/m 2/3616 0,55 2/3617 0,67 2/3618 0,81 2/3619 1,27

GC REF. 2/0286 2/0287 2/0288 2/0289 kg/m 0,63 0,73 0,89 1,39

B 50 H B 50
B 50

To assemble the cable trays, it is necessary to use a bolt-staple set for each of the cable trays side, with reference number 2/4364 in CINCADO and 2/4360 in GC. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

BASORFIL BFR H65


DESCRIPTION BASORFIL BFR 60X65 BASORFIL BFR 100X65 BASORFIL BFR 150X65 BASORFIL BFR 200X65 BASORFIL BFR 300X65 BASORFIL BFR 400X65 BASORFIL BFR 500X65 BASORFIL BFR 600X65 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 36 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 B mm 60 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 23 45 45 45 45 45 55 55 CINCADO REF. kg/m 2/3621 0,55 2/3622 0,77 2/3623 0,82 2/3624 1,06 2/3625 1,57 2/4407 1,90 2/4409 2,46 2/3626 2,83 GC REF. 2/0290 2/0291 2/0292 2/0293 2/0294 2/0295 2/0296 2/0297 kg/m 0,60 0,83 0,89 1,15 1,69 2,05 2,65 3,05
25 H

L=3m

To assemble cable trays with a width which is lower or equal to 200 mm, its necessary to use a BF quick joint for each of the cable trays side, with reference number 2/6217 in CINCADO and 2/4360 in GC. For wider trays an aditional bolt-staple set shall be used as central union joint, reference 2/4364 in CINCADO and 2/4360 in GC. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

BASORFIL BFR H105


DESCRIPTION BASORFIL BFR 200X105 BASORFIL BFR 300X105 BASORFIL BFR 400X105 BASORFIL BFR 500X105 BASORFIL BFR 600X105
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3 3

UVE m 12 12 12 12 12

B mm 200 300 400 500 600

H mm 105 105 105 105 105

d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 60 60 70 70 70

CINCADO REF. kg/m 2/4953 1,57 2/4959 1,90 2/4960 2,46 2/4961 2,83 2/6043 3,20

GC REF. 2/0298 2/0299 2/0300 2/0301 2/0302 kg/m 1,69 2,05 2,65 3,05 3,45

To assemble cable trays with a width which is lower or equal to 200 mm, its necessary to use a BF quick joint for each of the cable trays side, with reference number 2/6217 in CINCADO and 2/6219 in GC. For wider cable trays, an additional bolt-staple set shall be used as a central union joint, reference number 2/4364 in CINCADO and 2/4360 in GC. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SCM BFR/BF 53

100

25 H

100

L=3m

100

SCM
BF

BASORFIL
Wire-Mesh Cable Trays

BASORFIL BF H35
DESCRIPTION BASORFIL BF 100X35 BASORFIL BF 150X35 BASORFIL BF 200X35 BASORFIL BF 300X35
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 24 24 24 18

B mm 100 150 200 300

H mm 35 35 35 35

d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 17 17 17 17

REF. 2/3362 2/3363 2/4296 2/3364

kg/m 0,55 0,67 0,81 1,27

50

To assemble the cable trays, it is necessary to use a bolt-staple set for each of the cable trays side, with reference number 2/4914. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

BASORFIL BF H65
DESCRIPTION BASORFIL BF 60X65 BASORFIL BF 100X65 BASORFIL BF 150X65 BASORFIL BF 200X65 BASORFIL BF 300X65 BASORFIL BF 400X65 BASORFIL BF 500X65 BASORFIL BF 600X65 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 36 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 B mm 60 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 22 43 43 43 43 43 52 52 BICRO REF. kg/m 2/4297 0,55 2/3365 0,77 2/3366 0,82 2/3367 1,06 2/3368 1,57 2/3369 1,90 2/3370 2,46 2/3371 2,83
50 25 B 50 H 100 100

L=3m

L=3m

To assemble cable trays with a width which is lower or equal to 200 mm, its necessary to use a BF quick joint for each side of the cable trays side, reference number 2/6218. For wider cable trays, an additional bolt-staple set may be required as a central union joint reference number 2/4914. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

BASORFIL BF H105
DESCRIPTION BASORFIL BF 200X105 BASORFIL BF 300X105 BASORFIL BF 400X105 BASORFIL BF 500X105 BASORFIL BF 600X105 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 12 12 12 12 12 B mm 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 105 105 105 105 105 d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 57 57 67 67 67 BICRO REF. 2/3372 2/5647 2/3373 2/5859 2/3374 kg/m 1,57 1,90 2,46 2,83 3,20
25 H

L=3m

To assemble cable trays with a width which is lower or equal to 200 mm, its necessary to use a BF quick joint for each side of the cable trays side, reference number 2/6218. For wider cable trays, an additional bolt-staple set may be required as a central union joint reference number 2/4914. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

COVER ERE FOR METALLIC CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION COVER ERE FOR METALLIC CABLE TRAY 100 COVER ERE FOR METALLIC CABLE TRAY 150 COVER ERE FOR METALLIC CABLE TRAY 200 COVER ERE FOR METALLIC CABLE TRAY 300 COVER ERE FOR METALLIC CABLE TRAY 400 COVER ERE FOR METALLIC CABLE TRAY 500 COVER ERE FOR METALLIC CABLE TRAY 600 UVM m 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 UVE m 24 24 24 18 12 8 8 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 GS REF. 2/1312 2/1313 2/1314 2/1316 2/1317 2/1318 2/1319 kg/m 0,55 0,76 0,98 1,55 2,19 3,11 3,95 REF. 2/1321 2/1322 2/1323 2/1325 2/1326 2/1327 2/1328 GC kg/m 0,82 1,14 1,46 2,11 2,75 3,85 4,58
B+2 15

L=3m (400/500/600 - L = 2 m)

ERE covers are used to cover all BASORFIL trays. To mount the cover no accessories are needed. Fixed by pressure. Available in GS and GC finishes only.

54 SCM BFR/BF

100

BICRO

SCM

BASORFIL
Fasteners

BFR/BF

DIVIDER PROFILE
DESCRIPTION PS 35 PS 60 PS 80 PS 100
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 30 30 30 30

H mm 35 60 80 100

GS REF. 2/3476 2/2066 2/3477 2/3478 kg/m 0,23 0,34 0,46 0,56 REF. 2/3479 2/3480 2/3481 2/3482

GC kg/m 0,29 0,43 0,63 0,76


H-5 20 20x8 25

One bolt is required to fix divider profile every 500mm. BASORFIL staple and B1 bolt set is required. B1 bolt set reference number 2/4356 in CINCADO or 2/6826 in GC (products packed in bags of 100). BASORFIL staple reference number 2/0337 in CINCADO or 2/0339 in GC.

QUICK JOINT
DESCRIPTION BASORFIL Quick Joint UVM ud 50 UVE ud 200 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/6217 0,03 BICRO REF. kg/ud 2/6218 0,03 GC REF. 2/6219 kg/ud 0,03
25 52 12 52 6 28 76 18 20

Used as a fastener for BASORFIL trays, H60 and H105. Simple and fast to assemble for a perfect fit tighten the tabs with pliers.

BOLT-STAPLE SET
DESCRIPTION BF Bolt-Staple Set UVM ud 100 UVE ud 100 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/4364 0,03 BICRO REF. kg/ud 2/4914 0,03 GC REF. 2/4360 kg/ud 0,03

It consists of a BF-bolt set and a BF-staple. It can be used as a fastener in all BASORFIL tray series.

LATERAL UNION SET ULA 65/105


DESCRIPTION Lateral Union Set ULA 65/105 UVM ud 100 UVE ud 100 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/4919 0,06 BICRO REF. 2/4917 kg/ud 0,06 REF. 2/4363 GC kg/ud 0,06

50

It consists of a bolt-BF set and a lateral union. It can be used as a fastener with the BFH65 and BFH105 series. Of all the fasteners, this holds the tray the most rigid.

SCM BFR/BF 55

34

SCM

BASORFIL
Fasteners- Accessories

BFR/BF

BF BOLT-NUT SET
DESCRIPTION BF Bolt-Nut Set UVM ud 100 UVE ud 100 Pap Nm 6 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/4362 0,02 BICRO REF. 2/4922 kg/ud
20

0,02

It consists of a BF-bolt and a serrated nut DIN6923. The bolt-BF is specifically designed for BASOR to form a perfect fit between the wire trays.

21

P
BF STAPLE

PATENTED 9602521

DESCRIPTION BF Staple

UVM ud 100

UVE ud 1500

CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/0337 0,01

BICRO REF. kg/ud 2/0338 0,01

GC REF. 2/0339 kg/ud 0,01

8x8

Its used to mount the profile divider.


28

ACCESSORIES
SSC CENTRAL SUSPENSION
DESCRIPTION SSC UVM ud 10 UVE ud 400 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/2064 0,03 BICRO REF. kg/ud 2/2065 0,03 GC REF. 2/0363 kg/ud 0,03
50

The SSC allows fix the tray to the ceiling with a electrogalvanised M8 threated rod reference number 2/3397. At each point of attachment takes two SSC (upper and lower), a rod and two nuts M8 DIN6923, reference 0/0338 in CINCADO and 0/0927 in GC (both products packed in bags of 100). Also can be used as a fastener between wire mesh and any support with a B1 bolt set reference 2/4356 in CINCADO or 2/6826 in GC.
60

SL
DESCRIPTION SL UVM ud 10 UVE ud 100 GS REF. 2/0355 kg/ud 0,08 REF. 2/0365 GC kg/ud 0,13
6,5 0

1,20
60 25 13 14 21 127 29 80

Allows attachment BASORFIL trays to wall . Used with models 60x65 and 100x65.
87 101

STB
DESCRIPTION STB UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 GS REF. 2/0356 kg/ud 0,14 REF. 2/0366 GC kg/ud 0,14
81 23,5

Allows the fixation of conduits to the cables outlet. You can see section cable management systems insulation conduit.

56 SCM BFR/BF

40

18

23

SCM

BASORFIL
Accessorie s

BFR/BF

UNIVERSAL SUPPORT BOX


DESCRIPTION Universal Support Box UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 GS REF. 2/0358 kg/ud 0,28 REF. 2/0368 GC kg/ud 0,28
5
18X7.5 25

MINI UNIVERSAL SUPPORT BOX


DESCRIPTION Mini Universal Support Box UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 REF. 2/0359 kg/ud 0,08 REF. 2/0369 kg/ud 0,12
6,5 0

GS

GC

28

177 201 217

Designed to allow the fixing of boxes to BASORFIL trays series.

7,50

73 88

15

SIMPLE SL
DESCRIPTION Simple SL UVM ud 10 UVE ud 100 GS REF. 2/0360 kg/ud 0,05 REF. 2/0370 GC kg/ud 0,05
25 67 103 18x7.5 30 19 12x8

This piece allows to fix the BASORFIL trays to wall or ceiling, in this case with threaded rod. For wall mounting is used with a 60x65 and 100x65 models only. When mounted with threaded rod is necessary to take both sides of the tray. In this case the maximum width of tray is 200, being valid the heights 65 and 105 only.

DROP-OUT PLATE
DESCRIPTION BF/BFR Drop-Out Plate UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 GS REF. 2/6451 kg/ud 0,18 REF. 2/6452 GC kg/ud 0,20
R1 00

To assemble drop-out plate with cable trays its necessary to use a SSC, a bolt M8x25 DIN933 CINCADO (reference 0/0310) and a serrated nut DIN6923 CINCADO) (reference 0/0338).
9
176 148

SCM BFR/BF 57

25 83

25

40 86 104

Designed to allow the fixing of boxes to BASORFIL trays series.

SCM

BASORFIL
Accessories / Mounts

BFR/BF

MULTI UNION JOINT


DESCRIPTION Multi Union Joint UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 GS REF. 2/0357 kg/ud 0,05 REF. GC kg/ud 0,05
18x7.5 25 16

Supplement used in the workplace for construction of accessories (vertical inside/outside, reduction, etc.)

ASYMMETRIC CUTTING PLIERS


DESCRIPTION Cutting Pliers UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1

ZINC SPRAY PAINT


DESCRIPTION 400 Zinc Spray Paint Contains 90% Zinc in dry film. For optimum protection against corrosion, the cuts should be coated with zinc paint. UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1

BASORFIL MOUNTS
HORIZONTAL BEND VERTICAL INSIDE LEVEL CHANGE VERTICAL OUTSIDE+INSIDE

To reinforce the accessorie can be used pieces of multijunction with BF bolt-nut sets.

To reinforce the accessorie can be used pieces of multijunction with BF bolt-nut sets.

To reinforce the accessorie can be used pieces of multijunction with BF bolt-nut sets.

58 SCM BFR/BF

500

SCM

BASORFIL
Mounts
REDUCTION BFR+PS+B1+BF STAPLE BFR+SRB

BFR/BF

T INTERSECTION

B1 bolt set - page 18

WITHOUT BOLTS SRB support - page 81

BFR+SCR+ BF BOLT-NUT SET

BFR+SL+VR8

BFR+SVO+VR8+SSC+B1

SSC CENTRAL SUSPENSION

SCB support - page 81

Threaded rod VR8 - page 166 M8 Nut DIN6923 page 166

SVO page 85 Threaded rod VR8 and nut- page 166 B1 set bolt page 18

Threaded rod VR8 ans nut- page 166

SL

MINI UNIVERSAL SUPPORT BOX

SIMPLE SL

DROP-OUT PLATE

M8X20 Bolt and nut page 166

SCM BFR/BF 59

6 1

3 2 4

1. FE Cable ladder 2. BSL Cable ladder 3. CPFE Horizontal bend 4. CCFE Vertical inside 5. CXFE Vertical outside 6. TEFE T Intersection 7. CRFE Cross intersection 8. FE Adjustable joint 9. REFE Reduction

SCM

CABLE LADDER
FE H60
........................................................................................

Page 62 Page 63 Page 65 Page 66

FE H60 Accessories FE H60 Assemblies

..............................................

................................................

FE H75/100/120/150

...........................................

FE H75/100/120/150 Accessories.... Page 68 FE H75/100/120/150 Assemblies....... Page 73 BSL


....................................................................................................

Page 74 Page 75 Page 77

BSL Accessories BSL Assemblies

...........................................................

............................................................

BASORTRAV is a range of cable ladders specifically designed to be used in electrical connections with thick or high power cables which require a higher degree of ventilation. They are assembled on big electrical systems such as nuclear plants, tunnels or airports. These cable trays have the advantage of having a great resistance to flexure.

GC

SCM
FE

BASORTRAV
Cable ladders

PATENTED 9803132

1 Security edge to avoid accidents. 2 Patented self-assembly coupler system

No couplers needed Easier to install Less time required for installation Union with higher degree of rigidity
3 Rungs with a curved finish to avoid damaging of the cables. There are different cable fixation standard

systems for this kind of profile.


4 Inside flange which allows fixation of the cable tray to the support from the inside. 5 Profile which has been designed to offer the best relation between flexure/weight. 6 Self-assembly accessories.

USEFUL AREA (cm2) B (mm) 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H60 45 67 89 134 178 223 267

62 SCM FE

SCM
FE

BASORTRAV
Cable Ladder and Accessories

FE H60 CABLE LADDER


DESCRIPTION BASORTRAV FE 100x60x1,5 BASORTRAV FE 150x60x1,5 BASORTRAV FE 200x60x1,5 BASORTRAV FE 300x60x1,5 BASORTRAV FE 400x60x1,5 BASORTRAV FE 500x60x1,5 BASORTRAV FE 600x60x1,5 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 e mm 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 d=2,5m CTA (kg/m) 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 GC REF. 2/0749 2/0750 2/0751 2/0752 2/0753 2/0754 2/0755 kg/m 2,70 2,84 2,97 3,24 3,50 3,77 4,03
1,5 14 e 16 B 80 167 35 133 80 B 25x8.5 H 190 35 333
9

25x8.5

L=3m

For the assembly, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires 4 bolts with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, couplers with reference number 2/0854 in GS are needed. For more technical information, please consult page 211. Other lengths may be manufactured under order.

20x9

FE COVER
DESCRIPTION FE COVER 100 FE COVER 150 FE COVER 200 FE COVER 300 FE COVER 400 FE COVER 500 FE COVER 600 UVM m 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 UVE m 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 e mm 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,8 0,8 GC REF. 2/4937 2/4472 2/4473 2/3579 2/4430 2/4509 2/4494 kg/m 1,10 1,62 1,75 2,71 3,44 4,17 6,01
B+38

L=3m 400/500/600 - L=2 m

FE H60 HORIZONTAL BEND


DESCRIPTION CPFE 100x60 CPFE 150x60 CPFE 200x60 CPFE 300x60 CPFE 400x60 CPFE 500x60 CPFE 600x60 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 e mm 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 GC REF. 2/0770 2/0771 2/0772 2/0773 2/0774 2/0775 2/0776 kg/ud 1,53 1,77 2,01 2,48 2,85 3,42 3,89
H

9
14 20x9

25x8.5

For the assembly, no couplers are needed. Each bend requires 4 bolts with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

80

125

CCCX FE H60 ARTICULATED VERTICAL BEND


DESCRIPTION CCFE/CXFE 100x60 CCFE/CXFE 150x60 CCFE/CXFE 200x60 CCFE/CXFE 300x60 CCFE/CXFE 400x60 CCFE/CXFE 500x60 CCFE/CXFE 600x60 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 e mm 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 GC REF. 2/5222 2/5223 2/5224 2/5225 2/5226 2/5227 2/5228 kg/ud 1,53 1,66 1,80 2,08 2,35 2,63 2,90
190

20x9

20

For the assembly, no couplers are needed. Each bend requires 4 bolts with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

35

SCM FE 63

SCM
FE

BASORTRAV
Accessories

T DERIVATION TEFE H60


DESCRIPTION TEFE 100x60 TEFE 150x60 TEFE 200x60 TEFE 300x60 TEFE 400x60 TEFE 500x60 TEFE 600x60 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 e mm 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 REF. 2/0812 2/0813 2/0814 2/0815 2/0816 2/0817 2/0818 kg/ud 2,19 2,43 2,66 3,12 4,03 4,59 5,76
H

GC

14

9
20x9 80

35 25x8.5 B H 14 20x9 25x8.5 B+516 B B 125 133 20 H-10 40 25x9 15 160 25x9 40 110 97.5x9 H-16 264 58 25x9 46 17 15

CROSS DERIVATION CRFE H60


DESCRIPTION CRFE 100x60 CRFE 150x60 CRFE 200x60 CRFE 300x60 CRFE 400x60 CRFE 500x60 CRFE 600x60 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 e mm 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 GC REF. 2/0833 2/0834 2/0835 2/0836 2/0837 2/0838 2/0839 kg/ud 2,88 3,18 3,48 4,07 4,66 5,25 6,50
80

For the assembly, no couplers are needed. Each cross derivation requires 12 bolts with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

H60 JOINT PLATE


DESCRIPTION J/UNIN FE H60 UVM ud 10 UVE ud 125 H mm 60 e mm 2 GC REF. 2/0854 kg/ud 0,08

4 bolts are needed to mount each joint plate, with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

ARTICULATED UNION JOINT


DESCRIPTION J/UNIN UA FE H60 UVM ud 10 UVE ud 125 H mm 60 e mm 2 GC REF. 2/0857 kg/ud 0,14
H10

4 bolts are needed to mount each union joint, with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

ANGLE JOINT
DESCRIPTION J/UNIN UB FE H60 UVM ud 10 UVE ud 125 H mm 60 e mm 2 GC REF. 2/0860 kg/ud 0,13

4 bolts are needed to mount each union joint, with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

REDUCTION FE H60
DESCRIPTION REFE 50x60 REFE 100x60 REFE 150x60 REFE 200x60 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 B mm 50 100 150 200 H mm 63 63 63 63 e mm 2 2 2 2 GC REF. 2/6799 2/6800 2/6801 2/6802 kg/ud 0,16 0,20 0,25 0,30
H 40

For the assembly, no couplers are needed. Each reduction requires 4 bolts with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

64 SCM FE

133

For the assembly, no couplers are needed. Each T derivation requires 8 bolts with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

125

35

11 0

SCM
FE
FE CLAMP

BASORTRAV
Accessories and Mounts

37

Used to fix the trays to the supports. 2 clamps are needed for each support

15 55

15

37

DESCRIPTION CLAMP M-6/8 CLAMP M-10/12

UVM ud 100 100

UVE ud 500 500

e mm 2 2

REF. 2/0863 2/0864

kg/ud 0,029 0,028

GC

20x8.5

20x12

15

55

15

M-6/8

M-10/12

B2 BOLT SET M8x15


DESCRIPTION PACK 100 B2 BOLT SET M8x15 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Pap Nm 15 GC REF. 2/6792 kg/ud 1,00
18 8

The B2 bolt set consists of a M8x15 DIN603 mushroom head square neck bolt and a M8 DIN6923 flange nut with serration for a perfect fit. Used to mount all accessories BASORTRAV series.

15

FE H60 MOUNTS
FE SELF-ASSEMBLY CCCX FE H60 CPFE H60 REFE H60 + FE H60

SHR+FE CLAMP M8 + FE H60

UA FE H60

SHR pg. 83.

SCM FE 65

SCM
FE

BASORTRAV
Cable Ladder

PATENTED 9803132

1 Security edge to avoid accidents. 2 Patented self-assembly coupler system

No couplers needed Easier to install Less time required for installation Union with higher degree of rigidity
3 Rungs with a curved finish to avoid damaging of the cables. There are different cable fixation standard

systems for this kind of profile.


4 Inside flange which allows fixation of the cable tray to the support from the inside. 5 Profile which has been designed to offer the best relation between flexure/weight. 6 Circular accessories which allow a radius of curvature of the cables of 330 mm.

USEFUL AREA (cm2) B (mm) 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H75 59 89 118 177 236 295 354 H100 84 126 168 252 336 420 504 H120 156 208 312 416 520 624 H150 201 268 402 536 670 804

66 SCM FE

SCM
FE

BASORTRAV
Cable ladder

FE H75 CABLE LADDER


DESCRIPTION BASORTRAV FE 100x75x2 BASORTRAV FE 150x75x2 BASORTRAV FE 200x75x2 BASORTRAV FE 300x75x2 BASORTRAV FE 400x75x2 BASORTRAV FE 500x75x2 BASORTRAV FE 600x75x2 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 d=2,5m CTA (kg/m) 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 GC REF. 2/0865 2/0866 2/0867 2/0868 2/0869 2/0870 2/0871 kg/m 3,82 3,96 4,09 4,35 4,62 4,88 5,15
14 1,5 e 17 B 80 35 25x8.5 333
9

L=3m

For the assembly, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires 4 bolts with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, FE couplers of the corresponding height in GC are needed. For more technical information, please consult page 211. Other lengths may be manufactured under order.

20x9

FE H100 CABLE LADDER


DESCRIPTION BASORTRAV FE 100x100x2 BASORTRAV FE 150x100x2 BASORTRAV FE 200x100x2 BASORTRAV FE 300x100x2 BASORTRAV FE 400x100x2 BASORTRAV FE 500x100x2 BASORTRAV FE 600x100x2 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 d=2,5m CTA (kg/m) 210 210 210 210 210 210 185 GC REF. 2/0872 2/0873 2/0874 2/0875 2/0876 2/0877 2/0878 kg/m 5,03 5,16 5,29 5,56 5,82 6,08 6,35
1,5 14 e B 80 167 20 B 80 167 B 40 80 167 333
9

35

25x8.5 333

L=3m

For the assembly, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires 4 bolts with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, FE couplers of the corresponding height in GC are needed. For more technical information, please consult page 211. Other lengths may be manufactured under order.

9
20x9

FE H120 CABLE LADDER


DESCRIPTION BASORTRAV FE 150x120x2 BASORTRAV FE 200x120x2 BASORTRAV FE 300x120x2 BASORTRAV FE 400x120x2 BASORTRAV FE 500x120x2 BASORTRAV FE 600x120x2 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 6 6 6 6 6 6 B mm 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 120 120 120 120 120 120 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 d=2,5m CTA (kg/m) 280 280 280 280 280 280 REF. 2/6854 2/6855 2/6856 2/6857 2/6858 2/6859 kg/m 5,94 6,11 6,44 6,78 7,12 7,46
H H 333

GC

1,5

L=3m

For the assembly, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires 4 bolts with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, FE couplers of the corresponding height in GC are needed. For more technical information, please consult page 211. Other lengths may be manufactured under order.

9
20x9

FE H150 CABLE LADDER


DESCRIPTION BASORTRAV FE 150x150x2 BASORTRAV FE 200x150x2 BASORTRAV FE 300x150x2 BASORTRAV FE 400x150x2 BASORTRAV FE 500x150x2 BASORTRAV FE 600x150x2 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 6 6 6 6 6 6 B mm 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 150 150 150 150 150 150 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 d=2,5m CTA (kg/m) 405 405 405 405 380 315 GC REF. 2/6860 2/6861 2/6862 2/6863 2/6864 2/6865 kg/m 6,91 7,07 7,40 7,72 8,05 8,37
1,5 e 20

L=3m

For the assembly, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires 8 bolts with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, FE couplers of the corresponding height in GC are needed. For more technical information, please consult page 211. Other lengths may be manufactured under order.

20x9

40

25x8.5

25x8.5

SCM FE 67

167

SCM
FE

BASORTRAV
Accessories
UVM UVE B H DESCRIPTION ud ud mm mm CPFE 100x75 1 2 100 75 CPFE 150x75 1 2 150 75 CPFE 200x75 1 2 200 75 CPFE 300x75 1 2 300 75 CPFE 400x75 1 2 400 75 CPFE 500x75 1 2 500 75 CPFE 600x75 1 2 600 75 CPFE 100x100 1 2 100 100 CPFE 150x100 1 2 150 100 CPFE 200x100 1 2 200 100 CPFE 300x100 1 2 300 100 CPFE 400x100 1 2 400 100 CPFE 500x100 1 2 500 100 CPFE 600x100 1 2 600 100 CPFE 150x120 1 2 150 120 CPFE 200x120 1 2 200 120 CPFE 300x120 1 2 300 120 CPFE 400x120 1 2 400 120 CPFE 500x120 1 2 500 120 CPFE 600x120 1 2 600 120 CPFE 150x150 1 2 150 150 CPFE 200x150 1 2 200 150 CPFE 300x150 1 2 300 150 CPFE 400x150 1 2 400 150 CPFE 500x150 1 2 500 150 CPFE 600x150 1 2 600 150 Two FE couplers of the corresponding height are needed to mount e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 GC REF. 2/0887 2/0888 2/0889 2/0890 2/0891 2/0892 2/0893 2/0895 2/0896 2/0897 2/0898 2/0899 2/0900 2/0901 2/6880 2/6881 2/6882 2/6883 2/6884 2/6885 2/6886 2/6887 2/6888 2/6889 2/6890 2/6891 kg/ud 3,46 3,77 4,07 4,69 5,63 6,33 7,53 4,23 4,57 4,91 5,59 6,60 7,36 8,64 5,38 5,80 6,64 7,94 8,90 10,53 6,33 6,80 7,72 9,10 10,14 11,85
H B

HORIZONTAL BEND FE
14

9
20x9 18x7.5

25x8.5
R3 30

150

35

B+480

CPFE H75/100/120 RUNG H120: 40x20

20

9
20x9 18x7.5

25x8.5
R3 30

150

40

B+480

CPFE H150

Each bend requires 8 bolts (16 for H150 height) with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

VERTICAL INSIDE FE
UVM UVE B H DESCRIPTION ud ud mm mm CCFE 100x75 1 2 100 75 CCFE 150x75 1 2 150 75 CCFE 200x75 1 2 200 75 CCFE 300x75 1 2 300 75 CCFE 400x75 1 2 400 75 CCFE 500x75 1 2 500 75 CCFE 600x75 1 2 600 75 CCFE 100x100 1 2 100 100 CCFE 150x100 1 2 150 100 CCFE 200x100 1 2 200 100 CCFE 300x100 1 2 300 100 CCFE 400x100 1 2 400 100 CCFE 500x100 1 2 500 100 CCFE 600x100 1 2 600 100 CCFE 150x120 1 2 150 120 CCFE 200x120 1 2 200 120 CCFE 300x120 1 2 300 120 CCFE 400x120 1 2 400 120 CCFE 500x120 1 2 500 120 CCFE 600x120 1 2 600 120 CCFE 150x150 1 2 150 150 CCFE 200x150 1 2 200 150 CCFE 300x150 1 2 300 150 CCFE 400x150 1 2 400 150 CCFE 500x150 1 2 500 150 CCFE 600x150 1 2 600 150 Two FE couplers of the corresponding height are needed to mount e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 GC REF. 2/4794 2/4596 2/4548 2/4549 2/0802 2/0803 2/0804 2/0805 2/0806 2/0807 2/0808 2/0809 2/0810 2/0811 2/6892 2/6893 2/6894 2/6895 2/6896 2/6897 2/6898 2/6899 2/6900 2/6901 2/6902 2/6903 kg/ud 2,71 2,88 3,07 3,43 3,78 4,14 4,50 3,50 3,69 3,86 4,22 4,59 4,94 5,30 4,51 4,74 5,22 5,69 6,16 6,64 5,50 5,73 6,21 6,68 7,15 7,63
R 29 6+ H

14
25x9

9
18x7.5 25x8.5

35 150

CCFE H75/100/120 RUNG H120: 40x20

R 29 6+ H

25x9 H

20

9
18x7.5 25x8.5

40 150

CCFE H150

Each accessory requires 8 bolts (16 for H150 height) with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

68 SCM FE

SCM
FE

BASORTRAV
Accessories
UVM UVE B H DESCRIPTION ud ud mm mm CXFE 100x75 1 2 100 75 CXFE 150x75 1 2 150 75 CXFE 200x75 1 2 200 75 CXFE 300x75 1 2 300 75 CXFE 400x75 1 2 400 75 CXFE 500x75 1 2 500 75 CXFE 600x75 1 2 600 75 CXFE 100x100 1 2 100 100 CXFE 150x100 1 2 150 100 CXFE 200x100 1 2 200 100 CXFE 300x100 1 2 300 100 CXFE 400x100 1 2 400 100 CXFE 500x100 1 2 500 100 CXFE 600x100 1 2 600 100 CXFE 150x120 1 2 150 120 CXFE 200x120 1 2 200 120 CXFE 300x120 1 2 300 120 CXFE 400x120 1 2 400 120 CXFE 500x120 1 2 500 120 CXFE 600x120 1 2 600 120 CXFE 150x150 1 2 150 150 CXFE 200x150 1 2 200 150 CXFE 300x150 1 2 300 150 CXFE 400x150 1 2 400 150 CXFE 500x150 1 2 500 150 CXFE 600x150 1 2 600 150 Two FE couplers of the corresponding height are needed to mount e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 GC REF. 2/0909 2/0910 2/0911 2/0912 2/0913 2/0914 2/0915 2/0916 2/0917 2/0918 2/0919 2/0920 2/0921 2/0922 2/6904 2/6905 2/6906 2/6907 2/6908 2/6909 2/6910 2/6911 2/6912 2/6913 2/6914 2/6915 kg/ud 2,61 2,75 2,88 3,15 3,43 3,70 3,97 3,41 3,55 3,69 3,95 4,22 4,49 4,76 4,32 4,51 4,86 5,21 5,57 5,92 5,31 5,50 5,85 6,21 6,56 6,91
9
14 H + 463

VERTICAL OUTSIDE FE
H

3 R3

150

25x9 18x7.5 25x8.5

35

CXFE H75/100/120 RUNG H120: 40x20

H + 463

20

3 R3

150

25x9 18x7.5 25x8.5

40

CXFE H150

Each bend requires 8 bolts (16 for H150 height) with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

TE DERIVATION FE
UVM UVE B H DESCRIPTION ud ud mm mm TEFE 100x75 1 2 100 75 TEFE 150x75 1 2 150 75 TEFE 200x75 1 2 200 75 TEFE 300x75 1 2 300 75 TEFE 400x75 1 2 400 75 TEFE 500x75 1 2 500 75 TEFE 600x75 1 2 600 75 TEFE 100x100 1 2 100 100 TEFE 150x100 1 2 150 100 TEFE 200x100 1 2 200 100 TEFE 300x100 1 2 300 100 TEFE 400x100 1 2 400 100 TEFE 500x100 1 2 500 100 TEFE 600x100 1 2 600 100 TEFE 150x120 1 2 150 120 TEFE 200x120 1 2 200 120 TEFE 300x120 1 2 300 120 TEFE 400x120 1 2 400 120 TEFE 500x120 1 2 500 120 TEFE 600x120 1 2 600 120 TEFE 150x150 1 2 150 150 TEFE 200x150 1 2 200 150 TEFE 300x150 1 2 300 150 TEFE 400x150 1 2 400 150 TEFE 500x150 1 2 500 150 TEFE 600x150 1 2 600 150 Four FE couplers of the corresponding height are needed to mount e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
14

REF. 2/0930 2/0931 2/0932 2/0933 2/0934 2/0935 2/0936 2/0937 2/0938 2/0939 2/0940 2/0941 2/0942 2/0943 2/6916 2/6917 2/6918 2/6919 2/6920 2/6921 2/6922 2/6923 2/6924 2/6925 2/6926 2/6927

kg/ud 5,41 5,76 6,12 6,84 8,01 8,81 9,62 6,56 6,94 7,32 8,08 9,29 10,14 10,98 8,20 8,69 9,67 11,24 12,33 13,42 9,61 10,13 11,15 12,78 13,92 15,06

GC

9
25x9 18x7.5

B + 960

35 25x8.5

R3 3

150

150

TEFE H75/100/120 RUNG H120: 40x20


H 20

9
25x9 18x7.5

25x8.5 40

960 + B

R33 0

150

150

TEFE H150

Each accessory requires 16 bolts (32 for H150 height) with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

SCM FE 69

SCM
FE

BASORTRAV
Accessories
UVM UVE B H DESCRIPTION ud ud mm mm CRFE 100x75 1 2 100 75 CRFE 150x75 1 2 150 75 CRFE 200x75 1 2 200 75 CRFE 300x75 1 2 300 75 CRFE 400x75 1 2 400 75 CRFE 500x75 1 2 500 75 CRFE 600x75 1 2 600 75 CRFE 100x100 1 2 100 100 CRFE 150x100 1 2 150 100 CRFE 200x100 1 2 200 100 CRFE 300x100 1 2 300 100 CRFE 400x100 1 2 400 100 CRFE 500x100 1 2 500 100 CRFE 600x100 1 2 600 100 CRFE 150x120 1 2 150 120 CRFE 200x120 1 2 200 120 CRFE 300x120 1 2 300 120 CRFE 400x120 1 2 400 120 CRFE 500x120 1 2 500 120 CRFE 600x120 1 2 600 120 CRFE 150x150 1 2 150 150 CRFE 200x150 1 2 200 150 CRFE 300x150 1 2 300 150 CRFE 400x150 1 2 400 150 CRFE 500x150 1 2 500 150 CRFE 600x150 1 2 600 150 Six FE couplers of the corresponding height are needed to mount e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 GC REF. 2/0951 2/0952 2/0953 2/0954 2/0955 2/0956 2/0957 2/0958 2/0959 2/0960 2/0961 2/0962 2/0963 2/0964 2/6928 2/6929 2/6930 2/6931 2/6932 2/6933 2/6934 2/6935 2/6936 2/6937 2/6938 2/6939

CROSS DERIVATION FE
kg/ud 6,54 6,75 7,07 9,90 10,71 11,44 15,01 7,85 8,15 8,47 11,29 12,11 12,84 16,40 9,62 10,04 13,81 14,90 15,87 20,62 11,30 11,72 15,49 16,57 17,55 22,30
H 14 20x9

25x8.5 35
R3 30

9
150 40
R3 30

B B+960

CRFE H75/100/120 RUNG H120: 40x20

20x9

25x8.5

B B+960

20

150

CRFE H150

Each bend requires 24 bolts (48 for H150 height) with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

FE COVER
DESCRIPTION FE COVER 100 FE COVER 150 FE COVER 200 FE COVER 300 FE COVER 400 FE COVER 500 FE COVER 600 UVM m 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 UVE m 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 e mm 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,8 0,8 GC REF. 2/4937 2/4472 2/4473 2/3579 2/4430 2/4509 2/4494 kg/m 1,10 1,62 1,75 2,71 3,44 4,17 6,01
B+38

L=3m 400/500/600 - L=2 m

FE JOINT PLATE
DESCRIPTION JOINT PLATE U FE 75 JOINT PLATE U FE 100 JOINT PLATE U FE 120 JOINT PLATE U FE 150 UVM ud 10 10 10 10 UVE ud 125 125 125 125 H mm 75 100 120 150 e mm 2 2 2 2 GC REF. 2/0854 2/0856 2/6940 2/6941 kg/ud 0,08 0,20 0,25 0,33
20 H-25 40

25x9 160

U FE 75
50 50 H-25 40

Each joint plate requires 4 bolts (8 for H150 height) with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units). 20
H-25

180

25x9 180

U FE 100/120

U FE 150

70 SCM FE

37,5

25x9

21

50

15

SCM
FE

BASORTRAV
Accessories

FE ARTICULATED JOINT
DESCRIPTION FE A/JOINT H75 FE A/JOINT H100 FE A/JOINT H120 FE A/JOINT H150 UVM ud 10 10 10 10 UVE ud 125 125 125 125 B mm 110 137,5 138 138 H mm 75 100 120 150 e mm 2 2 2 2
H25

GC REF. 2/0857 2/0859 2/6944 2/6945 kg/ud 0,08 0,20 0,25 0,33

25x9

UA FE H75/100/120

40

20

Each articulated joint requires 4 bolts (8 for H150 height) with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

H25

25x9

UA FE H150

46 20

FE ANGLE JOINT
DESCRIPTION FE A/JOINT UB H75 FE A/JOINT UB H100 FE A/JOINT UB H120 FE A/JOINT UB H150 UVM ud 10 10 10 10 UVE ud 125 125 125 125 H mm 75 100 120 150 e mm 2 2 2 2 GC REF. 2/0860 2/0862 2/6944 2/6945 kg/ud 0,13 0,30 0,38 0,46
H-30 97.5x9 264 58

UB FE H75/100

97

Each angle joint requires 4 bolts (8 for H150 height) with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

97.5x9 264 58

UB FE H120

H-26

97.5x9

37,5 50 264 58

15

UB FE H150

SCM FE 71

37

50

SCM
FE

BASORTRAV
Accessories

FE REDUCTION
DESCRIPTION FE REDUCTION 50x75 FE REDUCTION 100x75 FE REDUCTION 150x75 FE REDUCTION 200x75 FE REDUCTION 50x100 FE REDUCTION 100x100 FE REDUCTION 150x100 FE REDUCTION 200x100 FE REDUCTION 50x120 FE REDUCTION 100x120 FE REDUCTION 150x120 FE REDUCTION 200x120 FE REDUCTION 50x150 FE REDUCTION 100x150 FE REDUCTION 150x150 FE REDUCTION 200x150 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 50 100 150 200 50 100 150 200 50 100 150 200 50 100 150 200 H mm 75 75 75 75 100 100 100 100 120 120 120 120 150 150 150 150 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 GC REF. 2/6803 2/6804 2/6805 2/6806 2/6807 2/6808 2/6809 2/6810 2/6954 2/6955 2/6956 2/6957 2/6958 2/6959 2/6960 2/6961 kg/ud 0,17 0,23 0,30 0,36 0,26 0,34 0,43 0,51 0,33 0,43 0,53 0,63 0,42 0,55 0,67 0,80
H H - 30 25x9

46

17

RE FE H75/100/120

H H - 30

25x9

46

17

Each piece requires 4 bolts (8 for H150 height) with reference number 2/6792 in GC (products packed in bags containing 100 units).
B

RE FE H150

FE CLAMP
DESCRIPTION FE CLAMP M-6/8 FE CLAMP M-10/12 UVM ud 100 100 UVE ud 500 500 e mm 2 2
2

37

Used to fix the trays to the supports. Two clamps are needed for each support.

15 55

15

37

REF. 2/0863 2/0864

kg/ud 0,029 0,028

GC

20x8.5

20x12

15

50 15

55

M-6/8

M-10/12

B2 BOLT SET M8x15


DESCRIPTION PACK 100 B2 BOLT SET M8X15 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Pap Nm 15 GC REF. 2/6792 kg/ud 1,00
18 8

The B2 bolt set consists of a M8x15 DIN603 mushroom head square neck bolt and a M8 DIN6923 flange nut with serration for a perfect fit. Used to mount all accessories BASORTRAV series.

15

72 SCM FE

SCM
FE

BASORTRAV
Mounts

FE MOUNTS
FE SELF-ASSEMBLY CPFE HORIZONTAL BEND CC VERTICAL INSIDE CRFE CROSS INTERSECTION

REFE + FE

UA-FE ARTICULATED JOINT SHR+FE CLAMP M8 + FE

SHR support page 83.

SCM FE 73

SCM

BASORTRAV
Cable Ladder

BSL

5 1 3 4

1 Security edge to avoid accidents. 2 Perforated side to facilitate:

Ventilation in case a cover is assembled. Assembly in situations in which the union between the parts when cut is done at the workplace.
3 Rungs are characterised by two things:

Their varied layout allows the use of different cable fixation systems. Their curved design avoids possible accidents in cables and people.
4 Perforations prepared for the fixing of a cover. 5 Profile designed to sustain great loads. 6 Circular accessories which allow a radius of curvature of the cables of 330 mm.

USEFUL AREA (cm2) BSL 300 400 600 H150 345 460 690 H200 495 660 990

74 SCM BSL

SCM
BSL

BASORTRAV
Cable Ladder and Accessories

BSL H150 CABLE LADDER


DESCRIPTION BASORTRAV BSL 300x150x2 BASORTRAV BSL 400x150x2 BASORTRAV BSL 600x150x2 UVM m 3 3 3 UVE m 6 6 6 B mm 300 400 600 H mm 150 150 150 e mm 2 2 2 d=3m CTA (kg/m) 327 327 327 GC REF. 2/6437 2/6438 2/6439 kg/m 8,00 8,38 9,14
1,5 35 H 20 e

35x11 175

L=3m

3000

For the assembly of the cable trays, 2 BSL H150 couplers with reference number 2/6445 in GC and 16 bolts with reference number 2/6319 in cincado or 2/6320 in I304 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Other lengths may be manufactured under order. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

300

12x8

BSL H200 CABLE LADDER


DESCRIPTION BASORTRAV BSL 300x200x2 BASORTRAV BSL 400x200x2 BASORTRAV BSL 600x200x2 UVM m 3 3 3 UVE m 6 6 6 B mm 300 400 600 H mm 200 200 200 e mm 2 2 2 d=3m CTA (kg/m) 503 503 351 GC REF. 2/6442 2/6443 2/6444 kg/m 9,73 10,11 10,87
1,5 35 H 20 e

40 25x8.5 B 12x8 35 40 25x8.5 35x11 25x8.5

35x11 175 3000 H 20 300

L=3m

For the assembly of the cable trays, 2 BSL H200 couplers with reference number 2/6446 in GC and 16 bolts with reference number 2/6319 in cincado or 2/6320 in I304 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Other lengths may be manufactured under order. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

CPBSL HORIZONTAL BEND


DESCRIPTION CPBSL 300x150 CPBSL 400x150 CPBSL 600x150 CPBSL 300x200 CPBSL 400x200 CPBSL 600x200 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 2 2 2 2 2 2 B mm 300 400 600 300 400 600 H mm 150 150 150 200 200 200 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 GC REF. 2/6962 2/6963 2/6964 2/6965 2/6966 2/6967 kg/ud 7,51 8,90 11,67 9,33 10,86 13,91
40

For the assembly of the bend, 2 BSL couplers of the corresponding height and 16 bolts with reference number 2/6319 in cincado or 2/6320 in I304 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

R330

150

CCBSL VERTICAL INSIDE


DESCRIPTION CCBSL 300x150 CCBSL 400x150 CCBSL 600x150 CCBSL 300x200 CCBSL 400x200 CCBSL 600x200 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 2 2 2 2 2 2 B mm 300 400 600 300 400 600 H mm 150 150 150 200 200 200 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 GC REF. 2/6968 2/6969 2/6970 2/6971 2/6972 2/6973 kg/ud 6,05 6,51 7,42 7,84 8,30 9,21
25x8.5 B 40 H 20 35 35x11

(H

26

0)

For the assembly of the accessory, 2 BSL couplers of the corresponding height and 16 bolts with reference number 2/6319 in cincado or 2/6320 in I304 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

150

SCM BSL 75

SCM

BASORTRAV
Accessories

BSL

CXBSL VERTICAL OUTSIDE


DESCRIPTION CXBSL 300x150 CXBSL 400x150 CXBSL 600x150 CXBSL 300x200 CXBSL 400x200 CXBSL 600x200 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 2 2 2 2 2 2 B mm 300 400 600 300 400 600 H mm 150 150 150 200 200 200 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 GC REF. 2/6974 2/6975 2/6976 2/6977 2/6978 2/6979 kg/ud 5,71 6,05 6,74 7,50 7,84 8,53
25x8.5 B 20 40 35x11 H 35
R33 0

150

For the assembly of the accessory, 2 BSL couplers of the corresponding height and 16 bolts with reference number 2/6319 in cincado or 2/6320 in I304 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

TEBSL INTERSECTION
DESCRIPTION TEBSL 300x150 TEBSL 400x150 TEBSL 600x150 TEBSL 300x200 TEBSL 400x200 TEBSL 600x200 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 2 2 2 2 2 2 B mm 300 400 600 300 400 600 H mm 150 150 150 200 200 200 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2
H 35

REF. 2/6980 2/6981 2/6982 2/6983 2/6984 2/6985

kg/ud 11,36 12,76 14,96 13,87

20

GC

35x11

For the assembly of the accessory, 4 BSL couplers of the corresponding height and 32 bolts with reference number 2/6319 in cincado or 2/6320 in I304 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).
150 B

40

17,73

B + 960

15,35

25x8.5 B
R33 0

150

CRBSL INTERSECTION
DESCRIPTION CRBSL 300x150 CRBSL 400x150 CRBSL 600x150 CRBSL 300x200 CRBSL 400x200 CRBSL 600x200 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 2 2 2 2 2 2 B mm 300 400 600 300 400 600 H mm 150 150 150 200 200 200 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 GC
35

REF. 2/6986 2/6987 2/6988 2/6989 2/6990 2/6991

kg/ud 13,85 15,84 17,89 16,68 18,67 20,72

20 35x11

25x8.5 40

For the assembly of the accessory, 6 BSL couplers of the corresponding height and 48 bolts with reference number 2/6319 in cincado or 2/6320 in I304 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

R33 0

B B + 960

150

BSL JOINT PLATE


10 10 125 125 150 200 2 2 2/6445 2/6446 0,37 0,54
H - 26

DESCRIPTION BSL JOINT PLATE H150 BSL JOINT PLATE H200

UVM ud

UVE ud

H mm

e mm

GC REF. kg/ud
12 35x11 50 25

For the assembly of the joint plate, 8 bolts with reference number 2/6319 in cincado or 2/6320 in I304 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

200

BSL ARTICULATED JOINT


10 10 125 125 150 200 2 2 2/6447 2/6448 0,62 0,91
H - 26 12

DESCRIPTION BSL J/JOINT A H150 BSL J/JOINT A H200

UVM ud

UVE ud

H mm

e mm

GC REF. kg/ud

150

15

35x11

For the assembly of the articulated joint, 8 bolts with reference number 2/6319 in cincado or 2/6320 in I304 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

25

50

76 SCM BSL

SCM
BSL

BASORTRAV
Accessories and Mounts

BSL ANGLE JOINT


H - 26

DESCRIPTION BSL ANGLE JOINT B H150 J/UNIN B BSL H200

UVM ud 10 10

UVE ud 125 125

H mm 150 200

e mm 2 2

GC REF. 2/6449 2/6450 kg/ud 0,56 0,82


12 310 50 25 10 17 30 35x11

For the assembly of the angle joint, 8 bolts with reference number 2/6319 in cincado or 2/6320 in I304 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

BOLT SET M10X30


DESCRIPTION BOLT SET100 M10X30 D8.8 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Pap Nm 40 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/6319 3,80 I304 REF. kg/ud 2/6320 3,78

The bolt set consists of a M10x30 DIN933 and nut DIN934. Used to mount all accessories BSL BASORTRAV.

BSL MOUNTS
JOINT PLATE ANGLE JOINT CP BSL CC BSL

CRBSL

SCM BSL 77

WALL SUPPORTS
1

CEILING SUPPORTS
5

3 3

1. SR with wall bracket 2. SPL 3. SHL 4. SHV 6. SZ 7. SPD 8. IPN PROFILE 9. SV 10. IPN HEAD 11. SP

5. SIMPLE HEAD BRACKET + PC

SCM

FLOOR SUPPORTS

SUPPORTS
WALL AND CURVED WALL SUPPORTS.....Page 80 CEILING SUPPORTS FLOOR SUPPORTS
................................................

Page 84 Page 89 Page 92

.....................................................

ASSEMBLY OF SUPPORTS

..........................

10

11

GS / GC / CINCADO

SCM

BASORSUPPORT
Wall and curved wall supports
SWL (kg) WALL AND CURVED WALL SUPPORTS
B

PRODUCT

50

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

1000

Page

SHO

85

75

100

70

81

SCR

LIGHT LOADS

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

60

60

81

SRB

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

81

SR (WALL BRACKET)

120

110

100

80

82

SR (PC)

250

250

250

240

82

SPL

MEDIUM LOADS

300

300

240

180

150

130

82

SHL

250

250

200

200

200

180

150

82

SP

350

350

290

250

220

200

82

SHR

340

340

340

340

340

340

83

SPD

GREAT LOADS

500

430

370

320

260

83

SHV

270

270

270

270

270

270

83

80 SCM SUPPORTS

SCM

BASORSUPPORT
Wall and Curved Wall Supports

SHO SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SHO 100 Support SHO 150 Support SHO 200 Support SHO 300 Support SHO Supporting piece
SHO Support

UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1

UVE ud 10 10 10 10 10

B mm 100 150 200 300 -

SWL (kg) 85 75 100 70 -

REF. 2/0965 2/0966 2/0967 2/0968 2/6240

kg/ud 0,30 0,36 0,42 0,54 -

REF. 2/0970 2/0971 2/0972 2/0973 2/6318

kg/ud 0,33 0,40 0,45 0,58 -

50

25

GS

GC

20x9 113 35x7.5 50 50 33 36 B+50 33 36 B+50 34 36 B+50 28 36 B+50 18 46 52 25 50

20

B+70 20x9

When an SHO support is used directly on the wall or with a pendant without an OMEGA profile, its necessary to use piece 2/6240 in GS or 2/6318 in GC. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SHO Support

12
18

SHO Supporting piece

SHO Supporting piece

SCR SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SCR 50 Support SCR 100 Support SCR 150 Support SCR 200 Support SCR 300 Support SCR 400 Support SCR 500 Support SCR 600 Support SCR 750 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 100 100 80 60 10 10 10 10 5 B mm 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 750 SWL (kg) 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 60 60 REF. 2/0975 2/0976 2/0977 2/0978 2/0997 2/0998 2/0999 2/1000 2/3438 kg/ud 0,19 0,24 0,30 0,38 0,66 0,83 0,95 1,11 1,50 REF. 2/3450 2/0980 2/0981 2/0982 2/1002 2/1003 2/1004 2/1005 2/1006 kg/ud 0,20 0,27 0,33 0,42 0,68 0,85 1,03 1,20 1,81
86 36 20

GS

GC

12

20x8

25x7.5

45

B+50

SCR Support50/100/200/300/400
20

12

12x8

122 37 34

20x8

18x7.5 40

35x7.5

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

B+50

SCR Support500/600/750

SRB SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SRB 100 Support SRB 150 Support SRB 200 Support SRB 300 Support SRB 400 Support SRB 500 Support SRB 600 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 SWL (kg) 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 REF. 2/6372 2/6373 2/6374 2/6375 2/6376 2/6377 2/6378 kg/ud 0,25 0,26 0,38 0,66 0,80 1,01 1,11 REF. 2/6379 2/6380 2/6381 2/6382 2/6383 2/6384 2/6385 kg/ud 0,27 0,29 0,42 0,68 0,85 1,09 1,20
85 37 20

GS

GC

12

12x8

20x8

SRB Support100/150/200
20
12

12x8

85 37 20x8

SRB Support300/400
122 37 20

No bolts are needed to fix the wire-mesh cable trays. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

12

12x8

20x8

SRB Support500
122 37 20
12

12x8

20x8

SRB Support600

SIMPLE WALL BRACKET


DESCRIPTION Simple wall bracket UVM ud 1 UVE ud 100 GS REF. 2/6289 kg/ud 0,20 REF. 2/5881 GC kg/ud 0,20
9
9
45

Allows the assembly of models B500/600/750 of the SCR and SRB supports in curved walls and inclined planes.

73

60

37

SCM SUPPORTS 81

55 85

SCM

BASORSUPPORT
Wall and Curved Wall Supports

SR SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SR 300 Support SR 400 Support SR 500 Support SR 600 Support SR Wall Bracket SR Bolt UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 300 400 500 600 H Wall Bracket PC mm SWL (kg) SWL (kg) 80 120 250 100 110 250 100 100 250 100 80 240 REF. 2/1028 2/1029 2/1030 2/1031 2/6827 2/6793 kg/ud 0,78 1,14 1,38 1,71 0,33 REF. 2/1032 2/1033 2/1034 2/1035 2/6828 kg/ud 0,83 1,22 1,48 1,84 0,35 13

GS

GC
11

20x9 17x9

75 125 59

9
87 8x8

SR + Wall Bracket

Wall Bracket SR
B+50 54 H 14 80 120 50 50 37 50 37 14 50 80 120 35 B + 50 25x9 2,5 25x11 41 30 25x9 30 1,5 53

It can be used in three ways. On walls with a PC profile, on cealings with a PC profile and on curves with a wall bracket. For assembly with wall bracket, 1 SR bolt with reference number 2/6793 and 2 B2 bolt set with reference 2/4926 in CINCADO or 2/6792 in GC are needed. For assembly with PC profile, 4 B1 bolt sets with reference 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC are needed. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

35x7.5 37,5

SR Wall Bracket

SR

SPL SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SPL 150 Support SPL 200 Support SPL 300 Support SPL 400 Support SPL 500 Support SPL 600 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 150 200 300 400 500 600 SWL (kg) 300 300 240 180 150 130 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/6844 0,62 2/6845 0,64 2/6846 0,66 2/6847 0,93 2/6848 1,10 2/6849 1,40 GC REF. 2/6836 2/6837 2/6838 2/6839 2/6840 2/6841 kg/ud 0,69 0,70 0,72 1,03 1,21 1,54
41

25x11 41 50

B+50

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SHL SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SHL 100 Support SHL 150 Support SHL 200 Support SHL 300 Support SHL 400 Support SHL 500 Support SHL 600 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 H mm 70 70 80 80 90 100 110 A mm 125 125 125 125 160 160 160 B mm SWL (kg) 100 250 150 250 200 200 300 200 400 200 500 180 600 150 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/6873 0,30 2/6874 0,35 2/6875 0,47 2/6876 0,64 2/6877 0,91 2/6878 1,08 2/6879 1,26 GC REF. 2/6866 2/6867 2/6868 2/6869 2/6870 2/6871 2/6872 kg/ud 0,33 0,39 0,51 0,69 0,98 1,16 1,35
14
60 15 20 125 H

SHL 100/150/200

14
60 50 e

A H

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

20

SHL 300/400/500/600

SP SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SP 150 Support SP 200 Support SP 300 Support SP 400 Support SP 500 Support SP 600 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 150 200 300 400 500 600 SWL (kg) 350 350 290 250 220 200 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/6829 0,68 2/6830 0,80 2/6831 1,06 2/6832 1,31 2/6833 1,56 2/6834 1,82 GC REF. 2/4939 2/4733 2/4734 2/1036 2/1037 2/4938 kg/ud 0,71 0,84 1,11 1,38 1,64 1,91
41

50 B + 50

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

82 SCM SUPPORTS

SCM

BASORSUPPORT
Wall and Curved Wall Supports

SHR SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SHR 300 Support SHR 400 Support SHR 500 Support SHR 600 Support SHR 700 Support SHR 800 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 300 400 500 600 700 800 e mm 4 4 4 5 5 5 GC SWL (kg) 340 340 340 340 340 340 REF. 2/5525 2/1023 2/1024 2/1025 2/1026 2/1027 kg/ud 1,29 1,57 1,86 2,15 2,43 2,72
15 140 108

14
90 35 50 B+50 30 e 25x9 50 37 14 2,5 25x11 50 50 B+50

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SPD SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SPD 500 Support SPD 600 Support SPD 700 Support SPD 800 Support SPD 1000 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 500 600 700 800 1000 GC SWL (kg) 500 430 370 320 260 REF. 2/6272 2/5621 2/6273 2/6274 2/4641 kg/ud 3,18 3,71 4,24 4,77 5,84

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SHV SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SHV 200 Support SHV 300 Support SHV 400 Support SHV 500 Support SHV 600 Support SHV 700 Support SHV 800 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 GC SWL (kg) 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 REF. 2/6058 2/6271 2/6259 2/6057 2/6275 2/6276 2/6277 kg/ud 0,99 1,28 1,58 1,88 2,17 2,47 2,77
108

41

13
44 B+50 30 25x9 50 37 80

36

It is mounted with the IPN80 profile, 2 bolts M10x30 with reference 0/0512 in CINCADO or 0/0320 in I304 are needed (products packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

IPN80 FLANGE WALL MOUNTING


DESCRIPTION IPN80 wall fange IPN80 600 profile IPN80 1000 profile IPN80 1300 profile IPN80 1500 profile IPN80 2000 profile IPN80 3000 profile UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L mm 600 1000 1300 1500 2000 3000 GC REF. 2/6342 2/6345 2/6346 2/6347 2/6348 2/6349 2/6350 kg/ud 0,19 3,49 5,81 6,55 7,55 11,62 17,43
20 60 42 L

= =

= 100 63x13

20

70

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

50

SCM SUPPORTS 83

50

35

120 160

82

SCM

BASORSUPPORT
Ceiling Supports
SWL (kg) CEILING SUPPORTS
B horizontal support or width tray

PRODUCT

50

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

Page

SHOT

38

55

45

40

85

SHO 400

85

69

58

50

39

85

SVO + 2 VR8

LIGHT LOADS

270

220

200

160

130

110

85

PC + WALL BRACKET (SR)

144

127

113

102

85

73

64

57

86

PC+SIMPLE HEAD BRACKET(SCR)

150

120

100

86

67

55

46

40

86

SPL

304

254

218

192

154

128

110

96

87

SP

MEDIUM LOADS

404

351

310

277

230

196

171

151

87

SZ

429

375

333

300

250

214

188

167

87

SPD

614

550

498

455

388

338

300

269

244

223

87

IPN80

GREAT LOADS

638

557

494

444

404

370

341

88

84 SCM SUPPORTS

SCM

BASORSUPPORT
Ceiling Supports

SHO SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SHO 400 Support SHO Supporting piece UVM ud 1 1 UVE ud 10 10 L mm 400 Fmax kg 147 Mmax Cd GS GC kg/ud kgm mm/kgm REF. kg/ud REF. 6,8 1,91 2/0969 0,66 2/0974 0,71 2/6240 0,03 2/6318 0,03
50 52 20 L+50 113 46 52 25 50 176 18 46 B+50 50 25 20 85 20x9 B+65 18 25 50 25 20x9

To mount SHO support a supporting piece is necessary. SHO support is mounted with horizontal support SHO (2 B2 bolt set with reference 2/4926 in CINCADO or 2/6792 in GC are needed) For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SHO

SHO Support

12
18

SHO ing piece

SHO Supporting piece

SHOT SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SHOT 100 Support SHOT 150 Support SHOT 200 Support SHOT 300 Support SHO Supporting piece UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 4 4 4 4 10 B mm 100 150 200 300 GS SWL (kg) 38 55 45 40 REF. 2/1091 2/1092 2/1093 2/1094 2/6240 kg/ud 0,48 0,52 0,58 0,70 0,03 REF. 2/1095 2/1096 2/1097 2/1098 2/6318 GC kg/ud 0,52 0,55 0,62 0,75 0,04
20 113 25 50

To mount on ceiling, a supporting piece with reference 2/6240 in GS or 2/6318 in GC is necessary. For more technical information, please consult page 211.
SHOT

SHOT Support

12
18

Pieza SHO Support SHO ing piece

SVO SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SVO 150 Support SVO 200 Support SVO 250 Support SVO 300 Support SVO 350 Support SVO 400 Support SVO 500 Support SVO 600 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 B mm 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 GS SWL (kg) 270 220 240 200 180 160 130 110 REF. 2/3630 2/1073 2/1074 2/1075 2/1076 2/3629 2/1077 2/5941 kg/ud 0,24 0,30 0,36 0,42 0,48 0,54 0,66 0,78 REF. 2/6280 2/1078 2/1079 2/1080 2/1081 2/5719 2/1082 2/5720 GC kg/ud 0,26 0,33 0,39 0,93 0,52 0,58 0,72 0,84
52

20X9

To mount the SVO support to ceiling, 2 VR-8 reference 2/3397 and 4 nuts reference 0/0338 are needed (product packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SCM SUPPORTS 85

SCM

BASORSUPPORT
Ceiling Supports

PC + Wall Bracket
DESCRIPTION PC Profile Wall Bracket UVM m/ud 3 1 UVE m/ud 18 40 Fmax kg 193 Mmax kgm 19 GS REF. 2/0228 2/1116 kg/m 1,71 0,28 REF. 2/0229 2/1117 GC kg/m 1,84 0,30
71 63 7x7

20x8 20x8 120 40 14 12

For the assembly with wall bracket, 4 B1 bolt sets reference 2/4356 in GS or 2/6826 in GC are needed (product packed in bags of 100). Two types of mounting. Mounts on the open side with SR support, and on lateral side with SRB-SCR supports. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

Wall Bracket
2 35

PC Profile
58 20x7 8 20 30 30 3000

12

Wall Bracket

PC Profile

PC + Simple Head Bracket


DESCRIPTION PC Profile Simple Wall Bracket UVM m/ud 3 1 UVE m/ud 18 40 Fmax kg 250 Mmax kgm 13 GS REF. 2/0228 2/6786 kg/m 1,71 0,55 REF. 2/0229 2/6787 GC kg/m 1,84 0,57
133 30 30 30

12
12

For the assembly, 2 M10 bolt sets with reference number 2/6319 in cincado or 2/6320 in I304 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Mounted on lateral side with SRB and SCR supports. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

12
43

80 131

Simple Wall Bracket


2 35

PC Profile

58 20x7 8 20 30 30 3000

12

Simple Wall Bracket

PC Profile

86 SCM SUPPORTS

SCM

BASORSUPPORT
Ceiling Supports

SPL SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SPL 300 Support SPL 400 Support SPL 500 Support SPL 600 Support SPL 700 Support SPL 800 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 L mm 300 400 500 600 700 800 Fmax kg 442 442 442 442 442 442 Mmax kgm 31,4 31,4 31,4 31,4 31,4 31,4 Cd mm/kgm 0,192 0,223 0,287 0,351 0,415 0,479 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/6846 0,66 2/6847 1,02 2/6848 1,00 2/6849 1,40 2/6850 1,55 2/6851 1,64 GC REF. kg/ud 2/6838 0,72 2/6839 1,12 2/6840 1,10 2/6841 1,54 2/6842 1,71 1805427 1,80
14

1,5

50

Mounted on open side with supports: SRB, SCR, SPL, SHL, SP. Mounted on drilled side with supports: SRB, SCR, SHL. For more technical information, please consult page 211.
41

25x11

41

SP SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SP 300 Support SP 400 Support SP 500 Support SP 600 Support SP 800 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 L mm 300 400 500 600 800 Fmax kg 534 534 534 534 534 Mmax kgm 49,2 49,2 49,2 49,2 49,2 Cd mm/kgm 0,142 0,203 0,265 0,326 0,509 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/6831 1,06 2/6832 1,31 2/6833 1,56 2/6834 1,82 2/6835 2,32 GC REF. kg/ud 2/4734 1,11 2/1036 1,38 2/1037 1,64 2/4938 1,91 2/1038 2,44
14

50

For more technical information, please consult page 211.


41

25x11

41

SZ SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SZ 300 Support SZ 400 Support SZ 500 Support SZ 600 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 L mm 300 400 500 600 Fmax kg 556 556 556 556 Mmax kgm 54,1 54,1 54,1 54,1 Cd mm/kgm 0,224 0,259 0,345 0,483 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/6764 1,21 2/6765 1,45 2/6766 1,68 2/6767 1,95 GC REF. kg/ud 2/1069 1,22 2/1070 1,45 2/1071 1,69 2/1072 1,95
11 13
47 80 120 48 25x9 14 2,5 50 25x11 82 41 35

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SPD SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SPD 500 Support SPD 600 Support SPD 700 Support SPD 800 Support SPD 1000 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 L mm 500 600 700 800 1000 Fmax kg 755 755 755 755 755 Mmax kgm 95 95 95 95 95 Cd mm/kgm 0,147 0,179 0,211 0,263 0,316 GC REF. 2/6272 2/5621 2/6273 2/6274 2/4641 kg/ud 3,18 3,71 4,24 4,77 5,84

Mounted with supports: SCB, SRB, SPL, SP, SPD, SHR.


50 L+50

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SCM SUPPORTS 87

120 160

48 L+50

Mounted with supports: SRB, SCR, SPL, SHL.

50 L+50

Mounted on open side with supports: SRB, SCR, SPL, SHL, SP. Mounted on drilled side with supports: SRB, SCR, SHL.

80 120

2,5

50 L+50

80 120

SCM

BASORSUPPORT
Ceiling Supports

IPN80 SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION IPN80 600 Profile IPN80 1000 Profile IPN80 1300 Profile IPN80 1500 Profile IPN80 2000 Profile IPN80 3000 Profile IPN80 Head UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L mm 600 1000 1300 1500 2000 3000 Fmax kg 955 955 955 955 955 955 Mmax kgm 145 145 145 145 145 145 Cd mm/kgm 0,069 0,092 0,117 0,138 0,172 0,275 GC REF. 2/6345 2/6346 2/6347 2/6348 2/6349 2/6350 2/6056 kg/ud 3,49 5,81 7,55 7,55 11,62 17,43 1,77
80 42 L

To join to the head support 2 M10x30 reference 2/6320 in I304 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100). Mounted with SHV support.
IPN80 Profile

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

IPN80 Profile
68 28

100 63x13

50

13

30x12

IPN80 Head

140 200

IPN80 Head

88 SCM SUPPORTS

70 100

44 100

SCM

BASORSUPPORT
Floor Supports
SWL (kg) FLOOR SUPPORTS
B soporte horizontal ancho de la bandeja

PRODUCT

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

Page

SV

WALL-FLOOR SPACER

120

120

110

90

220

150

180

90

SP

351

310

277

230

196

171

151

90

SZ

MODULAR

375

333

300

250

214

188

167

90

SPD

550

498

455

388

338

300

269

244

223

91

IPN+HEAD

CEILING FLOOR

638

557

494

444

404

370

341

91

SCM SUPPORTS 89

SCM

BASORSUPPORT
Floor Supports

SV SUPPORTS
DESCRIPTION SV 100 Support SV 150 Support SV 200 Support SV 300 Support SV 400 Support SV 500 Support SV 600 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 50 40 42 60 20 20 20 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 GS SWL (kg) 120 120 110 90 220 150 180 REF. 2/1046 2/1047 2/1048 2/1049 2/3413 2/3414 2/3415 kg/ud 0,09 0,12 0,17 0,23 0,45 0,52 0,59 REF. 2/1050 2/1051 2/1052 2/1053 2/3418 2/3419 2/3420 GC kg/ud 0,10 0,13 0,19 0,25 0,48 0,56 0,64
12
35x7.5 40 B+44 B+72 40

SVO 100/150/200/300

SV 100/150/200/300

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

12

27 B+146

SV 400/500/600

SVO 400/500/600

SP SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SP 300 Support SP 400 Support SP 500 Support SP 600 Support SP 800 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 L mm 300 400 500 600 800 Fmax kg 534 534 534 534 534 Mmax kgm 49,2 49,2 49,2 49,2 49,2 Cd mm/kgm 0,142 0,203 0,265 0,326 0,509 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/6831 1,06 2/6832 1,31 2/6833 1,56 2/6834 1,82 2/6835 2,32 GC REF. kg/ud 2/4734 1,11 2/1036 1,38 2/1037 1,64 2/4938 1,91 2/1038 2,44
41 41

25x11 L+50 47 80 120 L+50 35

14

Mounted on the open face with supports: SRB, SCR, SPL, SHL, SP. Mounts on the drilled face with supports: SRB, SCR, SHL. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

50

SZ SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SZ 300 Support SZ 400 Support SZ 500 Support SZ 600 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 L mm 300 400 500 600 Fmax kg 556 556 556 556 Mmax kgm 54,1 54,1 54,1 54,1 Cd 0,224 0,259 0,345 0,483 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/6764 1,21 2/6765 1,45 2/6766 1,68 2/6767 1,95 GC REF. kg/ud 2/1069 1,22 2/1070 1,45 2/1071 1,69 2/1072 1,95
25x9

Mounted with supports: SRB, SCR, SPL, SHL. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

90 SCM SUPPORTS

48

11 13

80 120

2,5

50

40 14

40

SCM

BASORSUPPORT
Floor Supports

SPD SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SPD 500 Support SPD 600 Support SPD 700 Support SPD 800 Support SPD 1000 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 L mm 500 600 700 800 1000 Fmax kg 755 755 755 755 755 Mmax kgm 95 95 95 95 95 Cd mm/kgm 0,147 0,179 0,211 0,263 0,316 GC REF. 2/6272 2/5621 2/6273 2/6274 2/4641 kg/ud 3,18 3,71 4,24 4,77 5,84
82 25x11 50 L+50 14 2,5 50 80 L 41

Mounted with supports: SCR, SRB, SPL, SHL, SP, SPD.


120 160 100 63x13 50 42 70 100 140 200 44 100 30x12 28

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

IPN80 SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION IPN80 600 Profile IPN80 1000 Profile IPN80 1300 Profile IPN80 1500 Profile IPN80 2000 Profile IPN80 3000 Profile IPN80 Head UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L mm 600 1000 1300 1500 2000 3000 Fmax kg 955 955 955 955 955 955 Mmax kgm 145 145 145 145 145 145 Cd 0,069 0,092 0,117 0,138 0,172 0,275 REF. 2/6345 2/6346 2/6347 2/6348 2/6349 2/6350 2/6056 GC kg/ud 3,49 5,81 6,55 7,55 11,62 17,43 1,77

For the assembly to the head support 2 M10x30 with reference 2/6320 in I304 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100). Mounted with SHV support.
IPN80 Profile

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

IPN80 Profile

68

13

IPN80 Head

IPN80 Head

SCM SUPPORTS 91

SCM

BASORSUPPORT
Mounts

MOUNTS
SHO400+SHO200+2B2 SPL+SCR SPL+SCR SIMPLE HEAD BRACKET + PC + SCR

B2 bolt set page 65

PVC CAP page 160

Twirl stud nut page 161 PVC CAP page 160

Wall Bracket+PC+SR

SP+SPL+TM-10

SPD+SHR+TM-10

HEAD SUPPORT + IPN80 + SHV

Spring nut page 160 PVC cap page 160

Spring nut page 160 PVC cap page 160

2BEAM-PROFILE CLAMPS + 41X21 + SPD + 2SHR

SZ+2SCR

SR + PC ON WALL

FLANGE WALL + IPN80 + SHV

Beam-profile clamp page 165 41x21 profile page 154 Spring nut page 160

IPN80 flange wall mounting page 83

92 SCM SUPPORTS

SCM

BASORSUPPORT
Mounts

2SVO + 3VR8 + NUTS

2SP+41x41x2,5+4182 C+TM-8

SPD+4SCR+TM-10

HEAD + IPN80 + SHR

Threaded rod page 166 DIN 6923 nuts page 166

41x41 profile page 154 41/82C piece page 158 PVC cap page 160

Spring nut page 160

SPD + 3 41x41 + 4182D + TM-10

SPD + HEAD + 4SHR + TM-10

2 HEAD + IPN80 + 4SHV

2 PC + 3 WALL BRACKET + 2SR

41x41 profile page 154 41/82D piece page 158 Spring nut page 160

Head 8241 page 156 Spring nut page 160

SCM SUPPORTS 93

SCM

BASORTRAY I304
5
ERE Cable Trays ERE Accessories
.................................

Page 96 Page 97

................................

BASORFIL I304
BFR Wire-mesh cable trays Union elements Accessories
.........

Page 100 Page 102 Page 103 Page 105

............................................

.........................................................

BFR Assemblies

..........................................

BASORSUPPORT I304
Supports ................................................................... Page 106

Standard I304 steel products are the most basic solutions for situations in which the environment is corrosive, such as wine cellars, food factories, facilities located near the sea, sewage water treating plants, petrochemical factories, etc.

SCM
ERE

BASORTRAY I304
Metallic Cable Trays

2 1

1 Longitudinal reinforcements to improve resistance to flexure. 2 Security edge to avoid accidents. 3 SELF-ASSEMBLY coupler system between the cable trays.

No couplers needed Easier to install Less time required for installation Union with higher degree of rigidity
4 Corners finished at 45 to improve behaviour to flexure. 5 Pressure-fixed covers. No accessories required. 6 Accessories with circular insides to avoid damaging the cables.

USEFUL AREA (cm2) B(mm) 100 150 200 300 H60 58 88 118 178

96 SCM I304

SCM
ERE

BASORTRAY I304
Metallic Cable Trays

ERE P H60 I304


DESCRIPTION B/P ERE 100X60 B/P ERE 150X60 B/P ERE 200X60 B/P ERE 300X60
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 24 18 12 12

B mm 100 150 200 300

H mm 60 60 60 60

d=2 SWL (kg/m) 70 70 70 70

I304 REF. 2/4795 2/4319 2/4688 2/4317

kg/m 1,25 1,53 1,80 2,69

H 10x7.5 20x7.5 7.5x7.5

For the assembly of the cable trays, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires 4 bolts with reference number 2/4925 in I304 (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, JUER H60 couplers with reference number 2/3233 in I304 are needed For more technical information, please consult page 211.

ERE C H60 I304


DESCRIPTION B/C ERE 100X60 B/C ERE 150X60 B/C ERE 200X60 B/C ERE 300X60
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 24 18 12 12

B mm 100 150 200 300

H mm 60 60 60 60

d=2 SWL (kg/m) 70 70 70 70

I304 REF. 2/4907 2/5028 2/5029 2/4306

kg/m 1,46 1,79 2,10 3,64

10x7.5

For the assembly of the cable trays, no couplers are needed. Each stretch requires 4 bolts with reference number 2/4925 in I304 (products packed in bags containing 100 units). Should the union between the parts when cut be done at the workplace, JUER H60 couplers with reference number 2/3233 in I304 are needed. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

ERE COVER I304


DESCRIPTION COVER ERE 100 COVER ERE 150 COVER ERE 200 COVER ERE 300
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 3 3 3 3

B mm 100 150 200 300

I304 REF. 2/4560 2/5123 2/4561 2/4716

kg/m 0,55 0,76 0,98 1,55

B+2

For the assembly of the cover, no accessories are needed. Its fixed by applying pressure. The cover can be self-assembled in order to improve its degree of protection (IP rating).

ERE HORIZONTAL BEND I304


DESCRIPTION CPERC 100x60 CPERC 150x60 CPERC 200x60 CPERC 300x60 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 B mm 100 150 200 300 H mm 60 60 60 60 I304 REF. 2/4777 2/5317 2/4778 2/6180 kg/ud 0,70 0,88 1,14 1,77
15 60
00 R1

The horizontal bend can be assembled both from the cable trays self-assembly side and from the non-selfassembly part. Should it be assembled from the non-self-assembly part, it shall be necessary to use two JUER H60 I304 couplers with reference number 2/3233. In both cases, each bend requires the use of 4 bolts with reference number 2/4925 in I304 (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

B+2 B+161

SCM I304 97

15

SCM
ERE

BASORTRAY I304
Accessories

ERE HORIZONTAL BEND COVER I304


DESCRIPTION COVER CPERC 100 COVER CPERC 150 COVER CPERC 200 COVER CPERC 300 No accessories required for mounting. Pressure-fixed covers. UVM ud 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 B mm 100 150 200 300 I304 REF. 2/3560 2/3561 2/3562 2/3563 kg/ud 0,27 0,41 0,57 0,97
60
00 R1

B+2 B+161

ERE VERTICAL INSIDE I304


DESCRIPTION CCERC 100x60 CCERC 150x60 CCERC 200x60 CCERC 300x60 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 B mm 100 150 200 300 H mm 60 60 60 60 I304 REF. 2/4908 2/5157 2/5024 2/6503 kg/ud 0,50 0,62 0,74 0,98
12x8
R1 3 4

H+161 37,5

The vertical inside can be mounted either from the plug part or from the non-plug part. If mounted from the nonplug part is necessary to use two joints JUER H60 with reference 2/3233. In both cases, it requires the use of 4 bolts reference number 2/4925 in I304 (products packed in bags of 100).

ERE VERTICAL INSIDE COVER I304


DESCRIPTION COVER CCERC 100 COVER CCERC 150 COVER CCERC 200 COVER CCERC 300 No accessories required for mounting. Pressure-fixed covers.
B+2

UVM ud 1 1 1 1

UVE ud 1 1 1 1

B mm 100 150 200 300

I304 REF. 2/3263 2/3264 2/3265 2/3266

kg/ud 0,23 0,32 0,41 0,58

18x7.5

R1 0

ERE VERTICAL OUTSIDE I304


DESCRIPTION CXERC 100X60 CXERC 150X60 CXERC 200X60 CXERC 300X60 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 B mm 100 150 200 300 H mm 60 60 60 60 I304 REF. 2/4909 2/5158 2/5025 2/6817 kg/ud 0,45 0,54 0,64 0,82
H 12x8 18x7.5 B 37 174
R1 14

The vertical outside can be mounted either from the plug part or from the non-plug part. If mounted from the nonplug part is necessary to use two joints JUER H60 with reference 2/3233. In both cases, it requires the use of 4 bolts reference number 2/4925 in I304 (products packed in bags of 100).

98 SCM I304

15

15

SCM
ERE

BASORTRAY I304
Accessories

ERE VERTICAL OUTSIDE COVER I304


DESCRIPTION COVER CXERC 100X60 COVER CXERC 150X60 COVER CXERC 200X60 COVER CXERC 300X60 No accessories required for mounting. Pressure-fixed covers.
B+2

UVM ud 1 1 1 1

UVE ud 1 1 1 1

B mm 100 150 200 300

I304 REF. 2/3565 2/3249 2/3253 2/3250

kg/ud 0,34 0,46 0,59 0,84

R1 3

JUER H60 JOINT PLATE I304


DESCRIPTION JUER H60 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 60 H mm 60 I304 REF. kg/ud 2/3233 0,03
20x8 9 H-20 110 H-5 20 20x8 25 50 14 6 14

Two bolts are required to fix joint plate reference number 2/4925 in I304 (products packed in bags of 100).

DIVIDER PROFILE PS H60 I304


DESCRIPTION PS H60 UVM m 3 UVE m 30 H mm 60 I304 REF. kg/m 2/3645 0,34

One bolt is required to fix divider profile every 500mm reference number 2/4925 in I304 (products packed in bags of 100).

B1 BOLT SET I304


DESCRIPTION 100 B1 BOLT SET M6X14 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 I304 REF. kg/ud 2/4925 1,00

The B1 bolt set consists of a M6x14 DIN603 mushroom head square neck bolt and a M6 DIN6923 flange nut with serration for a perfect fit.

SCM I304 99

15

SCM
BFR

BASORFIL I304
High Loads Wire-Mesh Cable Trays

1 Optimal solution for systems which dont have high load needs. 2 Maximum ventilation and cleaning of the cables. 3 Innovative design patented by BASOR which offers:

Greater save working load Excellent aesthetic finish


4 Quicker and easier assembly

With simple manipulation based on the way in which the rods are cut, the tray can be easily moulded even with complicated changes in direction. The cuts have to be performed with asymmetrical-cut wire cutters. The cut has to be performed as near to the intersection of the steel wires as possible, in order to obtain a clean cut and a good assembly.

USEFUL AREA (cm2) B(mm) 60 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H60 27 42 58 89 H65 23 47 75 102 157 212 267 322 H105 193 297 401 505 609

100 SCM I304

SCM
BFR

BASORFIL I304
High Loads Wire-Mesh Cable Trays

BFR H35 I304


DESCRIPTION BASORFIL BFR 100X35 BASORFIL BFR 150X35 BASORFIL BFR 200X35 BASORFIL BFR 300X35
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 24 24 24 18

B mm 100 150 200 300

H mm 35 35 35 35

d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 25 25 25 25

I304 REF. 2/0303 2/0304 2/0305 2/0306

kg/m 0,66 0,72 1,02 1,39

50

To assemble the cable trays, it is necessary to use a bolt-staple set for each of the cable trays side, with reference number 2/4915 in I304. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

BFR H65 I304


DESCRIPTION BASORFIL BFR 60X65 BASORFIL BFR 100X65 BASORFIL BFR 150X65 BASORFIL BFR 200X65 BASORFIL BFR 300X65 BASORFIL BFR 400X65 BASORFIL BFR 500X65 BASORFIL BFR 600X65 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 36 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 B mm 60 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 32 57 57 57 57 57 65 65 I304 REF. 2/0307 2/0308 2/0309 2/0310 2/0311 2/0312 2/0313 2/0314 kg/m 0,66 0,96 1,02 1,32 1,69 2,05 2,41 2,77
B 25 H 50 B 50

L=3m

L=3m

To assemble cable trays with a width which is lower or equal to 200 mm, its necessary to use a bolt-staple set for each of the cable trays side, with reference number 2/4915 in I304. For wider cable trays, an additional bolt-staple set shall be used as a central union joint too. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

BFR H105 I304


DESCRIPTION BASORFIL BFR 200X105 I304 BASORFIL BFR 300X105 I304 BASORFIL BFR 400X105 I304 BASORFIL BFR 500X105 I304 BASORFIL BFR 600X105 I304 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 12 12 12 12 12 B mm 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 105 105 105 105 105 d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 76 76 83 83 83 I304 REF. 2/0315 2/0316 2/0317 2/0318 2/0319 kg/m 1,69 2,05 2,41 2,77 3,14
25 H

L=3m

To assemble cable trays with a width which is lower or equal to 200 mm, its necessary to use a bolt-staple set for each of the cable trays side, with reference number 2/4915 in I304. For wider cable trays, an additional bolt-staple set shall be used as a central union joint too. For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SCM I304 101

100

100

100

SCM
BFR

BASORFIL I304
Fasteners

BOLT-STAPLE SET I304


DESCRIPTION BF Bolt-Staple Set It consists of a BF-bolt set and a BF-staple. It can be used as a fastener in all BASORFIL tray series.
18 28

UVM ud 100

UVE ud 100

I304 REF. kg/ud 2/4915 0,023


6

LATERAL UNION SET ULA I304


DESCRIPTION Lateral Union Set ULA 65/105 It consists of a BF-bol set and a lateral union. It can be used as a fastener with the BFH65 and BFH105 series. Of all the fasteners, this holds the tray the most rigid.
6 6 21 23 20

BF BOLT-NUT SET I304


DESCRIPTION BF Bolt-Nut Set UVM ud 100 UVE ud 100 I304 REF. kg/ud 2/4923 0,015

It consists of a BF-bolt and a serrated nut DIN6923. The BF-bolt is specifically designed for BASOR to form a perfect fit between the wire trays.

PATENTED 9602521

102 SCM I304

34

UVM ud 100

UVE ud 100

I304 REF. kg/ud 2/4921 0,055

76

20

SCM
BFR

BASORFIL I304
Accessories

BASORFIL STAPLE I304


DESCRIPTION BF Staple Its used to mount the profile divider.
28

SSC CENTRAL SUSPENSION I304


DESCRIPTION SSC UVM ud 10 UVE ud 400 I304 REF. kg/ud 2/0373 0,027
50

The SSC allows fix the tray to the ceiling with a electrogalvanised M8 threated rod reference number 2/3397. At each point of attachment takes two SSC (upper and lower), a rod and two nuts M8 DIN6923, reference 0/0338 in CINCADO and 0/0927 in GC (both products packed in bags of 100). Also can be used as a fastener between wire mesh and any support with a B1 bolt set reference 2/4925 in I304.
60
9

18
6,5 0
1,20

UVM ud 100

UVE ud 1500

I304 REF. kg/ud 2/0340 0,008

8x8

SL I304
DESCRIPTION SL Support UVM ud 10 UVE ud 100 I304 REF. kg/ud 2/0375 0,13

60

Allows attachment to wall BASORFIL trays. Used with models 60x65 and 100x65.

87 101

13

STB I304
DESCRIPTION STB UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 I304 REF. kg/ud 2/0376 0,14
81 23,5 21 14

Allows the fixation of conduits to the cables outlet. You can see section cable management systems insulation conduit.
29

UNIVERSAL SUPPORT BOX I304


DESCRIPTION Universal Support Box Designed to allow the fixing of boxes to BASORFIL trays series.
28

UVM ud 1

UVE ud 1

I304 REF. kg/ud 2/0378 0,273

127
5

25

18X7.5

177 201 217

SCM I304 103

40 86 104

25

80

40

SCM
BFR

BASORFIL I304
Accessoreos

MINI UNIVERSAL SUPPORT BOX I304


DESCRIPTION Mini Universal Support Box Designed to allow the fixing of boxes to BASORFIL trays series.
73 88

7,50

15

SIMPLE SL I304
DESCRIPTION SL Simple UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 I304 REF. kg/ud 2/0380 0,05
12x8

For wall mounting is used with a 60x65 and 100x65 models only. When mounted with threaded rod is necessary to take both sides of the tray. In this case the maximum width of tray is 200, being valid the heights 65 and 105 only.
30

18x7.5

19

104 SCM I304

25 67 103

This piece allows to fix the BASORFIL trays to wall or ceiling, in this case with threaded rod.

25 83

25

UVM ud 1

UVE ud 1

I304 REF. kg/ud 2/0379 0,08

6,5 0

SCM
BFR

BASORFIL I304
Montajes

MONTAJES BASORFIL I304


SIMPLE SL VERTICAL INSIDE LEVEL CHANGE VERTICAL OUTSIDE+INSIDE

To reinforce the accessorie can be used pieces of multijunction with basorfil bolts

To reinforce the accessorie can be used pieces of multijunction with basorfil bolts

To reinforce the accessorie can be used pieces of multijunction with basorfil bolts

T INTERSECTION

BFR+PS+B1+BF STAPLE

BFR+SCR+BF BOLT

BFR+2SL+2VR8+NUTS

B1 bolt set - page 99

SCR - page 107

Threaded rod VR8 - page 166 M8 Nut DIN6923 page 166

BFR+SVO+VR8+SSC+B1

SSC CENTRAL SUSPENSION

SL

MINI UNIVERSAL SUPPORT BOX

SVO page 107 Threaded rod VR8 and nut- page 166 B1 bolt set page 99

Threaded rod VR8 and nut- page 166

SCM I304 105

SCM

BASORSUPPORT I304
Wall, Floor and Ceiling Supports
SWL (kg) WALL SUPPORTS

PRODUCT

50

100

150

B (mm) horizontal support 200 300 400

500

600

750

Pgina

SCR

75

75

75

75

65

65

65

55

65

107

SWL (kg) WALL-FLOOR SPACER


PRODUCT 50 100 150 B (mm) horizontal support 200 300 400 500 600 700 Pgina

SV

120

120

110

90

107

SWL (kg) CEILING SUPPORTS


PRODUCT 50 100 150 B (mm) horizontal support 200 300 400 500 600 700 Pgina

SVO

270

220

200

160

130

110

107

WALL BRACKET + PC

144

127

113

102

85

73

64

57

107

106 SCM I304

SCM

BASORSUPPORT I304
Wall, Floor and Ceiling Supports

SCR Support I304


DESCRIPTION SCR 50 Support SCR 100 Support SCR 150 Support SCR 200 Support SCR 300 Support SCR 400 Support SCR 500 Support SCR 600 Support SCR 750 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 100 100 80 60 10 10 10 10 5 B mm 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 750 SWL (kg) 75 75 75 75 65 65 65 55 65 I304 REF. kg/ud 2/0994 0,19 2/0995 0,24 2/0996 0,30 2/4691 0,38 2/1020 0,49 2/1021 0,62 2/4464 0,72 2/1022 0,83 2/5445 1,50
12

86 36

20

20x8

25x7.5

35x7.5

45

B+50

50

50-400

122 37

20

12

12x8

34

20x8

18x7.5 40

35x7.5 50

B+50

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

50-750

SV SUPPORT I304
DESCRIPTION SV 100 Support SV 150 Support SV 200 Support SV 300 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 50 40 42 60 B mm 100 150 200 300 SWL (kg) 120 120 110 90 I304 REF. kg/ud 2/1062 0,10 2/1063 0,13 2/1064 0,19 2/1065 0,25
12
35x7.5 40 B+44 B+72 40

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SVO SUPPORT I304


DESCRIPTION SVO 150 Support SVO 200 Support SVO 250 Support SVO 300 Support SVO 350 Support SVO 400 Support SVO 500 Support SVO 600 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 B mm 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 SWL (kg) 270 220 240 200 180 160 130 110 I304 REF. kg/ud 2/6285 0,24 2/1087 0,30 2/1088 0,27 2/1089 0,32 2/1090 0,36 2/6286 0,41 2/6287 0,50 2/6288 0,58
52 20 20X9
63 71

To mount the SVO support to ceiling, 2 VR-8 reference 2/3397 and 4 nuts reference 0/0338 are needed (product packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

WALL BRACKET I304


DESCRIPTION Wall Bracket UVM ud 1 UVE ud 40 I304 REF. kg/ud 2/1121 0,30
7x7

B+50
8

50
8
20x8 20x8 120 40 14 12 2 35 58 20x7 8 20 30 30
12

For the assembly with wall bracket, 4 B1 bolt sets with reference 2/4925 in I304 are needed (product packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

PC I304
DESCRIPTION PC Profile UVM m 3 UVE m 18 I304 REF. 2/5701 kg/m 1,84

For the assembly with wall bracket, 4 B1 bolt sets with reference 2/4925 in I304 are needed (product packed in bags of 100). For more technical information, please consult page 211.
3000

SCM I304 107

25

SCM

BASORTRAY AL
U with thickness of 2 mm
...........

Page 110

U with thickness of 2.5 m.......... Page 110

BASORTRAV AL6063 T6
F ............................................................................................. Page 111 U ........................................................................................... Page 111

The solutions which BASOR present in Aluminium are ideal for petrochemical industries, thanks to their great resistance to chemical and atmospheric corrosion.

SCM
AL

BASORTRAY
Aluminium

U H30 e2 PERFORATED HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P U 50x30x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 100x30x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 150x30x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 200x30x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 300x30x2 ALUMINIUM
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3 3

UVE m 3 3 3 3 3

B mm 50 100 150 200 300

H mm 30 30 30 30 30

e mm 2 2 2 2 2

AL REF. 2/0622 2/0623 2/0624 2/0625 2/0626 kg/m 0,59 0,86 1,13 1,40 1,94
B 25x9 50 35x9 100 H e

This product is manufactured under order. For additional information, please contact our commercial department.

U H50 e2 PERFORATED HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P U 50x50x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 100x50x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 150x50x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 200x50x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 300x50x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 400x50x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 500x50x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 600x50x2 ALUMINIUM UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 B mm 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 AL REF. 2/0630 2/0631 2/0632 2/0633 2/0634 2/0635 2/0636 2/0637 kg/m 0,81 1,08 1,35 1,62 2,16 2,70 3,24 3,78
e B 25x9 50 35x9 100 H

L=3m

This product is manufactured under order. For additional information, please contact our commercial department.

U H60 e2 PERFORATED HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P U 50x60x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 100x60x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 150x60x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 200x60x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 300x60x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 400x60x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 500x60x2 ALUMINIUM B/P U 600x60x2 ALUMINIUM UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 B mm 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 e mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 AL REF. 2/6414 2/0638 2/0639 2/0640 2/0641 2/0642 2/0643 2/0644 kg/m 0,93 1,19 1,46 1,73 2,27 2,81 3,35 3,89
e B 25x9 50 35x9 100 H

L=3m

This product is manufactured under order. For additional information, please contact our commercial department.

U H30 e2.5 PERFORATED HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P U 50x30x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 100x30x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 150x30x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 200x30x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 300x30x2,5 ALUMINIUM
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3 3

UVE m 3 3 3 3 3

B mm 50 100 150 200 300

H mm 30 30 30 30 30

e mm 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5

AL REF. 2/0712 2/0713 2/0714 2/0715 2/0716 kg/m 0,74 1,08 1,42 1,76 2,43
B 25x9 50 35x9 100 H e

This product is manufactured under order. For additional information, please contact our commercial department.

110 SCM AL

SCM
AL

BASORTRAY / BASORTRAV
Aluminium

U H50 e2 ,5 PERFORATED HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P U 50x50x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 100x50x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 150x50x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 200x50x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 300x50x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 400x50x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 500x50x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 600x50x2,5 ALUMINIUM UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 B mm 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 e mm 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 AL REF. 2/0720 2/0721 2/0722 2/0723 2/0724 2/0725 2/0726 2/0727 kg/m 1,01 1,35 1,69 2,03 2,70 3,38 4,05 4,73
e B 25x9 50 35x9 100 H

L=3m

This product is manufactured under order. For additional information, please contact our commercial department.

U H60 e2 ,5 PERFORATED HIGH LOAD CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P U 50x60x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 100x60x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 150x60x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 200x60x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 300x60x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 400x60x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 500x60x2,5 ALUMINIUM B/P U 600x60x2,5 ALUMINIUM UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 B mm 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 H mm 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 e mm 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 AL REF. 2/6261 2/0728 2/0729 2/0730 2/0731 2/0732 2/0733 2/0734 kg/m 1,17 1,49 1,83 2,16 2,84 3,51 4,19 4,86
e B 25x9 50 35x9 100 H

L=3m

This product is manufactured under order. For additional information, please contact our commercial department.

F H100 CABLE LADDER


DESCRIPTION B/ESC F 100x100x2 AL 6063 B/ESC F 150x100x2 AL 6063 B/ESC F 200x100x2 AL 6063 B/ESC F 300x100x2 AL 6063
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 3 3 3 3

B mm 100 150 200 300

H mm 100 100 100 100

e mm 2 2 2 2

AL 6063 T6 REF. kg/m 2/4523 1,63 2/4524 1,69 2/5960 1,75 2/4525 1,87
3000

15 B 25x8 40 27 19 B 27

20x9.5 167 H 333,3 5 e 45 400 200

This product is manufactured under order. For additional information, please contact our commercial department.

U H100 CABLE LADDER


DESCRIPTION B/ESC U 100x100 AL 6063 B/ESC U 200x100 AL 6063 B/ESC U 300x100 AL 6063 B/ESC U 400x100 AL 6063 B/ESC U 600x100 AL 6063
L=6m

UVM m 6 6 6 6 6

UVE m 6 6 6 6 6

B mm 100 200 300 400 600

H mm 100 100 100 100 100

e mm 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5

AL 6063 T6 REF. kg/m 2/6352 4,61 2/4434 4,83 2/4433 5,05 2/4502 5,26 2/4432 5,70
6000

This product is manufactured under order. For additional information, please contact our commercial department.

11

SCM AL 111

5 10

1. BPI Non-perforated cable tray 2. BPI Perforated cable tray 3. BPI Horizontal bend 4. BPI Vertical inside 5. BPI Vertical outside 6. SHG Support 7. Adjustable joint 8. Angle joint 9. PDBPI Intersection piece 10. SVO + VR8 Support

SCP

BASORPLAST
BASORPLAST BPB PVC domestic minitrunkings
.................................

Page 114

BASORPLAST BPI Industrial PVC cable trays and trunkings ..... Page 116 BASORPLAST Assemblies ............................................ Page 123

BASORSUPPORT SCP
SCP Supports ............................................................................... Page 124

The BASORPLAST cable tray family is manufactured in extruded PVC, using raw materials of the best quality. BASORPLAST includes two types of trunkings devoted both for domestic and industrial use. These cable trays can be used in all kinds of interior facilities, as they behave perfectly under any atmospheric conditions and are very light in weight.

PVC

SCP
BPB

BASORPLAST
PVC Domestic Minitrunkings

The BASORPLAST BPB family is the range of minitrunkings for small superficial systems. They are mainly used in the domestic sector.

USEFUL AREA (cm2) B(mm) 25 40 60 100 H16 3 5 H25 5 H40 14 21 H60 32 52

114 SCP BPI

SCP
BPB

BASORPLAST
PVC Domestic Minitrunkings

BPB PVC DOMESTIC MINITRUNKINGS


DESCRIPTION BPB 16X25 BPB 25X25 BPB 40X40 BPB 40X60 BPB 60X60 UVM m 2 2 2 2 2 UVE m 84 48 24 16 12 B mm 25 25 40 60 60 H mm 16 25 40 40 60 PVC REF. 2/1126 2/1128 2/1129 2/1130 2/5835 kg/m 0,18 0,20 0,37 0,51 0,60
H B

L=2m

BPB PVC DOMESTIC DOUBLE MINITRUNKING


DESCRIPTION BPB 16X40/2 UVM m 2 UVE m 56 B mm 40 H mm 16 PVC REF. kg/m 2/1127 0,23
= 40 = 16
B

L=2m

BPB 60x100 PVC DOMESTIC MINITRUNKING


DESCRIPTION BPB 60X100 UVM m 2 UVE m 16 B mm 100 H mm 60 PVC REF. kg/m 2/6435 0,77
H

L=2m

SCP BPI 115

SCP
BPI

BASORTRAY
PVC Cable Trays

Non-flammable component, with M1 fire rating according to Standard UNE 23727:1990. Electrical safety, non-conductive and without continuity characteristic cable trays.
1 Alveolar structure (BASE 200 mm)

Greater relationship between resistance to flexure / weight. Greater breaking tension. Less weight Easier to assemble, transport and manipulate.

2 Perfectly self-assembled covers.

Quick and easy to assemble.


3 Inside flanges which increase resistance to flexion.

USEFUL AREA (cm2) B (mm) 100 150 200 300 400 600 H60 52 80 93 143 H100 169 259 349 529

116 SCP BPI

SCP
BPI

BASORPLAST
Industrial PVC Cable Trays and Trunkings

H60 PVC PERFORATED CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P BPI 100X60 B/P BPI 150X60 B/P BPI 200X60 B/P BPI 300X60
L=3m B 100/150

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 24 24 12 12

B mm 100 150 200 300

H mm 60 60 60 60

d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 23 28 39 45

PVC REF. 2/1162 2/1163 2/1164 2/1165

kg/m 0,73 0,98 1,11 1,62

B 50

22x7.5
9

Each stretch requires two H60 couplers, with reference number 2/2061 and four bolt sets with reference number 2/6467 (products packed in bags containing 50 units). For more technical information, please consult page 211.
B 100/150
H 22,5 50 B 50 75 50
22 x7 .5

75

L=3m B 200/300
25,5

B 200/300

H60 PVC NON-PERFORATED CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/C BPI 100X60 B/C BPI 150X60 B/C BPI 200X60 B/C BPI 300X60
L=3m B 100/150

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 24 24 12 12

B mm 100 150 200 300

H mm 60 60 60 60

d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 23 28 39 45

PVC REF. 2/1156 2/1157 2/1158 2/1159

kg/m 0,77 1,03 1,17 1,70

B 22,5 50

To assemble the cable tray, its necessary to use couplers. Each stretch requires two H60 couplers, with reference number 2/2061 and four bolt sets with reference number 2/6467 (products packed in bags containing 50 units). For more technical information, please consult page 211.
B 100/150
9

B 25,5 50

L=3m B 200/300

B 200/300

H100 PVC PERFORATED CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/P BPI 200x100 B/P BPI 300x100 B/P BPI 400x100 B/P BPI 600x100
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 12 6 6 6

B mm 200 300 400 600

H mm 100 100 100 100

d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 79 92 101 118

PVC REF. 2/4898 2/4964 2/1166 2/1167

kg/m 1,46 1,84 2,50 4,27

B 50 22X7.5
9

To assemble the cable tray, its necessary to use couplers. Each stretch requires two H100 couplers, with reference number 2/2062 and eight bolt sets with reference number 2/6467 (products packed in bags containing 50 units).
50 50 42

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

75

SCP BPI 117

SCP
BPI

BASORPLAST
Industrial PVC Cable Trays and Trunkings

H100 PVC NON-PERFORATED CABLE TRAY


DESCRIPTION B/C BPI 200x100 B/C BPI 300x100 B/C BPI 400x100 B/C BPI 600x100
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 12 6 6 6

B mm 200 300 400 600

H mm 100 100 100 100

d=1,5 SWL (kg/m) 79 92 101 118

PVC REF. 2/5091 2/5092 2/1160 2/1161

kg/m 1,54 1,94 2,64 4,17

B
9

To assemble the cable tray, its necessary to use couplers. Each stretch requires two H100 couplers, with reference number 2/2062 and 8 bolt sets with reference number 2/6467 (products packed in bags containing 50 units).
50 50 42

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

BPI PVC COVER


DESCRIPTION COVER BPI 100 COVER BPI 150 COVER BPI 200 COVER BPI 300 COVER BPI 400 COVER BPI 600 No accessories required for mounting. Pressure-fixed covers. The width 600 has alveolar structure. UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 24 24 24 18 12 12 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 600 PVC REF. 2/1185 2/1186 2/1187 2/1188 2/1189 2/1190
B

L=3m

kg/m 0,37 0,50 0,77 1,10 1,53 2,10

BPI HORIZONTAL BEND


DESCRIPTION CPBPI 100X60 CPBPI 150X60 CPBPI 200X60 CPBPI 300X60 CPBPI 200X100 CPBPI 300X100 CPBPI 400X100 CPBPI 600X100 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 4 4 4 2 4 2 2 2 B mm 100 150 200 300 200 300 400 600 H mm 60 60 60 60 100 100 100 100 C mm 224 224 218 218 218 218 218 241 PVC REF. 2/1168 2/1169 2/1170 2/1171 2/5188 2/5189 2/1172 2/1173
9

kg/ud 0,40 0,54 0,69 1,10 0,80 1,00 1,90 2,53

50

H60
9
H 50 50 B C

Each stretch requires 2 couplers (ref. 2/2061 for H60 or ref.2/2062 for H100) and 4 (8 for H100) bolt sets with reference number 2/6467 (products packed in bags containing 50 units). The accessories have the same structure than their model corresponding.

H100

118 SCP BPI

42

22,5

SCP
BPI

BASORPLAST
Accessories

COVER BPI HORIZONTAL BEND


DESCRIPTION COVER CPBPI 100 COVER CPBPI 150 COVER CPBPI 200 COVER CPBPI 300 COVER CPBPI 400 COVER CPBPI 600 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 4 4 4 4 4 4 B mm 100 150 200 300 400 600 C mm 219 217 218 217 215 215 GS REF. 2/5194 2/5195 2/5198 2/5199 2/5200 2/5201 kg/ud 0,18 0,26 0,43 0,71 1,12 1,94
B C

No accessories required for mounting. Pressure-fixed covers. The accessories have the same structure than their model corresponding.

BPI VERTICAL INSIDE


DESCRIPTION CCBPI 100X60 CCBPI 150X60 CCBPI 200X60 CCBPI 300X60 CCBPI 200X100 CCBPI 300X100 CCBPI 400X100 CCBPI 600X100 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 4 4 4 2 4 2 2 2 B mm 100 150 200 300 200 300 400 600 H mm 60 60 60 60 100 100 100 100 C mm 238 238 238 238 274 274 274 274 PVC REF. 2/1174 2/1175 2/1176 2/1177 2/5190 2/5191 2/1178 2/1179
25,5 C

0,88 1,11 1,48 2,00


H60

Each stretch requires 2 couplers (ref. 2/2061 for H60 or ref.2/2062 for H100) and 4 (8 for H100) bolt sets with reference number 2/6467 (products packed in bags containing 50 units). The accessories have the same structure than their model corresponding.
C

22,5 50

H100

COVER BPI VERTICAL INSIDE


DESCRIPTION COVER CCBPI 100X60 COVER CCBPI 150X60 COVER CCBPI 200X60 COVER CCBPI 300X60 COVER CCBPI 200X100 COVER CCBPI 300X100 COVER CCBPI 400X100 COVER CCBPI 600X100 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 B mm 100 150 200 300 200 300 400 600 H mm 60 60 60 60 100 100 100 100 C mm 224 224 224 224 261 261 261 261 PVC REF. 2/5202 2/5203 2/5204 2/5205 2/5207 2/5208 2/5209 2/5210 kg/ud 0,18 0,24 0,37 0,52 0,56 0,61 0,87 1,04

No accessories required for mounting. Pressure-fixed covers. The accessories have the same structure than their model corresponding.

SCP BPI 119

200
9

kg/ud 0,39 0,49 0,59 0,81

50

SCP
BPI

BASORPLAST
Accessories

BPI VERTICAL OUTSIDE


DESCRIPTION CXBPI 100X60 CXBPI 150X60 CXBPI 200X60 CXBPI 300X60 CXBPI 200X100 CXBPI 300X100 CXBPI 400X100 CXBPI 600X100 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 4 4 4 2 4 2 2 2 B mm 100 150 200 300 200 300 400 600 H mm 60 60 60 60 100 100 100 100 C mm 238 238 243 243 279 279 279 279 PVC REF. 2/1180 2/1181 2/1182 2/1183 2/5192 2/5193 2/1184 2/4707 kg/ud 0,39 0,49 0,59 0,81 0,88 1,11 1,48 2,00
H

22,5

Each stretch requires 2 couplers (ref. 2/2061 for H60 or ref.2/2062 for H100) and 4 (8 for H100) bolt sets with reference number 2/6467 (products packed in bags containing 50 units). The accessories have the same structure than their model corresponding.
H

H60

50 50 42 B

H100

COVER BPI VERTICAL OUTSIDE


DESCRIPTION COVER CXBPI 100X60 COVER CXBPI 150X60 COVER CXBPI 200X60 COVER CXBPI 300X60 COVER CXBPI 200X100 COVER CXBPI 300X100 COVER CXBPI 400X100 COVER CXBPI 600X100 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 B mm 100 150 200 300 200 300 400 600 H mm 60 60 60 60 100 100 100 100 C mm 234 234 234 234 271 271 271 271 PVC REF. 2/5211 2/5212 2/5213 2/5214 2/5215 2/5216 2/5217 2/5218 kg/ud 0,22 0,30 0,49 0,65 0,75 0,82 1,17 1,39

50

No accessories required for mounting. Pressure-fixed covers. The accessories have the same structure than their model corresponding.

TFBPI END COVER


DESCRIPTION TFBPI 100X60 TFBPI 150X60 TFBPI 200X60 TFBPI 300X60 TFBPI 200X100 TFBPI 300X100 TFBPI 400X100 TFBPI 600X100 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 100 150 200 300 200 300 400 600 H mm 60 60 60 60 100 100 100 100 GSE REF. 2/4395 2/4800 2/4396 2/4838 2/5220 2/5221 2/5125 2/5219 kg/ud 0,09 0,13 0,15 0,21 0,24 0,31 0,40 0,55
65

DD

12 X8

20 B 65

To mount the end cover 2 bolt sets with reference 2/6467 are needed (product packed in bags containing 50 units).

120 SCP BPI

SCP
BPI

BASORPLAST
Accessories

RA50 BPI PROFILE


DESCRIPTION RA 50 UVM m 2 UVE m 50 PVC REF. kg/m 2/6357 0,33
50 15 20 18 6,5

PSBPI DIVIDER PROFILE


DESCRIPTION PS BPI 60 PS BPI 100 UVM m 3 3 UVE m 30 30 H m 60 100 PVC REF. kg/m 2/3522 0,22 2/3523 0,38
H-19 H-26

25

25

To mount the divider 4 bolt sets with reference 2/6467 are needed for each stretch (product packed in bags containing 50 units).

H60

H100

PDBPI INTERSECTION PIECE


DESCRIPTION PDBPI UVM ud 1 UVE ud 50 GSE REF. 2/3521 kg/ud 0,18
46 15 44 142 35 142

Para montar la derivacin es necesario utilizar mnimo 4 tornillos referencia 2/6467 (Product embalado en bolsas de 50) por pieza.

75
25x8 H-19 250

22x7.5

25

BPI JOINT PLATE


DESCRIPTION BPI Jopint Plate 60 BPI Jopint Plate 100 UVM ud 1 1 UVE ud 125 75 H mm 41 74 PVC REF. kg/ud 2/2061 0,05 2/2062 0,09
20,5 25x8 H-26 37 250 75 100

To mount the joint H60 2 bolt sets with reference 2/6467 are needed (product packed in bags containing 50 units). To mount the joint H100 4 bolt sets with reference 2/6467 are needed (product packed in bags containing 50 units).

BPI JU 60

25

50

BPI JU 100

SCP BPI 121

28

X8

SCP
BPI

BASORPLAST
Accessories

ARTICULATED JOINT
DESCRIPTION UABPI H60 Joint UABPI H100 Joint UVM ud 1 1 UVE ud 60 60 H mm 60 100 I304 REF. kg/ud 2/5036 0,09 2/5037 0,16
18,5 DD12x8

13

To mount the joint 4 bolt sets with reference 2/6467 are needed (product packed in bags containing 50 units).

UA BPI 60

DD12x8

13

UA BPI 100

ANGLE JOINT
DESCRIPTION UBBPI H60 Joint UBBPI H100 Joint UVM ud 1 1 UVE ud 60 60 H mm 60 100 I304 REF. kg/ud 2/3520 0,13 2/5038 0,22
40x9 H-20 50 32,5

250

To mount the joint 4 bolt sets with reference 2/6467 are needed (product packed in bags containing 50 units).
40x9

BPI JUB 60
50 32,5

H-28

250

BPI JUB 100

M8 PVC BOLT
DESCRIPTION PACK 50 M8 PVC BOLT SET UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 PVC REF. kg/ud 2/6467 0,4
18
M8

The M8 PVC bolt set consists of a M8 mushroom head bolt and flange nut with serration, both in PVC.

22

122 SCP BPI

H28

H20 0 14 115

5 11 0 10 15 50 15 65

SCP
BPI

BASORPLAST
Mounts

BPI MOUNTS
BPI + COVER JOINT PLATE H60 JOINT PLATE H100 BPI HORIZONTAL BEND

BPI VERTICAL INSIDE

B/P BPI + SHG

SHG support page 125.

SCP BPI 123

SCP
BPI

BASORSUPPORT
Supports
SWL (kg) WALL SUPPORT

Product

50

100

150

B (mm) horizontal support 200 300 400

500

600

750

Page

SHG

90

105

120

130

125

SCR

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

60

60

125

SWL (kg) CEILING SUPPORT


Product 50 100 150 B (mm) horizontal support 200 300 400 500 600 750 Page

WALL BRACKET+PC

150

120

100

86

67

55

46

40

125

SVO

270

220

200

160

130

110

126

SWL (kg) WALL-FLOOR SPACER


Product 50 100 150 B (mm) del soporte horizontal 200 300 400 500 600 750 Page

SV

120

120

110

90

126

124 SCP SUPPORTS

SCP
BPI

BASORSUPPORT
Supports

SHG SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SHG 100 Support SHG 150 Support SHG 200 Support SHG 300 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 60 10 10 10 B mm 100 150 200 300 PVC SWL (kg) 90 105 120 130 REF. 2/6779 2/6780 2/6781 2/6782 kg/ud 0,19 0,27 0,34 0,54

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

14

14

50

15

50

15

5 15 50 15 6 110

15

50

15

98

110

110

14

20

80

13x9 58x9

80

11

22

13x9

58x9

80

13x9

19x11 58x9

22

19x11

19x11

80

13x9 58x9 80 35

19x11

80

35

80 35

35 50 214

89 57 162

90 265

70

170 363

SHG100

SHG150

SHG200

SHG300

GREY SCR SUPPORT


DESCRIPTION SCR 50 Support SCR 100 Support SCR 150 Support SCR 200 Support SCR 300 Support SCR 400 Support SCR 500 Support SCR 600 Support SCR 750 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 75 60 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 B mm 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 750 SWL (kg) 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 60 60 REF. 2/0991 2/0992 2/0993 2/0990 2/1017 2/1018 2/6324 2/1019 2/4687 kg/ud 0,20 0,27 0,33 0,42 0,68 0,85 1,03 1,20 1,81
86 36 20

GSE

12

20x8

25x7.5

35x7.5

45

B+50

50

50-400

122 37

20

12

12x8

34

20x8

18x7.5 40

35x7.5 50

B+50

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

500-750

GREY WALL BRACKET


DESCRIPTION GREY WALL BRACKET UVM ud 1 UVE ud 40 GSE REF. 2/1120 kg/ud 0,39
71 63 7x7

20x8

120 40

To mount the wall bracket 4 bolt sets with reference 2/4925 in I304 are needed (product packed in bags containing 100 units). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

20x8 14 12

GREY PC PROFILE
DESCRIPTION GREY PC PROFILE UVM m 3 UVE m 18 GSE REF. 2/0232 kg/m 1,86
35 2

58 20x7

To mount the the profile with the wall bracket 4 bolt sets with reference 2/4925 in I304 are needed (product packed in bags containing 100 units). For more technical information, please consult page 211.
3000 30

20 30
12

SCP SUPPORTS 125

SCP
BPI

BASORSUPPORT
Supports

GREY SVO SUPPORT


DESCRIPTION SVO Support 150 SVO Support 200 SVO Support 250 SVO Support 300 SVO Support 350 SVO Support 400 SVO Support 500 SVO Support 600 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 B mm 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 GSE SWL (kg) 300 220 180 200 140 160 130 110 REF. 2/6281 2/1083 2/1084 2/1085 2/1086 2/6282 2/6283 2/6284 kg/ud 0,19 0,24 0,39 0,45 0,51 0,57 0,70 0,83
52 20 20X9 B+50 50 25

To mount the SVO on ceiling 2 treaded rods VR-8 (ref. 2/3397) and 4 nuts (ref. 0/0338) are needed (product packed in bags containing 100 units). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

GREY SV SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SV Support 100 SV Support 150 SV Support 200 SV Support 300 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 50 40 42 60 B mm 100 150 200 300 GSE SWL (kg) 120 120 110 90 REF. 2/1058 2/1059 2/1060 2/1061 kg/ud 0,14 0,18 0,21 0,28
12
35x7.5 40 B+44 B+72 40

To mount the SV 2 bolt sets with reference 2/4925 in I304 are needed (product packed in bags containing 100 units). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

126 SCP SUPPORTS

SCP
BPI

BASORSUPPORT
Supports

SCP SUPPORTS 127

2 5

1. BASORCANAL CT 2. CPT Horizontal bend 3. CCCT as a vertical inside 4. CCCT as a vertical outside 5. CDT Junction box 6. TF end cover 7. TC Solid cover 9. SV Support (Green)

8. WALL BRACKET+PC+SCR (Green GSE)

SCE

BASORCANAL CT
9
BASORCANAL CT................................................................... Page 130 BASORCANAL ASSEMBLIES ............................... Page 135

BASORSUPPORT SCE
SCE SUPPORTS ...................................................................... Page 136

BASORCANAL is the ideal solution for those places where there is a need to install completely sealed cable trays capable of maintaining electrical cables isolated in order to avoid accidents from happening. These cable trays are covered in green Epoxypolyester resin. 3 6 BASOR ELECTRIC is the only company in Spain which has an IP65* certificate, which is obtained thanks to the Buprene joint which allows this cable tray to be completely sealed. BASOR ELECTRIC recommends installing these cable trays in industries which deal with wood, food, ceramics, paper, cardboard, paint, etc. due to environmental reasons or to the danger posed by the products manipulated therein. These cable trays are also installed inside big machinery.

*IP65 Certificate: Complete protection against entry of dust and protection from a low pressure jet of water in any direction.

GSE

SCE

BASORCANAL
Trunkings

CT

Cable tray system with an IP65 degree of protection if a buprene joint is used in all joints elements. Should the system be assembled without buprene joints, the sealing degree would be equivalent to IP53.
1 Longitudinal reinforcements to improve Resistance to flexure. 2 Pressure-fixed covers with M4 bolts to avoid accidental accesses. 3 Cover with self-assembly system which gives it a higher sealing degree. 4 Inside wing which confers it a greater resistance to flexure. 5 U-shaped joint which gives the system a higher sealing degree and improves its resistance to

flexure.
6 Corners finished at 45. 7 Accessories with circular insides to avoid damaging the cables.

USEFUL AREA (cm2) B(mm) 80 120 140 200 300 400 600 H40 30 46 H60 70 H80 110 158 H100 198 298 397 597

130 SCE CT

SCE
CT

BASORCANAL
Trunkings

CT H40 TRUNKING
DESCRIPTION CT 40X80 CT 40X120 UVM m 3 3 UVE m 12 12 B mm 80 120 H mm 40 40 IK 10 10 IP 65 65 A cm2 30 46 GSE (Green) T Min T Max C C kg/m REF. -45 120 2/0151 1,72 -45 120 2/0152 2,19
B H = = 3000 12 7.5x7.5 = = B 3000 12 7.5x7.5 H = = B 3000 12 7.5x7.5 H = = B 3000 12 7.5x7.5

L=3m

To assemble the trunking, its necessary to use a joint. Each stretch requires one joint of the appropriate model, six bolts with reference number 2/4356 (product packed in bags containing 100 units) and six bolts with reference number 2/6818 (product packed in bags containing 100 units). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

CT H60 TRUNKING
DESCRIPTION CT 60x120 UVM m 3 UVE m 12 B mm 120 H mm 60 IK 10 IP 65 A cm2 70 GSE (Green) T Min T Max C C kg/m REF. -45 120 2/0153 2,44
H

To assemble the trunking, its necessary to use a joint. Each stretch requires one joint of the appropriate model, six bolts with reference number 2/4356 (product packed in bags containing 100 units) and six bolts with reference number 2/6818 (product packed in bags containing 100 units).
L=3m

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

CT H80 TRUNKING
DESCRIPTION CT 80x140 CT 80x200 UVM m 3 3 UVE m 6 6 B mm 140 200 H mm 80 80 IK 10 10 IP 65 65 A cm2 110 158 GSE (Green) T Min T Max C C kg/m REF. -45 120 2/0154 2,93 -45 120 2/0155 4,23

L=3m

To assemble the trunking, its necessary to use a joint. Each stretch requires one joint of the appropriate model, six bolts with reference number 2/4356 (product packed in bags containing 100 units) and six bolts with reference number 2/6818 (product packed in bags containing 100 units). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

CT H100 TRUNKING
DESCRIPTION CT 100x200 CT 100x300 CT 100x400 CT 100x600
L=3m

UVM m 3 3 3 3

UVE m 6 6 3 3

B mm 200 300 400 600

H mm 100 100 100 100

IK 10 10 10 10

IP 65 65 65 65

A cm2 198 298 397 597

T Min T Max C C -45 120 -45 120 -45 120 -45 120

GSE (Green) REF. 2/0156 2/0157 2/5908 2/0160 kg/m 4,54 5,88 7,6 16,86

To assemble the trunking, its necessary to use a joint. Each stretch requires one joint of the appropriate model, six bolts with reference number 2/4356 (product packed in bags containing 100 units) and six bolts with reference number 2/6818 (product packed in bags containing 100 units). For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SCE CT 131

SCE

BASORCANAL
Accessories

CT

CPT HORIZONTAL BEND


DESCRIPTION CPT 40X80 CPT 40X120 CPT 60X120 CPT 80X140 CPT 80X200 CPT 100X200 CPT 100X300 CPT 100X400 CPT 100X600 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 4 4 4 4 3 2 2 1 1 B mm 80 120 120 140 200 200 300 400 600 H mm 40 40 60 80 80 100 100 100 100 R mm 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 GSE (Green) REF. 2/0161 2/0162 2/0163 2/0164 2/0165 2/0166 2/0167 2/3333 2/0170 kg/ud 0,67 1,01 1,12 1,43 1,89 2,02 3,45 5,34 9,65
H B

6,5

R82

61 B+143

CPT H40/60

CPT requires a joint according to model. A joint and 6 bolt sets with reference 2/4356 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

6,5 B

R8

B+143

61

CPT H80/100

CCCT VERTICAL INSIDE/OUTSIDE


DESCRIPTION CCCT 40X80 CCCT 40X120 CCCT 60X120 CCCT 80X140 CCCT 80X200 CCCT 100X200 CCCT 100X300 CCCT 100X400 CCCT 100X600 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 1 1 B mm 80 120 120 140 200 200 300 400 600 H mm 40 40 60 80 80 100 100 100 100 R mm 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 GSE (Green) REF. 2/0171 2/0172 2/0173 2/0174 2/0175 2/0176 2/0177 2/0178 2/0180 kg/ud 0,61 0,76 0,92 1,18 1,44 1,64 2,10 4,08 5,71
B 60

R8 2
8x8 H

H+142

CCCT H40/60/80

CCCT requires a joint according to model. A joint and 6 bolt sets with reference 2/4356 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

73

R8 2
8x8

H+154

CCCT H100

132 SCE CT

SCE
CT

BASORCANAL
Accessories

CDT JUNCTION BOX


DESCRIPTION CDT 40 CDT 60 CDT 80 CDT 100 CDT 100X400 CDT 100X600 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 4 4 2 2 1 1 H mm 40 60 80 100 100 100 A mm 203 203 283 383 483 683 GSE (Green) REF. 2/0191 2/0192 2/0193 2/0194 2/3610 2/4203 kg/ud 0,97 1,24 2,1 3,59 3,40 6,50
H+27 A
6,5

CDT requires AC coupler according to model. When trunking isnt being conected to one of the CDT junction box sides a TC solid cover must be used to seal the box. And 2 bolt sets with reference 2/4356 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

TC SOLID COVER
H+19

DESCRIPTION TC 40 TC 60 TC 80 TC 100 TC 100X400 TC 100X600

UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1

UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1

H mm 40 60 80 100 100 100

A mm 120 120 200 300 400 600

GSE (Green) REF. 2/0223 2/0224 2/0225 2/0226 2/4866 2/5931 kg/ud 0,05 0,06 0,21 0,30 0,40 0,58

B+25

To mount TC solid cover 2 bolt sets with reference 2/4356 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

END COVER
DESCRIPTION TF 40X80 TF 40X120 TF 60X120 TF 80X140 TF 80X200 TF 100X200 TF 100X300 TF 100X400 TF 100X600 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B mm 80 120 120 140 200 200 300 400 600 H mm 40 40 60 80 80 100 100 100 100 GSE (Green) REF. 2/0213 2/0214 2/0215 2/0216 2/0217 2/0218 2/0219 2/0220 2/0222 kg/ud 0,07 0,10 0,10 0,14 0,23 0,23 0,46 0,47 0,68
DD12x8 H-3 B-3 DD 12x8 H-5 29,5 B-5

To mount end cover 2 bolt sets with reference 2/4356 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

AC COUPLER CDT40
DESCRIPTION AC 40/40X80 AC 40/40X120 UVM ud 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 B mm 80 120 H mm 40 40 GSE (Green) REF. 2/0195 2/0196 kg/ud 0,085 0,115

6,50

To mount AC coupler 5 bolt sets with reference 2/4356 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

SCE CT 133

SCE
CT

BASORCANAL
Accessories

AC COUPLER CDT60
DESCRIPTION AC 60/40X80 AC 60/40X120 AC 60/60X120 UVM ud 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 GSE (Green) REF. 2/0197 2/0198 2/0199 kg/ud 0,13 0,17 0,13
DD 12x8

H-5

29,5

B-5

6,50

To mount AC coupler 5 bolt sets with reference 2/4356 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

AC COUPLER CDT80
DESCRIPTION AC 80/40X80 AC 80/40X120 AC 80/60X120 AC 80/80X140 AC 80/80X200 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 GSE (Green) REF. 2/0200 2/0201 2/0202 2/0203 2/0204 kg/ud 0,17 0,24 0,25 0,25 0,21
DD 12x8

H-5

29,5

B-5

6,50

To mount AC coupler 5 bolt sets with reference 2/4356 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

AC COUPLER CDT100
DESCRIPTION AC 100/40X80 AC 100/40X120 AC 100/60X120 AC 100/80X140 AC 100/80X200 AC 100/100X200 AC 100/100X300 AC 100/100X400 AC 100/100X600 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GSE (Green) REF. 2/0205 2/0206 2/0207 2/0208 2/0209 2/0210 2/0211 2/0212 2/4867 kg/ud 0,37 0,24 0,38 0,31 0,44 0,37 0,76 0,39 0,54
DD 12x8

H-5

29,5

B-5

6,50

To mount AC coupler 5 bolt sets with reference 2/4356 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).

JUCT JOINT
DESCRIPTION JUCT 40X80 JUCT 40X120 JUCT 60X120 JUCT 80X140 JUCT 80X200 JUCT 100X200 JUCT 100X300 JUCT 100X400 JUCT 100X600 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GS REF. 2/0181 2/0182 2/0183 2/0184 2/0185 2/0186 2/0187 2/5907 2/0190 kg/ud 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,12 0,15 0,17 0,22 0,28 0,54
B 15 30 H 18X7.5 DD12x8

JUCT H80/120/140
30 18X7.5

15

To mount JUCT 6 bolt sets with reference 2/4356 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100 units).
B

DD12x8

JUCT H200/300/400

134 SCE CT

SCE
CT

BASORCANAL
Accessories

M4X10 BOLT BAG 100


DESCRIPTION M4X10 BOLT BAG 100 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/6818 0,25
M4

8, 6

10

This bolt is used to fix the covers from the trunkings.

B1 BOLT SET
DESCRIPTION Pack 100 B1 Bolt Set M6x14 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Pap Nm 6 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/4356 1,00

The B1 bolt set consists of a M6x14 DIN603 mushroom head square neck bolt and a M6 DIN6923 flange nut with serration for a perfect fit. Used to mount all accessories from the BASORCANAL series.

14

14

BUPRENE JOINT
DESCRIPTION BUPRENE JOINT UVM m 10 UVE m 10 BUPRENE REF. 2/0227 kg/m 0,03

The buprene joint is necessary to obtain IP65 degree of protection. Should be used in all elements of union.

BASORCANAL MOUNTS
JUCT JOINT CPT HORIZONTAL BEND CCCT VERTICAL AC COUPLER

CDT JUNCTION BOX

END COVER

TRUNKING + SV SUPPORT

SV - page 137

SCE CT 135

SCE

BASORCANAL
Supports
SWL (kg) WALL SUPPORTS

CT

PRODUCT

50

100

150

B (mm) horizontal support 200 300 400

500

600

750

Page

SCR

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

60

60

137

SWL (kg) CEILING SUPPORTS


PRODUCT 50 100 150 B (mm) horizontal support 200 300 400 500 600 750 Page

WALL BRACKET+PC+SCR

150

120

100

86

67

55

46

40

137

SWL (kg) WALL-FLOOR SPACER


PRODUCT 50 100 150 B (mm) horizontal support 200 300 400 500 600 750 Page

SV

120

120

110

90

137

136 SCE CT

SCE
CT

BASORCANAL
Supports

GREEN SCR SUPPORT


DESCRIPTION SCR 50 Support SCR 100 Support SCR 150 Support SCR 200 Support SCR 300 Support SCR 400 Support SCR 500 Support SCR 600 Support SCR 750 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 75 60 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 B mm 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 750 SWL (kg) 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 60 60 GSE (Green) REF. kg/ud 2/0983 0,20 2/0984 0,27 2/0985 0,33 2/0986 0,42 2/1007 0,68 2/1008 0,85 2/1009 1,03 2/1010 1,20 2/1011 1,81
12

86 36

20

20x8

25x7.5

35x7.5

45

B+50

50

50-400

122 37

20

12

12x8

34

20x8

18x7.5 40

35x7.5 50

B+50

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

500-750

GREEN PC PROFILE
DESCRIPTION PC 3000 Profile WALL BRACKET Green UVM m/ud 3 1 UVE m/ud 18 40 L mm 3000 GSE (Green) REF. kg/ud 2/0230 2,05 2/1118 0,27
2 35

58 20x7 8 30 3000

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

PC profile PC profile

63

30
12

To mount wall bracket with the PC profile 4 bolt sets reference 2/4356 are needed (products packed in bags containing 100).

20

7x7

71

20x8 20x8

Wall bracket

120 40

14 12

Wall bracket

GREEN SV SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SV 100 Support SV 150 Support SV 200 Support SV 300 Support UVM ud 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 50 40 42 60 B mm 100 150 200 300 SWL (kg) 120 120 110 90 GSE (Green) REF. kg/ud 2/1054 0,10 2/1055 0,12 2/1056 0,19 2/1057 0,25
12
40 35x7.5 40 B+44 B+72

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SCE CT 137

SBT

PVC AND RLH RIGID CONDUITS


BASORTUB RE1250 ...................................... Page 140 BASORTUB R1250 .......................................... Page 140 BASORTUB Accessories
..........................

Page 141

POLYAMIDE FLEXIBLE CONDUITS


BASORFLEX ................................................................. Page 142 BASORFLEX Accessories .......................... Page 143

RE1250 and R1250 rigid conduits can be used in all kinds of superficial electrical systems with a minimum compression strength of 1250N. FLEXL flexible conduits have been designed to protect cables in robots, spinning tables, solar trackers and, generally speaking, machines which are in constant movement.

PVC7035 / RLH7035 / PA6

SBT

BASORTUB
Rigid Conduits
The range of BASORTUB RE1250 RLH7035 selfassembly products has a service temperature of between -5 and 90 C, an IP54 degree of protection, a minimum compression strength of 1250N and a minimum impact resistance of 6J to -5 C. Its dielectric rigidity is higher than 2000 V and its insulating resistance is higher than 100 MOhm. Its classification, according to Standard IEC 61386 is 44221254010. The range of BASORTUB RE1250 PVC7035 selfassembly products has a service temperature of -5 to 60 C, an IP54 degree of protection, a minimum compression strength of 1250N and a minimum impact resistance of 2J to -5 C. Its dielectric rigidity is higher than 2000 V and its insulating resistance is higher than 100 MOhm. Its classification, according to Standard IEC 61386 is 43211254010.

RE 1250 HALOGEN-FREE BASORTUB


DESCRIPTION RE1250 16 RE1250 20 RE1250 25 RE1250 32 RE1250 40 RE1250 50 RE1250 63 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 57 57 57 30 30 15 15 DN mm 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 UNE-EN 61386 4422 4422 4422 4422 4422 4422 4422 Rcomp N 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 IP 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 Rimp J 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Tmin C -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 Tmax C 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 RLH7035 REF. 2/6453 2/6454 2/6455 2/6456 2/6457 2/6458 2/6459 kg/m 0,07 0,10 0,13 0,19 0,24 0,37 0,49

No couplers are needed.

R 1250 HALOGEN-FREE BASORTUB


DESCRIPTION R1250 16 R1250 20 R1250 25 R1250 32 R1250 40 R1250 50 R1250 63 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 57 57 57 30 30 15 15 DN mm 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 UNE-EN 61386 4422 4422 4422 4422 4422 4422 4422 Rcomp N 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 Rimp J 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Tmin C -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 Tmax C 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 RLH7035 REF. 2/6768 2/6769 2/6770 2/6771 2/6772 2/6773 2/6774 kg/m 0,07 0,10 0,13 0,19 0,24 0,37 0,49

Each stretch requires a JUR 1250 coupler.

R 1250 PVC BASORTUB


DESCRIPTION R1250 16 R1250 20 R1250 25 R1250 32 R1250 40 R1250 50 R1250 63 UVM m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 UVE m 57 57 57 30 30 15 15 DN mm 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 UNE-EN 61386 4321 4321 4321 4321 4321 4321 4321 Rcomp N 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 Rimp J 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Tmin C -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 Tmax C 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 PVC7035 REF. 2/6460 2/6461 2/6462 2/6463 2/6464 2/6465 2/6466 kg/m 0,07 0,14 0,24 0,26 0,33 0,37 0,66

Each stretch requires a JUR 1250 coupler.

140 SBT

SBT

BASORTUB
Halogen-Free Accessories
UVM ud 10 10 10 10 5 5 UVE ud 10 10 10 10 5 5 DN mm 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 IP 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 RLH7035 REF. 2/6732 2/6733 2/6734 2/6735 2/6736 2/6737 2/6738 kg/ud 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,02 0,03 0,04 0,05

JUR 1250 BASORTUB


DESCRIPTION JUR1250 16 JUR1250 20 JUR1250 25 JUR1250 32 JUR1250 40 JUR1250 50 JUR1250 63

CP90R1250 BASORTUB BEND


DESCRIPTION CP90R1250 16 CP90R1250 20 CP90R1250 25 CP90R1250 32 CP90R1250 40 CP90R1250 50 CP90R1250 63 UVM ud 10 10 10 5 2 2 1 UVE ud 10 10 10 5 2 2 1 DN mm 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 IP 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 RLH7035 REF. 2/6739 2/6740 2/6741 2/6742 2/6743 2/6744 2/6745 kg/ud 0,01 0,02 0,04 0,07 0,10 0,18 0,28

CFR1250 BASORTUB FLEXIBLE BEND


DESCRIPTION CFR1250 16 CFR1250 20 CFR1250 25 CFR1250 32 CFR1250 40 CFR1250 50 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 1 1 DN mm 16 20 25 32 40 50 IP 41 41 41 41 41 41 RLH7035 REF. 2/6819 2/6820 2/6821 2/6822 2/6823 2/6824 kg/ud 0,08 0,10 0,11 0,12 0,13 0,14

MCR1250 BASORTUB CONNECTION BOX


DESCRIPTION MCR1250 16 MCR1250 20 MCR1250 25 MCR1250 32 MCR1250 40 MCR1250 50 MCR1250 63 UVM ud 10 10 10 10 5 5 1 UVE ud 10 10 10 10 5 5 1 DN mm 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 IP 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 RLH7035 REF. 2/6746 2/6747 2/6748 2/6749 2/6750 2/6751 2/6752 kg/ud 0,02 0,02 0,03 0,04 0,08 0,09 0,1

SPR1250 BASORTUB WALL SUPPORT


DESCRIPTION SPR1250 16 SPR1250 20 SPR1250 25 SPR1250 32 SPR1250 40 SPR1250 50 SPR1250 63 UVM ud 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 UVE ud 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 DN mm 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 F kg 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 RLH7035 REF. 2/6753 2/6754 2/6755 2/6756 2/6757 2/6758 2/6759 kg/ud 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,02 0,02

ABR1250 BASORTUB WALL CLAMP


DESCRIPTION ABR1250 16/32 ABR1250 20/63 UVM ud 100 100 UVE ud 100 100 DN mm 16/32 20/63 F kg 15 15 RLH7035 REF. 2/6760 2/6761 kg/ud 0,01 0,01

SBT 141

SBT

BASORFLEX
Flexible Conduits
BASORTUB FLEX nylon products (PA6, PA6V0 and PA12) are self-extinguishing, highly fire resistant, have a low level of smoke, a low toxicity and are halogen, sulphur and phosphate-free. They are ideal for protecting conductors in flexible electrical systems in industrial and tertiary sectors. Its classification, according to Standard IEC 61386 is 2432.

PA6 BASORFLEX POLYAMIDE FLEXL


DESCRIPTION FLEXL 7/10 FLEXL 10/13 FLEXL 12/16 FLEXL 14/18 FLEXL 17/21 FLEXL 23/28 FLEXL 29/34 FLEXL 36/42 FLEXL 48/54 UVM m 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 UVE m 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 Dint mm 7 10 12 14 17 23 29 36 48 Dext mm UNE-EN 61386 10 2432 13 2432 16 2432 18 2432 21 2432 18 2432 34 2432 42 2432 54 2432 Rcomp Rimp N J 320 6 320 6 320 6 320 6 320 6 320 6 320 6 320 6 320 6 Tmin C -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 Tmax C 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 PA6-7016 REF. 2/6517 2/6518 2/6519 2/6520 2/6521 2/6522 2/6523 2/6524 2/6525 kg/m 0,02 0,02 0,04 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,10 0,16 0,20 PA6-9011 REF. 2/6526 2/6527 2/6528 2/6529 2/6530 2/6531 2/6532 2/6533 2/6534 kg/m 0,02 0,02 0,04 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,10 0,16 0,20

PA12 BASORFLEX POLYAMIDE FLEXS


DESCRIPTION FLEXS 10/13 FLEXS 12/16 FLEXS 17/21 FLEXS 22/28 FLEXS 28/34 FLEXS 35/42 FLEXS 47/54 UVM m 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 UVE m 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 Dint mm 10 12 17 22 28 35 47 Dext mm UNE-EN 61386 13 1353 16 1353 21 1353 28 1353 34 1353 42 1353 54 1353 Rcomp Rimp N J 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 Tmin C -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 Tmax C 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 PA12-7016 REF. 2/6583 2/6584 2/6585 2/6586 2/6587 2/6588 2/6589 kg/m 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,10 0,16 0,20 PA6-9011 REF. 2/6590 2/6591 2/6592 2/6593 2/6594 2/6595 2/6596 kg/m 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,10 0,16 0,20

142 SBT

SBT

BASORFLEX
Polyamide Accessories

RFLEX PG CONNECTOR
DESCRIPTION RFLEX 10PG07 CONNECTOR RFLEX 13PG09 CONNECTOR RFLEX 16PG11 CONNECTOR RFLEX 16PG13 CONNECTOR RFLEX 18PG13 CONNECTOR RFLEX 21PG13 CONNECTOR RFLEX 21PG16 CONNECTOR RFLEX 28PG21 CONNECTOR RFLEX 34PG29 CONNECTOR RFLEX 42PG36 CONNECTOR RFLEX 54PG48 CONNECTOR UVM ud 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 2 2 UVE ud 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 2 2 Dext Thread mm PG UNE-EN 61386 10 7 1353 13 9 1353 16 11 1353 16 13 1353 18 13 1353 21 13 1353 21 16 1353 28 21 1353 34 29 1353 42 36 1353 54 48 1353 Rcomp Rimp N J 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 Tmin C -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 Tmax C 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 PA6-7016 REF. 2/6597 2/6598 2/6599 2/6600 2/6601 2/6602 2/6603 2/6604 2/6605 2/6606 2/6607 kg/ud 0,004 0,007 0,010 0,010 0,012 0,012 0,012 0,027 0,033 0,060 0,085 PA6-9011 REF. 2/6608 2/6609 2/6610 2/6611 2/6612 2/6613 2/6614 2/6615 2/6616 2/6617 2/6618 kg/ud 0,004 0,007 0,010 0,010 0,012 0,012 0,012 0,027 0,033 0,060 0,085

RFLEX M CONNECTOR
DESCRIPTION RFLEX 10M12 CONNECTOR RFLEX 13M16 CONNECTOR RFLEX 16M16 CONNECTOR RFLEX 16M20 CONNECTOR RFLEX 18M20 CONNECTOR RFLEX 21M20 CONNECTOR RFLEX 28M25 CONNECTOR RFLEX 34M32 CONNECTOR RFLEX 42M40 CONNECTOR RFLEX 54M50 CONNECTOR RFLEX 54M63 CONNECTOR Included nut. UVM ud 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 2 2 2 UVE ud 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 2 2 2 Dext Thread mm M UNE-EN 61386 10 12 1353 13 16 1353 16 16 1353 16 20 1353 18 20 1353 21 20 1353 28 25 1353 34 32 1353 42 40 1353 54 50 1353 54 63 1353 Rcomp Rimp N J 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 125 2 Tmin C -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 Tmax C 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 PA6-7016 REF. 2/6639 2/6640 2/6641 2/6642 2/6643 2/6644 2/6645 2/6646 2/6647 2/6648 2/6649 kg/ud 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,03 0,04 0,07 0,10 0,10 PA6-9011 REF. 2/6650 2/6651 2/6652 2/6653 2/6654 2/6655 2/6656 2/6657 2/6658 2/6659 2/6660 kg/ud 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,03 0,04 0,07 0,10 0,10

RFLEX 90 PG CONNECTOR
DESCRIPTION RFLEX90 10PG07 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 13PG09 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 16PG11 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 16PG13 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 21PG13 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 21PG16 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 28PG21 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 34PG29 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 42PG36 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 54PG48 CONNECTOR UVM ud 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 2 2 UVE ud 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 2 2 Dext Thread mm PG 10 7 13 9 16 11 16 13 21 13 21 16 28 21 34 29 42 36 54 48 Rcomp N 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 Rimp J 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Tmin C -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 PA6-7016 Tmax C Referencia kg/ud 105 2/6619 0,01 105 2/6620 0,02 105 2/6621 0,02 105 2/6622 0,02 105 2/6623 0,02 105 2/6624 0,02 105 2/6625 0,04 105 2/6626 0,06 105 2/6627 0,10 105 2/6628 0,15 PA6-9011 Referencia 2/6629 2/6630 2/6631 2/6632 2/6633 2/6634 2/6635 2/6636 2/6637 2/6638 kg/ud 0,01 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,10 0,15

SBT 143

SBT

BASORFLEX
Polyamide Accessories

RFLEX 90 M CONNECTOR
DESCRIPTION RFLEX90 10M12 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 13M16 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 16M16 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 16M20 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 21M20 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 28M25 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 34M32 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 42M40 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 54M50 CONNECTOR RFLEX90 54M63 CONNECTOR Included nut. UVM ud 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 2 2 2 UVE ud 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 2 2 2 Dext Thread mm M 10 12 13 16 16 16 16 20 21 20 28 25 34 32 42 40 54 50 54 63 Rcomp N 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 Rimp J 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Tmin C -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 Tmax C 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 PA6-7016 REF. 2/6661 2/6662 2/6663 2/6664 2/6665 2/6666 2/6667 2/6668 2/6669 2/6670 kg/ud 0,01 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,10 0,15 0,16 PA6-9011 REF. 2/6671 2/6672 2/6673 2/6674 2/6675 2/6676 2/6677 2/6678 2/6679 2/6680 kg/ud 0,01 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,10 0,15 0,16

RFLEX 45 PG CONNECTOR
DESCRIPTION RFLEX45 16PG11 CONNECTOR RFLEX45 16PG13 CONNECTOR RFLEX45 21PG16 CONNECTOR RFLEX45 28PG21 CONNECTOR RFLEX45 34PG29 CONNECTOR UVM ud 50 50 50 50 10 UVE ud 50 50 50 50 10 Dext Thread mm PG 16 11 16 13 21 16 28 21 34 29 PA6-7016 REF. 2/6709 2/6710 2/6711 2/6712 2/6713 kg/ud 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,03 0,05 PA6-9011 REF. 2/6714 2/6715 2/6716 2/6717 2/6718 kg/ud 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,03 0,05

RFLEX 45 M CONNECTOR
DESCRIPTION RFLEX45 16M16 CONNECTOR RFLEX45 16M20 CONNECTOR RFLEX45 21M20 CONNECTOR RFLEX45 28M25 CONNECTOR RFLEX45 34M32 CONNECTOR Included nut. UVM ud 50 50 50 50 10 UVE ud 50 50 50 50 10 Dext Thread mm M 16 16 16 20 21 20 28 25 34 32 PA6-7016 REF. 2/6719 2/6720 2/6721 2/6722 2/6723 kg/ud 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,03 0,05 PA6-9011 REF. 2/6724 2/6725 2/6726 2/6727 2/6728 kg/ud 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,03 0,05

RIGID TO FLEXIBLE CONDUIT ADAPTOR


DESCRIPTION RFLEXRF 16M16 ADAPTOR RFLEXRF 21M20 ADAPTOR RFLEXRF 28M25 ADAPTOR RFLEXRF 34M32 ADAPTOR RFLEXRF 42M40 ADAPTOR UVM ud 50 50 50 20 10 UVE ud 50 50 50 20 10 FLEX Rigid mm mm 12/16 16 17/21 20 23/28 25 29/34 32 35/42 40 PA6-7016 REF. 2/6699 2/6700 2/6701 2/6702 2/6703 kg/ud 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,02 PA6-9011 REF. 2/6704 2/6705 2/6706 2/6707 2/6708 kg/ud 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,02

144 SBT

SBT

BASORFLEX
Polyamide Accessories

SPFLEX WALL SUPPORT


DESCRIPTION SPFLEX 10 SUPPORT SPFLEX 13 SUPPORT SPFLEX 16 SUPPORT SPFLEX 18 SUPPORT SPFLEX 21 SUPPORT SPFLEX 28 SUPPORT SPFLEX 34 SUPPORT SPFLEX 42 SUPPORT SPFLEX 54 SUPPORT UVM ud 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 UVE ud 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 Dext mm 10 13 16 18 21 28 34 42 54 PA6-7016 REF. 2/6681 2/6682 2/6683 2/6684 2/6685 2/6686 2/6687 2/6688 2/6689 kg/ud 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,02 0,02 PA6-9011 REF. 2/6690 2/6691 2/6692 2/6693 2/6694 2/6695 2/6696 2/6697 2/6698 kg/ud 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,02 0,02

RFLEX PG NUT
DESCRIPTION RFLEX PG07 NUT RFLEX PG09 NUT RFLEX PG11 NUT RFLEX PG13 NUT RFLEX PG16 NUT RFLEX PG21 NUT RFLEX PG29 NUT RFLEX PG36 NUT RFLEX PG48 NUT UVM ud 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 UVE ud 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Dext PG 7 9 11 13 16 21 29 36 48 PA6-7016 REF. 0/0908 0/0909 0/0910 0/0911 0/0912 0/0913 0/0914 0/0915 0/0916 kg/ud 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01

SBT 145

3 3

1. ADAPTING HEAD + MCR1250 + R1250 + BUSBAR-TRUNKING 2. BUSBAR-TRUNKING + BUSBAR-TRUNKING SUPPORT + VR8 3. END COVER + MCR1250 + R1250 4. 3FN SOCKET 5. BUSBAR-TRUNKING + END COVER + RFLEX + FLEXL 6. BUSBAR-TRUNKING + METALLIC STRAP

BASORTRUNKING- BUSBAR SYSTEM


ADVANTAGES .................................................................... Page 148 REGULATIONS ............................................................... Page 148 RANGE OF MODELS .............................................. Page 149 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS .......... Page 150 ACCESSORIES .................................................................. Page 151

BASOR ELECTRICs busbar trunking system has been designed for the correct distribution of electrical energy in lighting systems for industries, premises, warehouses and shopping centres. Its manufactured in lengths of 3 m and 5 m in pregalvanised steel with drilled flanges at sides which allow them a quickly and comfortably installation suspended from ceiling and also lighting device can be suspended from this trunking. These busbar trunkings is used with 13 A sealed plugs.

GS

CEP

BASORTRUNKING
Busbar Trunking System

DESCRIPTION
Busbar trunking systems have been designed for the correct distribution of electrical energy in lighting systems for industries, premises, warehouses and shopping centres. They are manufactured in lengths of 3 m and 5 m in pregalvanised steel with drilled flanges at the sides which allow them a quickly and comfortably suspended from ceiling and also lighting device can be suspended from this trunking. These trunkings is used with 13 A sealed plugs.

3
1 2 3
3FN Plug with fuse Electrical connection Two mounted pieces

ADVANTAGES
Busbar trunking systems have a great advantage, which is that they are supplied completely assembled. Just plug in and theyre READY!. BASORTRUNKING allows a lighting device to be suspended directly from trunking systems, cutting assembly time (see save suspended loads table). Other advantages include: The plug has a fuse which acts as a protector against short circuits to allow for a quick detection of breakdowns, which reduces considerably the time needed for repair. The busbar trunking systems housing confers it a great resistance to flexion, and the stapling between the two housings grants a sealing degree of IP5X.

REGULATIONS
The busbar trunking systems manufacturing is subject to a series of comprehensive quality controls, all of which are described in the companys quality management system, in accordance with Standard UNEEN ISO 9001. Electrified busbars have been designed and tested in accordance with Standard UNE-EN-60439 Parts 1 and 2.

148 CEP

CEP

BASORTRUNKING
Busbar Trunking System

RANGE OF MODELS GAMA DE MODELOS


Series A

Length of 3 m FN socket 3 cables 1 plug / 2 plugs

A20 A202

Series B

Length of 3 m 3FN socket 5 cables 1 plug / 2 plugs

B20 B202 B25 B40

Series C

Length of 5 m FN socket 5 cables 3 plugs

C20

Series E

FN socket

3FN socket

Length of 3 m 3FN and FN (emergency) socket 7 cables 1 plug / 2 plugs

E202 E25

CEP 149

CEP
MODELS MODELS
Model B20 B202 E202 C20 A20 A202 B25 E25 B40

BASORTRUNKING
Busbar Trunking System

Description MTS.BASORTRUNKING 3FN25 5PGS L3 MTS.BASORTRUNKING 3FN25 2T 5PGS L3 MTS.BASORTRUNKING 3FN25 3PGS L5 MTS.BASORTRUNKING FN25 3PGS L3 MTS.BASORTRUNKING FN25 2T 3PGS L3 MTS.BASORTRUNKING 3FN40 5PGS L3 MTS.BASORTRUNKING 3FN40+E 5PGS L3 MTS.BASORTRUNKING 3FN60 5PGS L3

Ref. 2/6775 2/6777 2/0385 2/6478 2/6778 2/6789 2/6790 2/6791

Number of active conductors 4 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 4

In (A) 20 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 40

Area Cu conductors (mm2) 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 4 4 6

Frequency (Hz) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Numbers of plugs 1 2 2+1 3 1 2 1 1+1 1

Plug type 3FN 3FN 3FN+FN FN FN FN 3FN 3FN+FN 3FN

Emergency No No Si No No No No Si No

Length (m) 3 3 3 5 3 3 3 3 3

Weight per stretch (Kg) 3,97 4,05 4,35 6,78 3,74 3,81 4,14 4,51 5,47

MTS.BASORTRUNKING 3FN25+E 2T 5PGS L3 2/6788

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Sealing degree: In accordance with Standard UNE 20324 for the degrees of protection provided by enclosures, our busbar trunking system is classified as IP 5X, where the first digit indicates the units protection against the intrusion of solid objects. Maximum save suspended loads: The save suspended working load depends on the distance between supports, as illustrated in the table.

Maximum save load Distance between supports (m)


For a maximum deflection of 1/350 of the distance between supports

2 30

2,25 27

2,5 24

2,75 21

3 17

Concentrated load (Kg)

Voltage drop: The values included in the table correspond to a unitary voltage drop, should the power supply only enter the system from one side of the busbar trunking system and if the load is distributed along the whole of the line.

Model MTS.BASORTRUNKING 3FN25 5PGS L3 MTS.BASORTRUNKING 3FN25 2T 5PGS L3 MTS.BASORTRUNKING 3FN25+E 2T 5PGS L3 MTS.BASORTRUNKING 3FN25 3PGS L5 MTS.BASORTRUNKING FN25 3PGS L3 MTS.BASORTRUNKING FN25 2T 3PGS L3 MTS.BASORTRUNKING 3FN40 5PGS L3 MTS.BASORTRUNKING 3FN40+E 5PGS L3 MTS.BASORTRUNKING 3FN60 5PGS L3

Ref. 2/6775 2/6777 2/6788 2/0385 2/6478 2/6778 2/6789 2/6790 2/6791

Unitary voltage drop [V/A.km] at 40C


Cos =0,8 5,62 5,70 5,70/5,62(E) 5,73 5,59 5,67 3,51 3,51/3,51(E) 2,36 Cos =0,9 6,30 6,40 6,40/6,30(E) 6,43 6,27 6,36 3,93 3,93/3,93(E) 2,64 Cos =1 6,95 7,06 7,06/6,95(E) 7,09 6,92 7,02 4,33 4,33/4,33(E) 2,89

The Unitary Voltage Drop being: e u=k.(e/L.I) eu, e, L, I, k, unitary voltage drop in volts voltage drop in volts length of the cable tray in km service intensity in amps current distribution factor

150 CEP

CEP

BASORTRUNKING
Busbar Trunking System

Depending on the circuits type of power supply and on the distribution of the electric loads, a current distribution factor (k) is applied.
I L
K=0.5 Power supplied from one side and load distributed along the busbar

k=1 Power supplied from one side and load at the end of the busbar

I L

I I L

K=0.25 Power supplied from both sides and loads distributed along the busbar

K=0.25 Power supplied from the center and loads until the end of both sides

I 2

I L I

I 2

K=0.125 Power supplied from the center and loads distributed along the busbar.

ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES

Accessory Trunking support Adapting head End cover FN Plug with fuse 3FN Plug with fuse FN Socket 3FN Socket Fuse

Und./pack 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Ref. 2/5534 2/0400 2/0401 2/0402 2/6513 1/0436 1/2365 2/0404

N
NEW

Trunking support - 2/5534

Adapting head - 2/0400

End cover - 2/0401

FN Plug with fuse - 2/0402

FN Scoket - 1/0436

3FN Plug with fuse - 2/6513

3FN Socket - 1/2365

Fuse - 2/0404

3FN Mobile connexion


Characteristics: Each plug has a fuse which acts as a protector against short circuits. The three phases are installed in each base, allowing the user to choose the desired phase by modifying the connectors position in the plug.

CEP 151

ACC

ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS

INSTALLATION ACCESORIES AND


ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS 41/82............. Page 154 ASSEMBLY PROFILES ................................. Page 162 WALL FIXATION PROFILES................... Page 164

FASTENERS TO BEAM ................................ Page 165 THREADED ELEMENTS ............................. Page 166 ANCHORS FOR CONCRETE .................. Page 168 FASTENERS TO CONDUIT .................... Page 169

ACC assembly systems are a family of different solutions of profiles, threaded rods accessories and beam accessories.

ACC

ACC ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS


41/82

41X21 PROFILE
DESCRIPTION 41X21X1,5 41X21X2,5 UVM m 3 3 UVE m 3 3 e mm 1,5 2,5 A cm2 1,4 2,1 Wx cm3 0,8 1,1 Wy cm3 1,9 2,7 GS REF. 2/6366 2/0235 kg/m 1,26 1,71 REF. 2/0236 GC kg/m 1,35 1,8
Eje x Eje y 21 e Eje x 41 41 Eje y
A

25x11

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

41

41X21 PROFILE
DESCRIPTION 41X41X1,5 41X41X2,5 UVM m 3 3 UVE m 3 3 e mm 1,5 2,5 A cm2 2,0 3,1 Wx cm3 2,1 3,2 Wy cm3 2,9 4,5 GS REF. 2/6365 2/0233 kg/m 1,67 2,53 REF. 2/0234 GC kg/m 1,79 2,66
Eje y

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

25x11

25

50

61X41 PROFILE
DESCRIPTION 62X41X2,5 UVM m 3 UVE m 3 e mm 2,5 A cm2 4,2 Wx cm3 6,1 Wy cm3 6,4 GS REF. kg/m 4,42 REF. GC kg/m 4,54
e Eje x

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

41

81X41 PROFILE
DESCRIPTION 82X41X2,5 UVM m 3 UVE m 3 e mm 2,5 A cm2 6,9 Wx cm3 9,5 Wy cm3 9,1 CINCADO REF. kg/m 5,05 GC REF. 2/5573 kg/m 5,31
e eje x eje y 41 25x11
B B

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

41

154 ACC

25

50

82

25

50

62
A

25

50

ACC

ACC ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS


Heads / Conection between profiles / Accessories

FLOOR OR CEILING HEADS

41x41 HEAD

82x41 HEAD

41x41 BASE SUPPORT

41x41 L BASE SUPPORT

41x82 ARTICULATE GUSSET

H 41x82

CONECTION BETWEEN PROFILES

41x82 ADAPTABLE CROSS

41x82 T ADAPTABLE JOINT

VR ADJUSTABLE SET

A 41x82

B 41x82

C 41x82

D 41x82

E 41x82

F 41x82

G 41x82

ACCESSORIES

PVC CAP

SPRING NUT

NON-SLIPPERY NUT

TWIRL STUD NUT

BOLTS

ACC 155

ACC

ACC ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS


41/82

41X41 HEAD
DESCRIPTION 41X41 HEAD UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Qreac kg 700 Pap Nm 40 GC REF. 2/5622 kg/ud 0,83
108 Qreac

4 51
14

80

46

16 120

81X41 HEAD
DESCRIPTION 82X41 HEAD UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Qreac kg 1100 Pap Nm 40 GC REF. 2/5574 kg/ud 1,44
108 Qreac

40

4 8

93

14
80 46 40

180

21

41X41 BASE SUPPORT


DESCRIPTION 41X41 BASE SUPPORT UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Qreac kg 700 Pap Nm 40 GC REF. 2/6471 kg/ud 0,51
25 104 50 Qreac 40 21

25X11 85 25X11 46 4 44 132 20 21

25X11

41X41 L BASE SUPPORT


DESCRIPTION 41X41 L BASE SUPPORT UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Qreac kg 600 Pap Nm 40 GC REF. 2/6472 kg/ud 0,44
25 104 50 21

Qreac 40

25X11 25X11

25X11

46

44 132

156 ACC

21

20

50

25

12

50

25

12

ACC

ACC ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS


41/82

41x82 ARTICULATED GUSSET


DESCRIPTION 41x82 ARTICULATED GUSSET UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Qreac kg 1000 Pap Nm 40 GC REF. 2/6475 kg/ud 0,82
97
Qreac 43

47

11

45 15

180 25X11

57

25X11

M10X20

SP UNION SUPPORT
28,5

DESCRIPTION SP UNION SUPPORT

UVM ud 1

UVE ud 1

Pap Nm 20

GC REF. 2/6476 kg/ud 0,15


3

25

25X11

17,5

19

35

17,5

20 105

13

41x82 ADAPTABLE CROSS


DESCRIPTION 41x82 ADAPTABLE CROSS UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Reducc z 0% Reducc y 0% Pap Nm 40 GC REF. 2/6473 kg/ud 0,56
13
22 Eje y

51 Eje y 41 141 46 38 M10X20 46

19,5

Eje Z 141

41x82 T ADAPTABLE JOINT


DESCRIPTION 41x82 T ADAPTABLE JOINT UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Reducc z 0% Reducc y 0% Pap Nm 40 GC REF. 2/6474 kg/ud 0,51
20 19,5 44

50

25X11 43 51 Eje Z

22

25X11

13

127

VR ADJUSTABLE SET
DESCRIPTION VR ADJUSTABLE SET UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Qreac kg 500 Pap Nm 20 GC REF. 2/6477 kg/ud 0,51
42 Qreac

11

19,5

18,5

ACC 157

48

141

42

ACC
A 41X82

ACC ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS


41/82

167

20

Eje z

B 41X82
DESCRIPTION B 41/82 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 60 Qreacc kg 350 Pap Nm 40 GC REF. 2/6312 kg/ud 0,23
42 134 46 21 4

13

42 Qreac

C 41X82
DESCRIPTION C 41/82 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Qreacc kg 350 Pap Nm 40 GC REF. 2/6313 kg/ud 0,11
50 Qreac
13

20 21 40

13

21 50

D 41X82
DESCRIPTION D 41/82 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 40 Qreacc kg 1.050 Pap Nm 40 GC REF. 2/6314 kg/ud 0,36
120 Qreac 120 3

20

13
40

40

40

42

13

158 ACC

40

88

40

DESCRIPTION A 41/82

UVM ud 1

UVE ud 110

Reducc z 20%

Pap Nm 40

GC REF. 2/6311 kg/ud 0,2

13

22

41

ACC
E 41X82

ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS
41/82

46

DESCRIPTION E 41/82

UVM ud 1

UVE ud 40

Qreacc kg 700

Pap Nm 40

GC REF. 2/6315 kg/ud 0,25


43
13

48,5 137

20

Qreac
A

F 41X82
DESCRIPTION F 41/82 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 25 Qreacc kg 700 Pap Nm 40 GC REF. 2/6316 kg/ud 0,35
87 4

21 41

20 48,5 20

40

137

20

Qreac

G 41X82
DESCRIPTION G 41/82 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Qreacc kg 250 Pap Nm 40 GC REF. 2/6317 kg/ud 0,11
4

46,7

21 40 20

13

74

120

20

13
,7
Qreac

43

51

40

21

20

13
20

ACC 159

69

13

ACC
H 41X82

ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS
41/82

DESCRIPTION H 41/82

UVM ud 1

UVE ud 1

Qreacc kg 800

Pap Nm 40

GC REF. 2/6948 kg/ud 0,72


96
146 M10x20 20X11

12

20X11 46

38

48

48

Qreac

PVC CAP
DESCRIPTION 41X41 PVC CAP UVM ud 100 UVE ud 100 PVC REF. kg/ud 2/5627 0,01
41 41 13

10

SPRING NUT
DESCRIPTION SPRING NUT M6 SPRING NUT M8 SPRING NUT M10 UVM ud 100 100 100 UVE ud 100 100 100 Qtrac kg 300 500 500 Qcort kg 150 350 500 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 0/0427 0,03 0/0455 0,03 0/0336 0,04
25

34,5

NON-SLIPPERY NUT
DESCRIPTION NON-SLIPPERY NUT M8 NON-SLIPPERY NUT M10 UVM ud 100 100 UVE ud 100 100 Qtrac kg 500 500 Qcort kg 350 500 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 0/0494 0,03 2/5543 0,03
25

19

34,5

160 ACC

19

ACC

ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS
41/82

TWIRL STUD NUT


DESCRIPTION TWIRL STUD NUT M8 TWIRL STUD NUT M10 UVM ud 100 100 UVE ud 100 100 Qtrac kg 500 500 Qcort kg 350 500 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 0,10 0/0907 0,10
35 3 40 39

BOLTS
DESCRIPTION BOLT DIN 933 M10X30 D8.8 BOLT DIN 933 M8X20 D8.8 BOLT DIN 912 M8X70 D8.8 BOLT DIN 912 M8X55 D8.8 BOLT DIN 933 M6X20 D8.8 UVM ud 100 100 100 100 100 UVE ud 100 100 100 100 100 Pap Nm 40 25 25 25 10 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 0/0512 0,03 0/0310 0,03 0/0930 0,05 0/0940 0,04 0/0727 0,02 I304 REF. 0/0320 0/0318 0/0939 0/0941 0/0330 kg/ud 0,03 0,03 0,05 0,04 0,02

ACC 161

ACC

ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS
Assembly profiles

RA PROFILE
DESCRIPTION RA 35 RA 50 UVM m 3 3 UVE m 30 30 B mm 35 50 e mm 1,5 1,5 A cm2 0,9 1,1 Wx cm3 0,28 0,30 Wy cm3 1,00 1,68 GS REF. 2/0237 2/0239 kg/m 0,79 0,99 REF. 2/0238 2/0240 GC kg/m 0,869 1,089
14 Eje y Eje x 25x8.5

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

RA JOINT PLATE
DESCRIPTION UNION RA 35 UNION RA 50 UVM ud 1 1 UVE ud 200 150 GS REF. 2/1122 2/1124 kg/ud 0,07 0,11 REF. 2/1123 2/3473 GC kg/ud 0,08 0,12
2 28x7.5 192 B

CT PROFILE
UVM DESCRIPTION m CT 40x20 L3 3 CT 40x20 L2 2 CT 30x30 L3 3 CT 20x10 L2 2 UVE m 24 24 24 40 B mm 40 40 30 20 H mm 20 20 30 10 e mm 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 A cm2 12,5 12,5 14,0 3,6 Wx cm3 0,65 0,65 1,11 0,09 Wy GS REF. cm3 1,63 2/4471 1,63 1,49 2/6784 0,25 2/0242 GC kg/m 0,99 1,08 0,34 REF. 2/0246 2/6785 BICRO kg/m REF. kg/m 1,09 2/2067 1,09 1,19 2/0241 0,38
Eje y H Eje x B

23

50

25 25x8.5

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

SVO PROFILE
DESCRIPTION SVO PROFILE UVM m 3 UVE m 24 e mm 1,5 A cm2 1,5 Wx cm3 0,6 Wy cm3 1,4 GS REF. 2/5313 kg/m 1,20 REF. 2/5443 GC kg/m 1,32
20 Eje y Eje x 20x9

For more technical information, please consult page 211.

162 ACC

25

50

25

50

50

ACC

ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS
Assembly profiles

Z PROFILE
DESCRIPTION Z PROFILE UVM m 3 UVE m 3 e mm 3 A cm2 2,5 Wx cm3 1,7 Wy cm3 4,0 GS REF. kg/m 2,21 REF. 2/6406 GC kg/m 2,30
47 eje x eje y 67 50 25x9 25

For more technical information, please consult page 211.


25X9

OMEGA DIN-RAIL
DESCRIPTION HIGH OMEGA LOW OMEGA UVM m 2 2 UVE m 40 40 e mm 2 2 GS REF. 2/0248 2/0250 kg/m 0,36 0,69 BICRO REF. kg/m 2/0247 0,36 2/0249 0,70
H e B 5 25

25 16

50

ACC 163

ACC

ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS
Wall fixation profiles

SVP AB SUPPORT
DESCRIPTION SVP AB L500 SVP AB L700 SVP AB L800 SVP AB L1000 UVM ud 1 1 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 1 1 e mm 2 2 2 2 L mm 500 700 800 1000 GC REF. 2/3633 2/5953 2/4958 2/6340 kg/ud 1,26 1,76 1,98 2,50
L e 53 33
R14 13

This support is designed for mounting directly to wall easy. The openings on the open side of the profile facilitates the use of tools. The model 500 dose not have the central drill.

PB PROFILE
DESCRIPTION PB 800 PROFILE PB 1000 PROFILE UVM ud 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 e mm 1,5 1,5 L mm 800 1000 GS REF. 2/3648 2/6370 kg/ud 0,73 0,92 REF. 2/3649 2/5959 GC kg/ud 0,80 1,01
25X 11
35 18 =
min

50

PB CLAMP
DESCRIPTION CLAMP 14-48 NYLON CLAMP 24-72 NYLON UVM ud 1 1 UVE ud 1 1 min mm 14 24 mx mm 48 72 NYLON REF. kg/ud 2/6993 0,05 2/6994 0,07

20

max

SVP 500

SVP 800

MOUNT CLAMPS ON RAIL

164 ACC

ACC

ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS
Fasteners to beam

BEAM CLAMP VR8


DESCRIPTION BEAM CLAMP VR8 UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Qreac kg 120 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/6816 0,08
M8x30 18 18 36 20 Qreac 38 16 M8

BEAM-PROFILE CLAMP
DESCRIPTION BEAM-PROFILE CLAMP UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Qreac kg 1000 GC REF. 2/5624 kg/ud 0,17
35 3 75 8 110 50x12 40 20 Qreac

ACC 165

ACC

ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS
Threaded elements

THREADED ROD
DESCRIPTION THREADED ROD M6 L1 THREADED ROD M8 L1 THREADED ROD M10 L1 THREADED ROD M12 L2 CONNECTOR M6 CONNECTOR M8 UVM ud 10 10 10 10 1 1 UVE ud 100 50 10 10 1 1 Qtrac kg 400 800 1400 2500 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 0/0678 0,32 2/3397 0,35 2/5535 0,59 2/6502 1,64 2/6323 0,03 2/4462 0,04
D

NUT AND WASHER DIN6923


DESCRIPTION NUT M6 DIN6923 NUT M8 DIN6923 UVM ud 100 100 UVE ud 100 100 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 0/0337 0,01 0/0338 0,01
D

BOLTS
DESCRIPTION BOLT DIN 933 M10X30 D8.8 BOLT DIN 933 M8X20 D8.8 BOLT DIN 912 M8X70 D8.8 BOLT DIN 912 M8X55 D8.8 BOLT DIN 933 M6X20 D8.8 UVM ud 100 100 100 100 100 UVE ud 100 100 100 100 100 Pap Nm 40 25 25 25 10 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 0/0512 0,03 0/0310 0,03 0/0930 0,05 0/0940 0,04 0/0727 0,02 I304 REF. 0/0320 0/0318 0/0939 0/0941 0/0330 kg/ud 0,03 0,03 0,05 0,04 0,02

NUT DIN934
DESCRIPTION NUT M6 DIN934 NUT M8 DIN934 NUT M10 DIN934 UVM ud 100 100 100 UVE ud 100 100 100 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 0/0710 0,01 0/0339 0,01 0/0340 0,01 I304 REF. 0/0344 0/0343 kg/ud 0,01 0,01 0,01

WASHER DIN125
DESCRIPTION WASHER M6 DIN125 WASHER M8 DIN125 WASHER M10 DIN125 UVM ud 100 100 100 UVE ud 100 100 100 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 0/0711 0,01 0/0292 0,01 0/0649 0,01 I304 REF. 0/0299 0/0294 kg/ud 0,01 0,01 0,01

166 ACC

ACC
SBL

ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS
Threaded elements

103

51,5

DESCRIPTION SBL

UVM ud 1

UVE ud 1

REF. 2/0351

kg/ud 0,11

REF. 2/0361

kg/ud 0,12

17

11

GS

GC

25x9

11
17

18 36

SBC
DESCRIPTION SBC UVM ud 1 UVE Qreac 1 Qreac 2 ud kg kg 1 40 40 REF. 2/0352 kg/ud 0,11 REF. 2/0362 kg/ud 0,12
11
18 18 25X9 Qreac1 Qreac

GS

GC

Qreac2

35 36

70

SBZ
DESCRIPTION SBZ UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 Qreac kg 35 GS REF. 2/0354 kg/ud 0,11 REF. 2/0364 GC kg/ud 0,12
35 25x9 70 18 17

11
36

73

ACC 167

21

ACC

ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS
Anchors for concrete

CCM BASORFIX ANCHOR


DESCRIPTION CCM BASORFIX ANCHOR 6x60 CCM BASORFIX ANCHOR 8x60 Concrete load values. UVM ud 100 100 UVE ud 100 100 M mm 6 8 L mm 60 60 Qtrac kg 180 225 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/6419 0,03 2/6420 0,04
D

SCM BASORFIX ANCHOR


DESCRIPTION SCM BASORFIX ANCHOR 10x70 SCM BASORFIX ANCHOR 12x75 Concrete load values.
60

UVM ud 100 100

UVE ud 100 100

D mm 10 12

L mm 70 75

Qtrac kg 340 780

CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/4672 0,05 2/6258 0,08

CM BASORFIX ANCHOR
DESCRIPTION CM BASORFIX ANCHOR 6x30 CM BASORFIX ANCHOR 8x30 Concrete load values. UVM ud 100 100 UVE ud 100 100 D mm 6 8 Qtrac kg 280 370 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 2/6468 0,01 2/6469 0,01
30

168 ACC

60

ACC

ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS
Fasteners to conduit

FIXING CONDUIT CLAMP


DESCRIPTION FIXING CONDUIT CLAMP 20 FOR 41/82 FIXING CONDUIT CLAMP 25 FOR 41/82 FIXING CONDUIT CLAMP 32 FOR 41/82 FIXING CONDUIT CLAMP 40 FOR 41/82 FIXING CONDUIT CLAMP 50 FOR 41/82 UVM ud 100 100 100 100 100 UVE ud 100 100 100 100 100 DN mm 20 25 32 40 50 GC REF. 2/6811 2/6812 2/6813 2/6814 2/6815 kg/ud 0,06 0,07 0,08 0,09 0,10
Dn

ACC 169

170 SOLAR

SOLAR ENERGY FIXED STRUCTURES


BASORS SOLUTION CLASSIFICATION
...................................................

Page 172 Page 173

...............................................................

FLOOR SYSTEMS .............................................................. Page 173 ROOF SYSTEMS


................................................................

Page 175 Page 176 Page 179

ASSEMBLY ACCESSORIES

...............................

SOLAR EXCLUSIVE PRODUCTS

.............

SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS

BASOR is a company which specialises in the manufacturing, designing and supplying of structures for electrical cable tray systems, water and air systems and photovoltaic panel systems, and which has more than 30 years of experience in the electrical sector. We have a projects department which is always ready to help you carry out your project for setting up a photovoltaic energy system. We offer you advice for the construction and assembly of photovoltaic panel structures, calculating the necessary profiles, the distance between supports and the necessary elements for the correct set-up of the system. We render you the services which you might need: Any calculations relating to the structures, in accordance with the standard on Basic Analysis on Structural Safety or Eurocode. Plans. Necessary materials. Cutting of profiles to minimise costs.

Moreover, for structures of more than 500 KWp, by way of our technical department, we design custom made structures, minimising the set-up costs. BASOR recommends hot dip galvanised steel solutions1, as its the solution which offers the best relationship between the resistance and cost of the material.

All of the materials of the structure have been designed to guarantee the functioning of the system throughout the whole of its useful life. The materials used in the structure of photovoltaic panels are manufactured in hot dip galvanized steel, all bolts are made of A2 stainless steel and fixation elements are made of aluminium.
1

For more information regarding the treatment of surfaces, please consult the Technical Appendix.

172 SOLAR

SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS


Floor systems

CLASSIFICATION
BASOR has developed different systems which cover all the needs of photovoltaic parks. Systems are divided into: - Floor systems - Roof systems

FLOOR SYSTEMS
All photovoltaic assemblies depend on their surroundings, as they are capable or reducing the production capabilities of the system. Therefore, depending on the possibility of the existence of plants and herbs, we shall classify the solutions depending on the kind of floor in which the system is going to be set up. - Systems placed on land without organic matter: Its not necessary to elevate the structure, as there is no chance of plants/herbs growing and reducing the systems output. - Systems placed on land with organic matter: The solar structure has to be elevated by placing micropiles, longitudinal or transverse bases or, simply, with the aid of the own structure. The recommended height depends on the percentage of matter contained in the ground, but the minimum recommended height is of 300 mm.

2 2 3

3
Example of a structure on land without organic matter

SOLAR 173

SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS


Systems

2 3 3
Example of a structure on land which has been elevated with the aid of micropiles

1 2 3

3
Example of a structure on land with organic matter which has been elevated by way of the main structure

174 SOLAR

SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS


Classification

ROOF SYSTEMS 4. INSTALACIONES EN CUBIERTA


In roof systems, the first thing which has to be verified is that the roof is prepared to support the load of the structure itself and of actions such as wind, snow and earth tremor for which it has been calculated. BASOR has designed two types of solutions depending on the kind of roof: Sandwich roof assemblies The structures solution has to contemplate fixing the structure to the nerves of the sandwich panel and fixing a rail over it which acts as a base for the structure. As the structures orientation depends on the position of the premises and on the roofs slope, there are many cases in which we must supplement the sandwich piece with an additional piece in order to obtain the desired angle.

1 2

2
Example of a parallel planes structure fixed on a sandwich roof

Assemblies on flat roofs The structure is very similar to the one used for floor assemblies without organic matter, but its main feature is the profile which joins both legs and which allows fixing the structure to the roof.

1 2

2
Example of a structure with only one plate assembled on a flat surface

SOLAR 175

SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS


Assembly accessories
5.- ACCESORIOS DE MONTAJE ASSEMBLY ACCESSORIES PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULES FIXATION SYSTEM BASOR recommends fixing the solar panels with 4 supporting points, in order to avoid movements. The panels fixations are manufactured in extruded aluminium and the bolts used have an M8x55 y M8x70 DIN 912 allen head. The dimensions of the panels edge estimated for standard bolts are of 36 mm to 49 mm.

SECCIN A-A

Qualities are of A2 electrogalvanised steel or stainless steel, depending on the location and on the investments life expectancy.

B max

DIN 912 bolts

ASSEMBLY OF THE PLATES CENTRAL UNION JOINT


1 2 3

Insert the spring nut into the profile

Turn it 90 until its position is perpendicular to the profiles longitudinal direction

B min

Move it until it reaches the position desired

Place the plate

Place the union piece and screw down

176 SOLAR

SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS


Assembly accessories

ASSEMBLY OF THE PANEL LATERAL UNION JOINT S

Insert the spring nut into the profile

Turn it 90 until its position is perpendicular to the profiles longitudinal direction

Move it until it reaches the position desired

Place the plate

Place the union piece and screw down

FIXATION SYSTEM BETWEEN THE LONGITUDINAL PROFILES AND THE PORTICO 5.2. SISTAMA DE FIJACION ENTRE PERFILES LONGITUDINALES Y PORTICO
Profiles are fixed to one another by way of M8x20 or M8x25 bolts and spring nuts, as illustrated below.

SOLAR 177

SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS


Assembly accessories

LONGITUDINAL PROFILES FIXATION SYSTEM 5.3. SISTEMA DE FIJACION ENTRE PERFILES LONGITUDINALES
There are two ways of fixing longitudinal profiles to one another. One of the solutions is by using the corresponding union joint, and the other is the crossing profiles system.

Joining profiles

Crossing profiles

ACCESSORIES FIXATION SYSTEM 5.4. SISTEMAS DE FIJACION DE ACCESORIOS


The two most common fixation systems are: Spring nut Offers versatility and resistance at a low price.
1 2 3

Insert the spring nut into the profile

Turn it 90 until its position is perpendicular to the profiles longitudinal direction

Move it until it reaches the position desired

Twirl stud nut Quick fixation system which combines nut and bolt in the same piece. In perforated profiles, it works better than the spring nut, as it avoids the spring from escaping through the perforation.
1 2 3

Insert the twirl stud nut into the profile

Turn it 90 until its position is perpendicular to the profiles longitudinal direction

Move it until it reaches the position desired

178 SOLAR

SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS


Assembly accessories

PRODUCTOS EXCLUSIVOS DE SISTEMAS SOLARES


DIN 912 BOLTS
DESCRIPTION DIN 912 BOLTS M8X70 D8.8 DIN 912 BOLTS M8X55 D8.8 UVM ud 100 100 UVE ud 100 100 Pap Nm 25 25 L mm 70 55 CINCADO REF. kg/ud 0/0930 0,05 0/0940 0,04 I304 REF. kg/ud 0/0939 0,05 0/0941 0,04

PANEL CENTRAL UNION JOINT S


DESCRIPTION PANELS CENTRAL UNION JOINT UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 ALUMINIUM REF. kg/ud 2/6794 0,06
22 20

9
80

40

PANEL LATERAL UNION JOINT S


DESCRIPTION PANELS LATERAL UNION JOINT UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 ALUMINIUM REF. kg/ud 2/6795 0,03
25

35

8,5
50

SANDWICH PANEL FIXATION


DESCRIPTION SANDWICH PANEL FIXATION Manufactured under order. The dimensions vary depending on the system. UVM ud 1 UVE ud 1 GS REF. kg/ud 0,15 REF. GC kg/ud 0,17

SOLAR 179

180 FIRE

FIRE RESISTANT ASSEMBLIES


WALL SYSTEMS ................................................... Page 182 CEILING SYSTEMS ......................................... Page 183

FIRE RESISTANCE
Wall Systems

BASOR ELECTRIC certifies that the BASORFIL cable tray installed with the below mentioned characteristics complies with Class E90 of function maintenances, in accordance with Standard DIN 4102, Section 12. This system incorporates BASORFIL BFR with a height of 65, SHO supports are fixed to the wall and reinforced on the ceiling with threaded rods on one side. The distance between supports is of 1.2 m and the maximum load is of 10 kg/m. The system may have one or two levels.

MATERIALS LISTING PER FIXATION POINT


REF. 2/3622 2/0965 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4919 2/4364 Description BASORFIL BFR 100x65 CINCADO SHO 100 GS Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut ULA 65 CINCADO Set BF CINCADO Bolt-staple set RF M8 CINCADO Anchor 2/6240 REF. 2/3624 2/0967 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4919 2/4364 RF M10 CINCADO Anchor SHO GS Support piece Description BASORFIL BFR 200x65 CINCADO SHO 200 GS Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut ULA 65 CINCADO Set BF CINCADO Bolt-staple set RF M8 CINCADO Anchor 2/6240 RF M10 CINCADO Anchor SHO GS Support piece 1 level Quantity 1,2 m 1 unit 0,25 m 1 unit 4 units 0.8/100 units 2,4/100 units 2 units 1 unit 1 unit 1 level Quantity 1,2 m 1 unit 0,25 m 1 unit 4 units 0.8/100 units 2,4/100 untis 2 units 1 unit 1 unit 2 levels Quantity 2,4 m 2 units 0,5 m 1 unit 6 units 1.6/100 units 4,8/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units 2 levels Quantity 2,4 m 2 units 0,5 m 1 unit 6 units 1.6/100 units 4,8/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units 2/6240 2/6240 REF. 2/3625 2/0968 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4919 2/4364 REF. 2/3623 2/0966 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4919 2/4364 Description BASORFIL BFR 150x65 CINCADO SHO 150 GS Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut ULA 65 CINCADO Set BF CINCADO Bolt-staple set RF M8 CINCADO Anchor RF M10 CINCADO Anchor SHO GS Support piece Description BASORFIL BFR 300x65 CINCADO SHO 300 GS Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut ULA 65 CINCADO Set BF CINCADO Bolt-staple set RF M8 CINCADO Anchor RF M10 CINCADO Anchor SHO GS Support piece 1 level Quantity 1,2 m 1 unit 0,25 m 1 unit 4 units 0.8/100 units 2,4/100 untis 2 units 1 unit 1 unit 1 level Quantity 1,2 m 1 unit 0,25 m 1 unit 4 units 0.8/100 units 2,4/100 untis 2 units 1 unit 1 unit 2 levels Quantity 2,4 m 2 units 0,5 m 1 unit 6 units 1.6/100 units 4,8/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units 2 levels Quantity 2,4 m 2 units 0,5 m 1 unit 6 units 1.6/100 units 4,8/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

182 FIRE

FIRE RESISTANCE
Wall Systems
REF. 2/0291 2/0970 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4363 2/4360 Description BASORFIL BFR 100x65 GC SHO 100 GC Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut ULA 65 GC Set BF GC Bolt-staple set RF M8 CINCADO Anchor 2/6318 RF M10 CINCADO Anchor SHO GC Supporting piece 1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 4 units 0.8/100 units 2.4/100 units 2 units 1 unit 1 unit 2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 2 units 0.5 m 1 unit 6 units 1.6/100 units 4.8/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units 2/6318 REF. 2/0292 2/0971 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4363 2/4360 Description BASORFIL BFR 150x65 GC SHO 150 GC Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut ULA 65 GC Set BF GC Bolt-staple set RF M8 CINCADO Anchor RF M10 CINCADO Anchor SHO GC Supporting piece 1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 4 units 0.8/100 units 2.4/100 units 2 units 1 unit 1 unit 2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 2 units 0.5 m 1 unit 6 units 1.6/100 units 4.8/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

REF. 2/0293 2/0972 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4363 2/4360

Description BASORFIL BFR 200x65 GC SHO 200 GC Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut ULA 65 GC Set BF GC Bolt-staple set RF M8 CINCADO Anchor RF M10 CINCADO Anchor SHO GC Supporting piece

1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 4 units 0.8/100 units 2.4/100 units 2 units 1 unit 1 unit

2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 2 units 0.5 m 1 unit 6 units 1.6/100 units 4.8/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

REF. 2/0294 2/0973 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4363 2/4360

Description BASORFIL BFR 300x65 GC SHO 300 GC Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut ULA 65 GC Set BF GC Bolt-staple set RF M8 CINCADO Anchor RF M10 CINCADO Anchor SHO GC Supporting piece

1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 4 units 0.8/100 units 2.4/100 units 2 units 1 unit 1 unit

2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 2 units 0.5 m 1 unit 6 units 1.6/100 units 4.8/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

2/6318

2/6318

REF. 2/0308 2/0970 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4921 2/4915

Description BASORFIL BFR 100x65 I304 SHO 100 GC Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut ULA 65 I304 Set BF I304 Bolt-staple set RF M8 CINCADO Anchor RF M10 CINCADO Anchor SHO GC Supporting piece

1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 4 units 0.8/100 units 2.4/100 units 2 units 1 unit 1 unit

2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 2 units 0.5 m 1 unit 6 units 1.6/100 units 4.8/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

REF. 2/0309 2/0971 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4921 2/4915

Description BASORFIL BFR 150x65 I304 SHO 150 GC Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut ULA 65 I304 Set BF I304 Bolt-staple set RF M8 CINCADO Anchor RF M10 CINCADO Anchor SHO GC Supporting piece

1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 4 units 0.8/100 units 2.4/100 units 2 units 1 unit 1 unit

2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 2 units 0.5 m 1 unit 6 units 1.6/100 units 4.8/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

2/6318

2/6318

REF. 2/0310 2/0970 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4921 2/4915

Description BASORFIL BFR 200x65 I304 SHO 200 GC Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut ULA 65 I304 Set BF I304 Bolt-staple set RF M8 CINCADO Anchor RF M10 CINCADO Anchor SHO GC Supporting piece

1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 4 units 0.8/100 units 2.4/100 units 2 units 1 unit 1 unit

2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 2 units 0.5 m 1 unit 6 units 1.6/100 units 4.8/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

REF. 2/0310 2/0971 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4921 2/4915

Description BASORFIL BFR 300x65 I304 SHO 300 GC Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut ULA 65 I304 Set BF I304 Bolt-staple set RF M8 CINCADO Anchor RF M10 CINCADO Anchor SHO GC Supporting piece

1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 4 units 0.8/100 units 2.4/100 units 2 units 1 unit 1 unit

2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 2 units 0.5 m 1 unit 6 units 1.6/100 units 4.8/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

2/6318

2/6318

FIRE 183

FIRE RESISTANCE
Ceiling Systems

BASOR ELECTRIC certifies that the BASORTRAY ERE installed with the below mentioned characteristics complies with Class E90 of function maintenances, in accordance with Standard DIN 4102, Section 12. This system incorporates BASORTRAY ERE H60, SHOT supports are fixed to the ceiling and reinforced on the ceiling with threaded rods on one side. The distance between supports is of 1.2 m and the maximum load is of 10 kg/m.

MATERIALS LISTING PER FIXATION POINT


REF. 2/1197 2/1091 2/6240 2/3397 2/6477 2/4356 0/0338 Description B/P ERE 100X60 GS SHOT 100 GS Support SHO GS Supporting piece M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set B1 CINCADO Bolt set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut RF M10 CINCADO Anchor RF M8 CINCADO Anchor Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 3.6/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units REF. 2/1198 2/1092 2/6240 2/3397 2/6477 2/4356 0/0338 Description B/P ERE 150X60 GS SHOT 150 GS Support SHO GS Supporting piece M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set B1 CINCADO Bolt set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut RF M10 CINCADO Anchor RF M8 CINCADO Anchor Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 3.6/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

REF. 2/1199 2/1093 2/6240 2/3397 2/6477 2/4356 0/0338

Description B/P ERE 200X60 GS SHOT 200 GS Support SHO GS Supporting piece M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set B1 CINCADO Bolt set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut RF M10 CINCADO Anchor RF M8 CINCADO Anchor

Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 3.6/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

REF. 2/1201 2/1094 2/6240 2/3397 2/6477 2/4356 0/0338

Description B/P ERE 300X60 GS SHOT 300 GS Support SHO GS Supporting piece M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set B1 CINCADO Bolt set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut RF M10 CINCADO Anchor RF M8 CINCADO Anchor

Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 3.6/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

184 FIRE

FIRE RESISTANCE
Ceiling Systems
REF. 2/1227 2/1095 2/6318 2/3397 2/6477 2/6826 0/0338 Description B/P ERE 100X60 GC SHOT 100 GC Support SHO GC Supporting piece M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set B1 GC Bolt set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut RF M10 CINCADO Anchor RF M8 CINCADO Anchor Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 3.6/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units REF. 2/1228 2/1096 2/6318 2/3397 2/6477 2/6826 0/0338 Description B/P ERE 150X60 GC SHOT 150 GC Support SHO GC Supporting piece M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set B1 GC Bolt set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut RF M10 CINCADO Anchor RF M8 CINCADO Anchor Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 3.6/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

REF. 2/1229 2/1097 2/6318 2/3397 2/6477 2/6826 0/0338

Description B/P ERE 200X60 GC SHOT 200 GC Support SHO GC Supporting piece M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set B1 GC Bolt set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut RF M10 CINCADO Anchor RF M8 CINCADO Anchor

Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 3.6/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

REF. 2/1231 2/1098 2/6318 2/3397 2/6477 2/6826 0/0338

Description B/P ERE 300X60 GC SHOT 300 GC Support SHO GC Supporting piece M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set B1 GC Bolt set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut RF M10 CINCADO Anchor RF M8 CINCADO Anchor

Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 3.6/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

REF. 2/4795 2/1095 2/6318 2/3397 2/6477 2/4925 0/0338

Description B/P ERE 100X60 I304 SHOT 100 GC Support SHO GC Supporting piece M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set B1 I304 Bolt set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut RF M10 CINCADO Anchor RF M8 CINCADO Anchor

Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 3.6/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

REF. 2/4319 2/1096 2/6318 2/3397 2/6477 2/4925 0/0338

Description B/P ERE 150X60 I304 SHOT 150 GC Support SHO GC Supporting piece M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set B1 I304 Bolt set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut RF M10 CINCADO Anchor RF M8 CINCADO Anchor

Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 3.6/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

REF. 2/4688 2/1097 2/6318 2/3397 2/6477 2/4925 0/0338

Description B/P ERE 200X60 I304 SHOT 200 GC Support SHO GC Supporting piece M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set B1 I304 Bolt set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut RF M10 CINCADO Anchor RF M8 CINCADO Anchor

Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 3.6/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

REF. 2/4317 2/1098 2/6318 2/3397 2/6477 2/4925 0/0338

Description B/P ERE 300X60 I304 SHOT 300 GC Support SHO GC Supporting piece M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set B1 I304 Bolt set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut RF M10 CINCADO Anchor RF M8 CINCADO Anchor

Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.25 m 1 unit 3.6/100 units 4 units 1 unit 2 units

FIRE 185

FIRE RESISTANCE
Ceiling Systems

BASOR ELECTRIC certifies that the BASORTRAY FRE installed with the below mentioned characteristics complies with Class E90 of function maintenances, in accordance with Standard DIN 4102, Section 12. This system incorporates BASORTRAY FRE H60, SPL supports are fixed to the ceiling with SHL horizontal support with reinforced on the ceiling with threaded rods on one side. The distance between supports is of 1.2 m and the maximum load is of 10 kg/m. The system may have one or two levels.

MATERIALS LISTING PER FIXATION POINT


REF. 2/0006 2/6849 2/6873 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4356 2/6321 Description B/P FRE 100x65 GS SPL 600 CINCADO Support SHL 100 CINCADO Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut B1 CINCADO Bolt set M10X30 CINCADO Bolt set RF M10 CINCADO Anchor 1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.3 m 1 unit 4/100 units 3.6/100 units 2/100 units 3 units 2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 1 unit 2 units 0.6 m 1 unit 6/100 units 7.2/100 units 4/100 units 3 units REF. 2/0007 2/6849 2/6874 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4356 2/6321 Description B/P FRE 150x65 GS SPL 600 CINCADO Support SHL 150 CINCADO Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut B1 CINCADO Bolt set M10X30 CINCADO Bolt set RF M10 CINCADO Anchor 1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.3 m 1 unit 4/100 units 3.6/100 units 2/100 units 3 units 2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 1 unit 2 units 0.6 m 1 unit 6/100 units 7.2/100 units 4/100 units 3 units

REF. 2/0008 2/6849 2/6875 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4356 2/6321

Description B/P FRE 200x65 GS SPL 600 CINCADO Support SHL 200 CINCADO Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut B1 CINCADO Bolt set M10X30 CINCADO Bolt set RF M10 CINCADO Anchor

1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.3 m 1 unit 4/100 units 3.6/100 units 2/100 units 3 units

2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 1 unit 2 units 0.6 m 1 unit 6/100 units 7.2/100 units 4/100 units 3 units

REF. 2/0009 2/6849 2/6876 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/4356 2/6321

Description B/P FRE 300x65 GS SPL 600 CINCADO Support SHL 300 CINCADO Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut B1 CINCADO Bolt set M10X30 CINCADO Bolt set RF M10 CINCADO Anchor

1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.3 m 1 unit 4/100 units 3.6/100 units 2/100 units 3 units

2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 1 unit 2 units 0.6 m 1 unit 6/100 units 7.2/100 units 4/100 units 3 units

186 FIRE

FIRE RESISTANCE
Ceiling Systems
REF. 2/0056 2/6841 2/6866 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/6826 2/6321 Description B/P FRE 100x65 GC SPL 600 GC Support SHL 100 GC Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut B1 GC Bolt set M10X30 CINCADO Bolt set RF M10 CINCADO Anchor 1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.3 m 1 unit 4/100 units 3.6/100 units 2/100 units 3 units 2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 1 unit 2 units 0.6 m 1 unit 6/100 units 7.2/100 units 4/100 units 3 units REF. 2/0057 2/6841 2/6867 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/6826 2/6321 Description B/P FRE 150x65 GC SPL 600 GC Support SHL 150 GC Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut B1 GC Bolt set M10X30 CINCADO Bolt set RF M10 CINCADO Anchor 1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.3 m 1 unit 4/100 units 3.6/100 units 2/100 units 3 units 2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 1 unit 2 units 0.6 m 1 unit 6/100 units 7.2/100 units 4/100 units 3 units

REF. 2/0058 2/6841 2/6868 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/6826 2/6321

Description B/P FRE 200x65 GC SPL 600 GC Support SHL 200 GC Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut B1 GC Bolt set M10X30 CINCADO Bolt set RF M10 CINCADO Anchor

1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.3 m 1 unit 4/100 units 3.6/100 units 2/100 units 3 units

2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 1 unit 2 units 0.6 m 1 unit 6/100 units 7.2/100 units 4/100 units 3 units

REF. 2/0059 2/6841 2/6869 2/3397 2/6477 0/0338 2/6826 2/6321

Description B/P FRE 300x65 GC SPL 600 GC Support SHL 300 GC Support M8 CINCADO Threaded rod VR GC Variable set M8 DIN6923 CINCADO nut B1 GC Bolt set M10X30 CINCADO Bolt set RF M10 CINCADO Anchor

1 level Quantity 1.2 m 1 unit 1 unit 0.3 m 1 unit 4/100 units 3.6/100 units 2/100 units 3 units

2 levels Quantity 2.4 m 1 unit 2 units 0.6 m 1 unit 6/100 units 7.2/100 units 4/100 units 3 units

FIRE 187

188 TECHNICAL APPENDIX

When designing an electrical inatallation, with all its electrical connections and cable conduction system, different aspects such as corrosion, the mechanical resistance of the set or its price must be considered. In some cases, the lack of information, the number of alternatives or the ignorance on the subject make the engineering task more difficult and slow down the design process. BASOR ELECTRIC has created this technical appendix with the aim of making the process of selection and design easier and of being able to offer its clients the maximum information regarding all of these aspects whilst maintaining the work line which has turned BASOR into a leading company within its sector. The Technical Department.

TECHNICAL APPENDIX INDEX


DESIGN PROCESS 3 4 4 5 6 9 11 11 11 13 14 14 14 15 16 16 17 18 19 19 20 20

MATERIALS AND FINISHES

CORROSION. DEFINITIONS DEGREES OF PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION STANDARD MATERIALS AND FINISHES SPECIAL MATERIALS AND FINISHES

CABLE TRAY DIMENSIONS VENTILATION AND SEALING DEGREE DETERMINING THE WORKLOAD (SWL) SAVE WORKING LOAD (SWL) SPAN LENGTH DEFLECTION MININUM AREA OF THE CABLE TRAY SPACE LIMITATIONS SERVICE TEMPERATURE. THERMAL CONTRACTIONS AND EXPANSIONS ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY COST OF MATERIALS vs. FINAL COST OF THE SYSTEM USE OF THE SAVE WORKING LOAD (SWL) GRAPHS CABLE TRAYS HORIZONTAL SUPPORTS PENDANTS Load on one side Load on both sides UNIT CONVERSION TABLE TECHNICAL INDEX CARDS

22 23

190 TECHNICAL APPENDIX

DESIGN PROCESS
When carrying out a study of any electrical system, one must bare in mind a series of determining factors which shall help chose and condition the system, all of which shall be further explained. In the first place, its necessary to select the conduction system. One of the following existing solutions such as cable trays, trunkings or conduits shall be chosen. CABLE TRAYS TRUNKINGS CONDUITS

Cable conduction without any kind of protection

Cable conduction with mechanical protection (IK rating) and protection against external agents (IP rating)

Cable conduction with mechanical protection (IK rating) and protection against external agents (IP rating)

These three devices may all be present in the same system, depending on the area which the line has to cross. In the second place, the material and the finish shall be chosen depending on the environmental conditions, which may be:

Dry interior

Humid interior

Rural exterior

Marine exterior

Urban exterior

Once both these aspects have been defined, it is necessary to measure the different conduction systems. In order to do so, the following aspects must be taken into consideration: Weight and dimensions of the cables which shall run through the cable tray Geometrical restrictions of the system Nature of the currents which shall run through the cables (power, signal or data). One same canalisation may contain cables of these 3 types but, in such case, their electromagnetic compatibility shall have to be ensured by way of using separating longitudinal sections. Space reserved for future enlargements

Data
Pow er
Sign al

Additional ventilation area Future enlargements Cable area

TECHNICAL APPENDIX 191

CORROSION. DEFINITIONS.
Corrosion is defined as the deterioration of any material due to an electrochemical attack caused by its environment. The speed at which it happens shall depend on the temperature, the salinity of the fluid which is in contact with the metal and the properties of the metals present. Other non-metallic elements also suffer corrosion caused by other mechanisms. Atmospheric corrosion: Atmospheric corrosion happens when metal is exposed to liquids, solids or gases transported in the atmosphere. Humidity, salt, corrosive gases and dirt are its main factors. This type of corrosion takes place in open air conditions, places with poor ventilation and marine environments. Some classifications study saline corrosion independently, because saline corrosion happens when a metallic surface is exposed to different saline concentrations forming a galvanic pile at times where the surface exposed to the lowest degree of saline concentration behaves like an anode. Chemical corrosion: Chemical corrosion happens when a metal is directly exposed to chemical solutions. Depending on the solutions level of concentration, contact time, cleaning frequency and service temperature, the level of corrosion will be higher or lower.

Galvanic corrosion:
Anode Zinc Aluminium Steel I316 I304 Copper Nickel Cathode Passivate I316 Passivate I304
COPPER PIPE DIELECTRIC UNIT PLASTIC PROTECTION GALVANISED PIPE CORROSION

Its the most common type, and happens when two different metals are in contact with one another. When two different metals come into contact one with the other, a small galvanic par is created, as one metal acts as an anode and the other as a cathode. The one with the most negative reduction potential shall oxidise whilst the one with the most positive reduction potential shall be reduced.

Storage corrosion: In some cases (steel with a zinc covering), when materials are stored in poor ventilated or humid places, white stains may appear on the surface. Generally speaking, these white stains are superficial and dont affect the coverings properties, even though wiping them off is strongly advised in order to allow the protective layer to form itself correctly. The material has to be stored in a dry and ventilated place, avoiding storing it outside, even in conditions of low humidity.

192 TECHNICAL APPENDIX

DEGREES OF RESISTANCE AGAINST CORROSION


The UNE-EN IEC 61537 Standard classifies the degree of resistance against corrosion in classes depending on the materials and coverings which are most used. Using these standards, the minimum class necessary for each type of system may be defined.
Class 0 1 2 3 4 5 For those materials which do not count with a declared classification or resistance against corrosion. b During the later process of treatment, the protection against corrosion in cracks and the degree of pollution produced by other agents have to be improved.
a

Reference-Material and Finish None Electroplated to a minimum thickness of 5 m Electroplated to a minimum thickness of 12 m Pre-galvanised to grade 275 to EN 10327 and EN 10326 Pre-galvanised to grade 350 to EN 10327 and EN 10326 Post galvanised to a zinc mean coating thickness (minimum) of 45 m according to ISO 1461 only for zinc thickness Post galvanised to a zinc mean coating thickness (minimum) of 55 m according to ISO 1461 only for zinc thickness Post galvanised to a zinc mean coating thickness (minimum) of 70 m according to ISO 1461 only for zinc thickness Post galvanised to a zinc mean coating thickness (minimum) of 85 m according to ISO 1461 only for zinc thickness (Usually high silicon steel) Stainless steel manufactured to ASTM: A 240/A 240M 95a designation S30403 or EN 10088 grade 1-4301 without a post treatment Stainless steel manufactured to ASTM: A 240/A 240M 95a designation S31603 or EN 10088 grade 1-4404 without a post treatment Stainless steel manufactured to ASTM: A 240/A 240M 95a designation S30403 or EN 10088 grade 1-4301 with a post treatment Stainless steel manufactured to ASTM: A 240/A 240M 95a designation S31603 or EN 10088 grade 1-4404 with a post treatment

6 7 8 9A 9B 9C 9D

Class (as shown on Table 1) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Duration (hours) 24 96 155 195 450 550 700 850

Moreover, the UNE-EN IEC 61537 Standard allows us to draw up a conversion table which compares the resistance to corrosion with the duration of the Neutral Salt Spray (NSS) test according to Standard ISO 9227, allowing manufacturers and engineers to create new finishes and materials.

Corrosion Speed Environment Interior: dry Interior: occasional condensation Exterior: rural Interior: high level of humidity, slightly polluted air Exterior: urban inland or mild coastal Interior: swimming pools, chemical plants Exterior: industrial inland or mild urban Exterior: very humid industrial or high salinity coastal (mean loss of zinc thickness)a m per year < 0.1 0.1 - 0.7 0.7 - 2 2-4 4-8

In the case of zinc coverings, the UNE-EN IEC 61537 Standard defines the speed of corrosion depending on the mean loss of the covering with regards to the location of the installation with respects to the sea (inland or coastal area) and also depending on whether such installation is being subject to the weathers inclemencies (inside/covered or outside/exposed to elements). This table can be applied to other types of products made of steel with a zinc covering, such as system profiles and accessories. All data has been extracted from the UNE-EN ISO 14713:2000 Standard, entitled Protection against corrosion of iron and steel in structures. Zinc and aluminium coatings.

In order to estimate the life of any steel with a zinc coating, it is necessary to be aware of the coatings mean thickness and of the systems location. Its life is equivalent to the quotient between such thickness and the locations speed of corrosion and, therefore, is not an absolute value, because it depends on the environmental fluctuations of the surroundings, as shown in the table above.

TECHNICAL APPENDIX 193

STANDARD MATERIALS AND FINISHES

Different materials together with a finish which is adequate for the environmental conditions in which the electrical system is placed have to be used depending on the mechanical, electrical or resistance against corrosion properties. Materials Steel Properties - Electrical continuity - Ideal for areas with strong temperature changes, operating both at high and low temperatures. - Resistance to corrosion varies depending on the selected finish. - Good response to flexure. - Good response to fire (M0). Non-flammable material. No gas emissions. - 100 % recyclable material - Electrical continuity - High resistance to corrosion - Ideal for areas with strong temperature changes, operating both at high and low temperatures. - Good response to flexure. - Good response to fire (M0). Non-flammable material. No gas emissions. - 100% recyclable material - Insulating and light material - Easy handling and installation - Good resistance to corrosion - Flame retardant material - Low fire resistance. Depends on the raw material. - Limited service temperature range - Gas emission depending on the raw material. - 100% recyclable material

Stainless Steel AISI 304

Thermoplastic

The available standard finishes are: Pre-galvanised (GS) Laminated continuously galvanised through immersion in molten zinc steel, manufactured according to the UNE-EN 10327 Standard. The steels protection shall depend on the coverings mass. Galvanised sendzimir steel is used for cold-forming, and the protection against corrosion of the mechanised areas (perforations, edges, etc.) is due to the galvanic protection, a kind of protection conferred to steel by way of being in contact with a zinc anode. The zinc anode chemically reacts with the environment, creating a protective film and preventing the reaction between the environment and the piece from happening. The galvanised sendzimir steel used by BASOR ELECTRIC as standard is of type Z275 (19 microns of mean thickness) and is classified by UNE-EN IEC 61537 Standard as Class 3. Galvanised sendzimir steel is used in dry environments free of pollutants. Hot Dip Galvanised Steel (HDG) Laminated or rust removed galvanised after forming steel according to UNE-EN ISO 1461 Standard. The steels protection is conferred by a zinc coating which varies depending on the steels thickness, offering a uniform covering. The zinc coatings thickness depends on the thickness of the base material and ranges between the values shown in the table. The UNE-EN IEC 61537 Standard classifies the resistance against corrosion of these galvanised steels as Class 5 for the covering of 45m, Class 6 for 55m, Class 7 for 70m and Class 8 for 85m. Hot dip galvanised steel is used in humid environments, granting a high protection during adverse atmospheric situations, light chemical situations, light marine situations and urban situations.

194 TECHNICAL APPENDIX

STANDARD MATERIALS AND FINISHES


Thickness of the piece Steel 6 mm Steel 3 mm up to < 6 mm Steel 1.5 mm up to < 3 mm Steel < 1.5 mm Molded pieces of 6 mm Molded pieces of < 6 mm Local thickness of the covering (minimum value)a m 70 55 45 35 70 60 Mean thickness of the covering (minimum value)b m 85 70 55 45 80 70

Electrogalvanised (CINCADO) A steel base coated with a zinc layer by electrolysis, by means of submerging the pieces in a bath composed by zinc solutions, in accordance with UNE-EN 12329 Standard (ISO 2081). Depending on the type of zinc layer, it shall have a different degree of protection on the steel, avoiding corrosion and enhancing the visual appearance of the piece. This treatment is carried out once the piece has been formed. The UNE-EN IEC 61537 Standard classifies the degree of resistance to corrosion of the systems components depending on the steels electrolytic covering, belonging to Class 1 those with a minimum thickness of 5m and to Class 2 those of 12m. BASOR ELECTRIC uses Class 2 as its standard material in order to guarantee the quality of its products against corrosion. This treatment is used in dry environments free of pollutants. Bicromatised Steel (BICRO) A base of steel coated with a zinc layer by electrolysis, by means of submerging the pieces in a solution composed by zinc solutions, in accordance with UNE-EN 12329 Standard (ISO 2081), followed by a treatment with chromium salts, in accordance with UNE-EN 112050 Standard (ISO 4520). The electrolytic coverings are chromicised with the aim of retarding the formation of corrosion. Depending on the type of zinc layer and on the kind of final passivation, it shall have a different degree of protection on the steel, avoiding corrosion. This treatment is carried out once the piece has been formed. The UNE-EN IEC 61537 Standard classifies the degree of resistance to corrosion of the systems components depending on the steels electrolytic covering, belonging to Class 1 those with a minimum thickness of 5m and to Class 2 those of 12m. BASOR ELECTRIC uses Class 2 as its standard material. This treatment is used in dry environments free of pollutants. The bicromatisation process conducted by BASOR ELECTRIC complies with Directive 2002/95/EC RoHS, and does not use hexavalent chromium. Painted Steel (GSE) Steel covered with an epoxy-polyester hybrid resin. The steel is covered by a powder resin and, subsequently, a polymerisation is carried out at a temperature of between 185-190C during a period of 15 minutes. The micronage obtained is between 60 and 80 microns and is characterised by an excellent adherence. This covering is applied on galvanised sendzimir steel or on a base of steel. In this second case, before the electrostatic application of the resin, the pieces have the grease removed from them and also an amorphous phosphatation by spray in the treatment tunnel is conducted, as this improves the protection of the base material against corrosion. Painted steel is used in humid, light chemical and urban environments, whenever the decorative appearance is important. Stainless Steel AISI 304 (I304) Denominated 1.4301 according to the numerical classification established by the UNE-EN 10088 Standard. Steels protection happens due to the great affinity which metals such as chromium have with oxygen, which gives place to the creation of a protective chromium oxide layer which avoids the corrosion of iron. Type I304 stainless steels are carbon steels alloyed with chromium, nickel and manganese. They are ideal to be used in chemical and food industries, laboratories and wineries and in the naval industry. Under special conditions, and always under order, there is the possibility of conducting a passivation process. Passivation is a treatment which enhances stainless steels protection against corrosion by means of forming a relatively inert film on the surface of a material which protects it against the action of external agents. The passivation film or layer does not allow these agents to interact, reducing or stopping the chemical reaction from happening. UNE-EN IEC 61537 Standard classifies this steels resistance to corrosion as Class 9A without the passivation treatment and as Class 9C with the passivation treatment. Stainless steel AISI 304L has the same characteristics regarding corrosion as steel AISI 304, but offers a higher degree of welding and easier forming of the pieces with a thickness of more than 6mm. PVC Thermoplastic Polymer (PVCM1) Thermoplastic polymer developed by BASOR which offers a good resistance to fire. The PVCM1 is a non-flammable and self-extinguishing material classified as M1 by UNE 23727 Standard and as VO by UL-94 Standard. PVCM1 products are light, perfect electric insulators, chemically inert and totally innocuous. PVCM1 is used in interior and exterior industrial facilities, but for external installations the use is limited to a good ambiance ventilation and one meter distance between supports. This material providing a high degree of protection in adverse, chemical, marine or urban atmospheric situations. PVCM1s mechanical characteristics vary depending on the temperature, reason why its use is restricted to service temperatures between -20C and 60C. BASORs PVCM1 is 100% recyclable and complies with Directive 2002/95/EC RoHS, in force since the 1st of July 2006.

TECHNICAL APPENDIX 195

STANDARD MATERIALS AND FINISHES


Polypropylene Thermoplastic Polymer (PP7035) Thermoplastic polymer developed by BASOR which offers a good resistance to fire. PP7035 is a material which is flame retardant, as stated in UNE-EN IEC 61386 Standard. PP7035 products are light and perfect electric insulators and have a great chemical resistance. PP7035 is used in both interior and exterior industrial facilities, providing a high degree of protection in adverse, chemical, marine or urban atmospheric situations. PP7035s mechanical characteristics are stable within the range of environmental temperatures (service temperatures between -30C and 90C). BASORs PP7035 is 100% recyclable and complies with Directive 2002/95/EC RoHS, in force since the 1st of July 2006. Polyamide Thermoplastic Polymer 6 (PA6-7016/PA6-9011) Thermoplastic polymer developed by BASOR which offers a good resistance to traction/compression. PA6 is a flame retardant material, as stated in UNE-EN IEC 61386 Standard and classified as V2 in accordance with Standard UL-94. PA6 products are light, very flexible, have a long duration in situations of fatigue, are perfect electric insulators and have a great chemical resistance. PA6 is used for static applications in both interior and exterior industrial facilities, providing a high degree of protection in adverse, chemical, marine or urban atmospheric situations. PA6-9011 in black is resistant to ultraviolet rays. PA6s mechanical characteristics are stable within the range of environmental temperatures (service temperatures between -30C and 90C). BASORs PA6 is 100% recyclable and complies with Directive 2002/95/EC RoHS, in force since the 1st of July 2006. Polyamide Thermoplastic Polymer 6 V0 (PA6-V0-7016/PA6-V0-9011) Thermoplastic polymer developed by BASOR which offers a good resistance to traction/compression. PA6-V0 is a flame retardant material, as stated in UNE-EN IEC 61386 Standard and classified as V0 in accordance with Standard UL-94. PA6-V0 products are light, very flexible, have a long duration in situations of fatigue, are perfect electric insulators and have a great chemical resistance. PA6-V0 is used for static applications in both interior and exterior industrial facilities, providing a high degree of protection in adverse, chemical, marine or urban atmospheric situations. PA6-V0 in black is resistant to ultraviolet rays. PA6-V0s mechanical characteristics are stable within the range of environmental temperatures (service temperatures between -30C and 90C). BASORs PA6 is 100% recyclable and complies with Directive 2002/95/EC RoHS, in force since the 1st of July 2006. Polyamide Thermoplastic Polymer 12 (PA12-7016/PA12-9011) Thermoplastic polymer developed by BASOR which offers a good resistance to traction/compression. PA12 is a flame retardant material, as stated in UNE-EN IEC 61386 Standard and classified as V2 in accordance with Standard UL-94. PA12 products are light, very flexible, have an exceptional duration in situations of fatigue, are perfect electric insulators and have a great chemical resistance. PA12 is used for applications which demand flexure at a great speed (robotics), in both interior and exterior industrial facilities, providing a high degree of protection in adverse, chemical, marine or urban atmospheric situations. PA12-9011 in black is resistant to ultraviolet rays. PA12s mechanical characteristics are stable within the range of environmental temperatures (service temperatures between -30C and 90C). BASORs PA6 is 100% recyclable and complies with Directive 2002/95/EC RoHS, in force since the 1st of July 2006.

Dry GS CINCADO BICRO GC GSE I304 PVCM1 PP7035 PA6 PA6-V0 PA12 R R R E R E R R R R R

Interior Humid Chemical Industry L NR L NR L NR R L R R E R R R R R R R R R R R

Food Industry NR NR NR NR R R R R R R R

Urban L L L R L E L R R R R

Exterior Chemical Industry NR NR NR L L R L R R R R

Food Industry NR NR NR L NR L L R R R R

R- Recommended / L- Limited resistance / NR- Not recommended / E Excessive quality

196 TECHNICAL APPENDIX

SPECIAL MATERIALS AND FINISHES


Under special environmental conditions, materials and finishes which are different to the standard ones are required. Materials Steel with an organic covering Properties - High resistance to corrosion, especially in chemical environments - Ideal for areas with strong temperature changes - Operates both at high and low temperatures - Good response to flexure - Flame retardant - Big array of decorative colours - Electrical continuity - Excellent resistance to corrosion; as it has molybdenum in its chemical composition, its resistance to localised corrosion increases. - Ideal for areas with strong temperature changes - Operates both at high and low temperatures - Good response to flexure - Good response to fire (M0). Non-flammable material. No gas emissions. - 100% recyclable material - Excellent electrical continuity - High resistance to corrosion - Excellent relationship between flexure resistance / weight - Moderate response to flexure - Good response to fire (M0). Non-flammable material. No gas emissions. - 100% recyclable material

Stainless Steel AISI 316

Aluminium

Depending on the property which one wishes to enhance, these are different finishes available: Steel Painted with Polyester (GSP) Steel covered with a polyester resin. The steel is covered by a powder polyester resin and, subsequently, a polymerisation is carried out at a temperature of between 190-195C during a period of 15 minutes. The micronage obtained is between 60 and 80 microns and is characterised by an excellent adherence. This covering is applied on galvanised sendzimir steel or on a base of steel. In this second case, before the electrostatic application of the resin, the pieces have the grease removed from them and also an amorphous phosphatation by spray in the treatment tunnel is conducted, as this improves the protection of the base material against corrosion. Steel Painted with Polyester Resin is resistant to ultraviolet rays, and is used in both interior and exterior humid environments, aggressive chemical environments and saline environments. BASORs GSP system, with its covering, exceeds Class 8 of UNE-EN IEC 61537 Standard by far. Duplex Steel (GCE) Hot dip galvanised steel, as stated in UNE-EN ISO 1461 Standard, with a subsequent epoxy-polyester covering. This layer, with its mechanical resistance and good chemical resistance, improves the hot dip galvanised initial layers resistance to corrosion. The total thickness of the two layers of this protection system has an approximate value of 160m. An 85 m GC covering is considered Class 8 by the UNE-EN IEC 61537 Standard and exceeds from 850 hours in the Neutral Salt Spray Test (ISO 9227). BASORs GCE system, with its double covering, improves Class 8 considerably. Moreover, this finish is suitable for aggressive environments classed as C4, C5-I and C5-M (UNE-EN ISO 12944-5). Stainless Steel AISI 316 (I316) Denominated 14401 according to the numerical classification established by the UNE-EN 10088 Standard. Steels protection happens due to the great affinity which metals such as chromium have with oxygen, which gives place to the creation of a protective chromium oxide layer which avoids the corrosion of iron. Type I316 stainless steels are similar to type 1304, but they contain a 2.5% of molybdenum which confers it a greater resistance to localised corrosion. It is ideal for use in very corrosive environments, even at high temperatures. Under special conditions, and always under order, there is the possibility of conducting a passivation process. Passivation is a treatment which enhances stainless steels protection against corrosion by means of forming a relatively inert film on the surface of a material which protects it against the action of external agents. The passivation film or layer does not allow these agents to interact, reducing or stopping the chemical reaction from happening. UNE-EN IEC 61537 Standard classifies this steels resistance to corrosion as Class 9B without the passivation treatment and as Class 9D with the passivation treatment.

TECHNICAL APPENDIX 197

SPECIAL MATERIALS AND FINISHES


Stainless Steel AISI 316L, denominated 14401 according to the numerical classification established by the UNE-EN 10088 Standard has the same characteristics regarding corrosion as steel AISI 316, but offers a higher degree of welding and easier forming of the pieces with a thickness of more than 6mm. Laminated Aluminium (AL) Half-hard aluminium alloy type 1050A, as spelled out in UNE 38114 Standard. Aluminium is a light material, excellent against corrosion in chemical environments and with a good resistance to wearing due to atmospheric action in most of its open-air uses. Aluminium covers itself spontaneously with a thin layer of oxide which prevents it from corroding. However, this layer disappears when acids are present, especially with percloric and chloridric acids. Extruded Aluminium (AL6063T6) Manufactured in compliance with what is laid down in UNE 38337 Standard, extruded alloyed aluminium type 6063 which undergoes a subsequent tempering T6 process which confers it good mechanical characteristics, reaching a resistance which is three times greater than that of other types of aluminium which have not been thermally treated. Aluminium is a light material, excellent against corrosion in chemical environments and with a good resistance to wearing due to atmospheric action in most of its open-air uses. Aluminium covers itself spontaneously with a thin layer of oxide which prevents it from corroding. Interior Humid Chemical Industry R L E R E E E R E R Exterior Chermical Industry L R E R R

Dry GSP GCE I316 AL AL6063T6 R E E E E

Food Industry R R E R R

Urban R E E R R

Food Industry R R R R R

R- Recommended / L- Limited resistance / NR- Not recommended / E - Excessive quality

198 TECHNICAL APPENDIX

CABLE TRAY DIMENSIONS


VENTILATION AND SEALING DEGREE
Choosing cable trays with a high degree of ventilation shall considerably improve the conductors working temperature at the same intensity. However, non-perforated trays offer a higher level of protection against external agents.

Depending on the type of system, the aim shall be to obtain lower working temperatures in the conductors in order to improve the systems output, or simply to try to achieve a higher level of protection against the penetration of any kind of external agent inside the tray.

DETERMINING OF THE WORKLOAD (WL)


Canalisation systems must have an adequate mechanical resistance. In order to select the most adequate canalisation system, the workload (WL) must be known, and will depend on the load of the conductors it supports as well as on the additional design loads which are taken into consideration. WL = Qcable + Qconcentrated + Qsnow + Qwind + ... Example: Load of the conductors: Additional loads: Workload (WL): 32 kg/m 16 kg/m 48kg/m
Others Qwind Qconcentrated Qcables

In a system, there are different types of loads which can be taken into consideration. The designer shall be in charge of determining which loads are applicable in each case, depending on the conditions (location, environment, etc). Weight of the cables: The cables weight is modelled as a linear distributed load and its value shall be determined by the number of cables and their individual weight. If a Security Coefficient (SC) is determined for future enlargements, this factor shall have to be necessarily taken into account in the calculation dealing with the cables weight and not only when determining the Minimum area. Therefore, the cables final weight shall be calculated as the summation of the number of cables of each type multiplied by their increased weight, multiplied by the security coefficient, and shown as follows: Weight of the cables = 1 + SC 100

n Weight
TECHNICAL APPENDIX 199

CABLE TRAY DIMENSIONS


Momentary or concentrated loads: Static momentary loads (projectors, junction boxes, signalling elements, etc.) which are suspended from cable tray shall be considered an additional load to the system and must be taken into account. Should the concentrated loads be constant in the system, they shall be considered as an additional distributed load, and can be represented by way of the following equivalence: 2 x Qmoment (kg) Span length (m)

Qdis(kg/m) =

Should the momentary load be exceptional in the system (and only if the system allows it), we recommend momentarily reducing the support span until the maximum deflection requirements are fulfilled. The momentary load shall be distributed between the supporting elements which are nearer to the momentary load, reason why they shall be dimensioned according to the new requirements. IMPORTANT! Cable trays should NEVER be used as walkways. Wind loads: Wind is an atmospheric condition which always has to be considered in the case of outdoor installations. Wind exerts a dynamic pressure on the trays surfaces, both on vertical and horizontal surfaces. Under normal conditions (1 atm and 15C), the pressure exerted by the effect of wind shall depend on the winds speed.
w(km/h) 54 108 144 180 w(m/s) 15 30 40 50 P(Kg/m^2) 14.06 56.25 100.00 156.25

One important aspect when designing a tray system is the wind pressures impact angle, reason why BASOR recommends considering that, for outdoor installations, the impact pressures design angle ranges between (-60/60) for systems which run parallel to the floor. The least favourable impact pressure shall be the pressure which is perpendicular to the surface. Example: A 600x100 cable tray placed in a horizontal position, with a wind of 30 m/s and a wind attack angle of -60 to 60 with respect to the axis parallel to the floor: Wing effect: 0.1 x 56.25 = 5.62 kg/m Base effect: 0.6 x 56.25 x sin 60 = 29.23 kg/m When perforated tray systems (or ladder type cable trays) with cover are installed, it is also necessary to take the aerodynamic effects into consideration, as they produce a difference in pressures between both sides of the cover which can cause such cover to raise itself with a gust of wind. In order to avoid this from happening, it is essential to fix the cover with the systems recommended for each family of products. Recommendation: Whenever wind may possibly affect the system, BASOR recommends fixing the cable tray to everry support with a minimum of two fixation elements and two cover fixations placed every 1.5 metres. For complex systems or systems with high wind loads, please contact our technical department.

200 TECHNICAL APPENDIX

CABLE TRAY DIMENSIONS


Snow loads: In places where there is a danger of snow accumulating on the cable trays, the linear load must be taken into consideration, with regards to the maximum thickness of snow/ice which the tray can store. The snow/ices maximum thickness shall depend on the systems location. An estimated conservative value could lie between 15-25 mm of snow. The density of snow/ice is 600-925 kg/m3. Example: B = Base = 400 mm t = Thickness of the ice = 20 mm d = Considered density = 925 kg/m2 Qsnow(kg/m) = B x t x d Seismic loads: Seismic loads are forces generated by the movements of the earth (earthquakes). When there is an earthquake, these loads act horizontally on the structures of the buildings, the canalisation systems, etc. Most canalisation systems are designed to support both gravitational and vertical loads, but they arent usually prepared to support lateral loads. However, canalisations behave more consistently when facing lateral loads than when facing vertical movements. Therefore, the trays or canalisations behaviour during a seismic movement shall mainly depend on the support system employed. There are other factors which shall also contribute to the seismic stability, such as the cables fixation systems in order to avoid them from moving freely.

SAVE WORKING LOAD (SWL)


The save working load (SWL) is the maximum load which can be applied during normal use, without danger. Therefore, the workload shall always be less than the SWL. In canalisations, the SWL is the maximum distributed load which the canalisation shall have to support for a certain deflection and support span, always respecting the safety margin established to prevent it from collapsing. BASOR determines the SWL of its products in accordance with Standard UNE-EN IEC 61537. In supports and fixation elements, the SWL shall depend on the type of system and, therefore, different types of solutions shall be defined for each product bearing in mind their save working loads. For all those situations which do not fall under the standard category, BASORs technical department shall study each case individually.
18 (12) 37 (25) 67 (45) 74 (50) 97 (65) 112 (75) 149 (100) 179 (120) 299 (200) 1.5 (5) 5AA 5BB 1.8 (6) 6AA 6BB 6A 6B 6C Distance between supports m (ft) 2.4 (8) 3 (10) 3.7 (12) 4.9 (16) A 8A C 8B 8C D E NMX designations CSA designations NEMA and NMX designations 12B 12C 16B 16C 20B 20C 12A 16A 20A 6.0 (20)

As it shall be explained further on, in order to determine the most adequate cable conduction system, the total LINEAR cost of the installation (trays, supports, fixation elements, etc.) has to be taken into consideration, as the LINEAR cost of both the supports and the fixation elements mainly depends on the support span. There is no international classification of the canalisation systems depending on its save working load (SWL). However, countries like the USA, Canada or Mexico have their own classifications which divide the canalisation systems into categories depending on their SWL.

SWL kg/m (lb/ft)

TECHNICAL APPENDIX 201

CABLE TRAY DIMENSIONS


SPAN LENGTH
A canalisations save working load (SWL) is a characteristic which depends on the span length. As the span length increases, the save working load decreases. Choosing the right span length is a decision which shall depend on the systems conditions as well as on the cost of the cable conduction system (tray + support). In many cases, it is estimated that cable conduction systems with a lower SWL are cheaper but, in most cases, this is not true, as they require the installation of more supports and, therefore, the set-up time increases considerably.

DEFLECTION
The deflection is the deformation generated in the canalisation due to the workload which it has to support. According to Standard UNE-EN IEC 61535 with regards to the SWL, the longitudinal deflection located halfway through the span length must not be greater than d/100 of the span length and the transverse deflection must not be grater than B/20 of the canalisations width.

MINIMUM AREA OF THE CABLE TRAY (AMIN)


Another factor which shall affect the systems dimensions apart from the ones which have been explained up to now is the minimum area required by the system.
Additional ventilation area Future enlargements Cable area

Cable-filling area: In order to determine the total cable-filling area, simply take a look at the useful section of each of the cables which shall run through the tray and add them up. To calculate the empty spaces which shall inevitably be left between the cables, a cables useful section shall be considered as the square of its diameter. Suseful = 2

202 TECHNICAL APPENDIX

CABLE TRAY DIMENSIONS


Security Coefficient (SC) for future enlargements: One of the many characteristics of cable trays is their capacity and ease of enlargement. Therefore, it is important to take into account a percentage of capacity to be used for future enlargements. This way, the minimum area necessary for any common system shall be calculated as the summation of the useful sections of the cables and the subsequent application of the safety coefficient. Amin = 1 + SC 100

n S

useful

BASOR recommends leaving around 40% for future enlargements. Additional ventilation area: Depending on the system, the designer may decide to add another safety coefficient to the calculated area in order to ensure a good ventilation of the cables.

SPACE LIMITATIONS
One of the factors which may limit the choice is space limitations, regarding both the width and height available for the systems installation.

BASOR recommends leaving a free space of between 150 and 300 mm between cable trays to facilitate access to the canalisation system. The distance shall depend on how easy it is to access the canalisation and the need to handle it. Under no circumstance should the electrical system be placed under a system dealing with liquids.

150~300

150~300

TECHNICAL APPENDIX 203

SERVICE TEMPERATURE. THERMAL CONTRACTIONS AND EXPANSIONS


Service temperatures refer to the cable conduction systems range of temperatures during its storage, set-up and use, without making the system experience a fall in its technical characteristics. In all cable conduction systems we shall have to indicate the minimum and the maximum service temperatures. If the temperature range is broad, the effect of contraction and expansion of the materials shall have to be observed.

This effect expands or contacts the material depending on its expansion coefficient. In order to be able to measure the effects of expansion and compression, the material has to be compared at two different temperatures, reason why it is important that the cable canalisation systems design takes into account the range of service temperatures in which its going to be used. At a glance, the effects of contraction/expansion cant be perceived, but in the case of bigger cable trays this effect becomes more obvious. Our union systems use longitudinal holes to absorb the movements caused by thermal expansion. BASOR ELECTRIC recommends separating the straight stretches, leaving space for the unions to act as expansion joints which will allow these movements. The length of the stretch of trays, the difference in service temperature and the material used shall determine the maximum straight stretch necessary to install a union which will behave as an expansion joint.
DISTANCE BETWEEN EXPANSION JOINTS FOR A MOVEMENT OF 20 mm

In systems which include PVC cable trays and which have to put up with strong temperature changes, BASOR recommends separating the stretches in the trays 10 mm one from the other, due to the high linear expansion coefficient of the material.

Difference in temperature C 30 50 70

Steel m 99 51 36

Stainless Steel m 60 36 24

Aluminium m 45 27 21

ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY
As stated in Standard UNE-EN IEC 61537, cable conduction systems are classified into two groups, depending on their capacity to conduct an electric current, entitled Systems with electrical continuity and Systems without electrical continuity. In cable trays systems with electrical continuity, we shall have to ensure that the same level of power runs throughout the whole system. In tray systems or tray systems without electrical continuity, we shall have to ensure that the resistance of the materials surface is high enough so as to avoid danger in case of a leak.

204 TECHNICAL APPENDIX

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY
Cable conduction systems are passive elements, in their normal use, with respects to electromagnetic influences, to emissions and to immunity. If a metallic cable conduction system displays good electrical continuity and is connected to an equipotential bonding ground, the cables disruption connection decreases, improving the Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). Moreover, if the cable conduction system with electrical continuity is composed by the tray and its cover, its degree of protection against disruptions improves considerably. Cable conduction systems without electrical continuity do not protect against electromagnetic fields. In this case, the only solution to improve the electromagnetic compatibility is to increase the distance between the cable management systems.

BASOR recommends: Separating power and data circuits more than 20 cm Circuits must cross one another at an angle of 90 Connect the cable management systems to the equipotential ground network every 30 m.

20 cm

In places where space is limited, different circuits can be installed in one sole cable management system, separated by a metallic divider.

Data
Pow er
Inst rum ent s

TECHNICAL APPENDIX 205

COST OF MATERIALS vs. FINAL COST OF THE SYSTEM


When a cable conduction system is being installed, various factors which affect the total cost of the system have to be taken into consideration; however, the cost of the materials must not be a decisive factor. These types of systems involve the following costs: The cost of the cable tray: It is the cost derived from the supplying of the cable trays and of all the accessories required for its assembly (such as bolts, union joints, covers, etc.) The cost of the supports: It is the cost derived from the supplying of all the supports, as well as their corresponding anchorage elements for ceiling, wall or floor. The cost of the labour for installing the supports: For installing the supports on the surface on which they have to be mounted (ceiling, wall or floor), as well as the drilling of such surfaces, and the set-up of the corresponding anchorage elements for a good fixation. The cost of the labour for the placing of the cable tray: Understood as the uniting of the different stretches and the fixing of the supports. The cost of the bolts: The cost of all the bolts used in the system, both for the uniting of the different stretches and for uniting the tray and the supports. With regards to all of this, Basor Electric recommends (in order for the installation to be more efficient) bearing in mind all of the abovementioned costs, in accordance with the systems characteristics in kg/m.

of the support system + m support span (d)

of thecanalisation =

of the system m

To sum it up, we can conclude that using reinforced products (due to the fact that they are able to support greater loads and depending on each case) may save installation costs, both regarding the number of supports needed (greater distance between them) and in the labour needed to set them up and join them to the cable tray, up to the point where the global installation cost is lower than when using cheaper products.

206 TECHNICAL APPENDIX

USE OF THE SAVE WORKING LOAD GRAPHS (SWL)


BASOR ELECTRICS uses graphs to represent the save working load values corresponding to the different products:

CABLE TRAYS

The graph represents the distance between supports d(m) on the horizontal axis, the SWL (kg/m) on the left vertical axis and deflection (mm) in the centre of the support span on the right vertical axis. BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL ERE H=60 mm 160 BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY 30 BASORFIL BASORTRAV SWL 100-300 140 BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY SWL 400-600 25 BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING Def 120 BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL 100 20 BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 80 Def=14 mm d=2m BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY 15 BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY CTA=55 kg/m d=2m 60 BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING 10 BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX 40 BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL 5 20 BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY d (m) BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL In order to find out the SWL corresponding to the tray ERE 200x60 placed at 2 m, one must search for the value 2 on the horizontal axis, go up to meet the corresponding SWL curve and obtain (on the left vertical axis) the value of its SWL which, for this piece of equipment, is equal to 55 kg/m. If one goes up to meet the deflection curve (right vertical axis), the obtained deflection value at the centre of the support span is of 14 mm. In the case of ladder type cable trays, there are SWL values which are limited by the load which the rung is capable of supporting and not by the total value. For example, for the FE 600x100 cable ladder, the SWL has an approximated limited maximum value of 335 kg/m. The following graph highlights the curve for B=600. BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 FE BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEXH=100mm, rung spacing=333mm BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV 800 80 BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY SWL LIM CTA B=300 700 70 BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB Def BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL600 BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX 60 BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL LIM CTA B=400 500 BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV50 BASORSUPPORT I304 LIM CTA B=500 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV 400 40 LIM CTA B=600 BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING 300 30 BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX 200 20 BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV10 BASORSUPPORT I304 100 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV 0 0 BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING d (m) BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL Therefore, for a span length of 2 m, the SWL would be 335 kg/m whilst for a span length of 3.6 m, the SWL would be 120 kg/m.
SWL (kg/m)
SWL (kg/m) Def (mm)

Def (mm)

207

USE OF THE SAVE WORKING LOAD (SWL)

HORIZONTAL SUPPORTS 2. SOPORTES HORIZONTALES R BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX This graph represents the SWL (kg) on the horizontal axis and the deflection on the edge of the horizontal support on the vertical axis. BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL SHO BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 SORPLAST BASORCANAL22 BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV SHO 400 20 ASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY ORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING 18 R BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX 16 SHO 300 BASORTRUNKING BASOR14 BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 12 SHO 150 SORPLAST BASORCANAL10 BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV SHO 200 ASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY 8 ORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING 6 SHO 100 R BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX 4 BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL 2 BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 SORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV SWL (kg) ASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY ORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING For the SHO 300 support, if we draw a straight line which goes down to meet the horizontal axis, we observe that the SWL correspondent R BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX to the SHO 300 support is 70 kg. BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL In order to find out the SHO 300 supports deflexion with a load of 45 kg, we search for the value 45 on the horizontal axis and draw a line upwards to meet the corresponding curve to obtain (on the left vertical axis) the value of its deflexion, equivalent to 9 mm in this example. PENDANTS
3.1 Load on one side: Should the horizontal supports which are united to the pendant be on one side, the simplified graph which shows the 3 predetermined horizontal support widths on the horizontal axis and the deformation on the left vertical axis can be used.
Def (mm)

In order to find out if you can use an SP800 as a pendant with three supports, two with a width of B=400 equivalent to 30 kg each and one with a width of B=500 equivalent to 15 kg, all located on the same side of the pendant, the following steps must be followed: a) The total load is Q = 2x30 + 15 = 75 kg b) The width B=500 is selected, being the greatest of among the horizontal supports. As width B=500 is not shown on the horizontal axes, select the next in size which, in this case, is B=600. c) Look for the intersection with the straight line corresponding to SP800. d) Check that you are within the SWL values (that is to say, that it does effectively intersect with the straight line corresponding to R BASORTRAY SP800). On the vertical axis, one may observe the pendants deflection which, in this example,BASORTUBto 13 mm. BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL is equivalent BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL SP BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 SORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY 800 25 SP BASORFIL BASORTRAV ASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY ORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING 20 R BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX SP 600 15 BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL SP 500 BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 SP BASORFIL BASORTRAV 10 SORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY 400 ASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY SP 300 5 ORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING R BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX 0 BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV (kg) Q BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY180 200 220 BASORTRAV300 BASORFIL 240 260 280 BASORSUPPORT I304 B=200mm 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 SORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR160 BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV B=400mm 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 180 200 ASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB 80 90 100 110 BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFLEX 120 130 140 150 160 B=600mm 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 ORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING R BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL 208
Def (mm)

USE OF THE SAVE WORKING LOAD GRAPHS (SWL)


3.2 Load on both sides: Should there be horizontal supports on both sides of the pendants, then the safety area graph is used. As an example, we shall consider the case of an SP600 support with two horizontal supports on the right hand side and one on the left hand side: One B=300 (40 kg) and the other B=600 (55 kg) on the right hand side One B=400 (50 kg) on the left hand side We add up the total load. Ftot =

Fi
i

Ftot= 40+55+50 = 145 kg We add up the momentums of the loads on each side, Mright =

i i

Firight x

Bileft + 50 2000

Mright = 40 x 0.175 + 55 x 0.325 =24.875 kgm Mleft =

Fi

left

Bileft + 50 2000

Mleft = 50 x 0.225 = 11.25 kgm We calculate the equivalent momentum as the difference between the momentums of both sides Meq = Mright Mleft = 24.875-11.25 = 13.625 kgm

Once we have calculated this data (Ftot, M ) we may consult the graph and check that we are within the safety working area. BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV eq BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL SP BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 55 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV 50 SP 300: Cd=0,142 BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY SP 400: Cd=0,203 45 BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING SP 500: Cd=0,265 SP 600: Cd=0,326 BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX 40 SP 800: Cd=0,509 BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL 35 BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 30 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY 25 BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING ZS 20 BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX 15 BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFILFtot=145 Kg, Meq=13.6 Kg*m BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 10 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV 5 BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY 0 BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX 600 BASORTRUNKING 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL BASORTUB BASORFLEX Q (kg) BASORTRUNKING BASOR BASORTRAY BASORFIL BASORTRAV BASORSUPPORT I304 BASORPLAST BASORCANAL To calculate the pendants maximum deflection, we must multiply the SP600s deformation coefficient by the equivalent momentum. Deformation = Meq x Cd = 13.625 x 0.326 = 4.44 mm
M (kgxm)

209

UNIT CONVERSION TABLE

UNIT CONVERSION TABLE


A Length metres (m) metres (m) Area metres squared (m2) metres squared (m2) Volume cubic metres (m3) cubic metres (m3) Temperature Degrees Celsius Section properties Resistant module W (m3) Inertia momentum (m4) Mass kilograms (kg) Forze Newtons (N) Newtons (N) Par (or torsion momentum) Newtons metre (Nm) Newtons metre (Nm) Mass per unit of length kilograms per metre (kg/m) kilograms per metre (kg/m) feet (ft) inches (in) (ft2) (in2) (ft3) (in3) Degrees Fahrenheit W (in3) I (in4) pounds (lb) kilograms of force (kgf) Pounds of force (lbf) (lbfft) (lbfin) (lb/ft) (lb/in) B A B MULTIPLY BY 3.28084 39.37008 10.76391 1550.003 35.31466 61023.74 t(C) = (t(F)-32)/1.8 61023.74 2402510 2.20462 9.80665 0.22481 0.737562 8.850748 0.671969 0.559974 0.30480 0.02540 0.092903 6.451600 x 10-4 0.028317 1.638707 x 10-5 t(F) = 1.8t(C)+32 1.638707 x 10-5 4.162314 x 10-7 0.45359 0.101972 4.448220 1.355818 0.112985 1.488164 1.785797 B A

210

TECHNICAL INDEX CARDS

SCM

CARBON STEEL BASORTRAY ER

ERE

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR ER TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR CABLE TRAY (ER) DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR ER+COVER TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR TRUNKING (ER+COVER) DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR ERE TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR CABLE TRAY (ERE) DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR ERE+COVER TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR TRUNKING (ERE+COVER) DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR FRE TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR CABLE TRAY (FRE) DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR FRE+COVER TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR TRUNKING (FRE+COVER) DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR BS TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR CABLE TRAY (BS) DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR U TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR CABLE TRAY (U) DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR OMEGA TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR CABLE TRAY (OMEGA) DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR BFR DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR BF TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR CABLE TRAY (BF/BFR) DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR FE TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR CABLE TRAY (FE H60) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR CABLE TRAY (FE H75/100/120/150)

26 27 28 29 30 31 34 35 36 37 40 41 42 43 46 47 50 51 54 55 56 58 59 60 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

FRE

BS U OMEGA BASORFIL BFR/BF

BASORTRAV FE

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR BSL TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR CABLE TRAY (BSL) BASORSUPPORTS WALL SUPPORTS TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SHO) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SCR) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SRB) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SR) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD(SPL) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SHL) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SP) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SHR) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SPD) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SHV) SIMPLE HEAD BRACKET CEILING/FLOOR SUPPORTS TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SHOT) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SVO) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SHO 400) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (PC + HEAD BRACKET) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (PC + SIMPLE HEAD BRACKET) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SPL) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SP)

BSL

212

I304

TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SZ) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SPD) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (HEAD SUPPORT + IPN80) FLOOR SUPPORTS TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SV) BASORTRAY ERE I304 TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (ERE I304) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (ERE + COVER I304) BASORFIL BFR I304 TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (BFR) BASORSUPPORT I304 TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SCR I304) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SV I304) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (SVO I304) TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (PC + HEAD BRACKET I304) BASORPLAST BPB DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR BPB TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR TRUNKING (BPB) BASORPLAST BPI DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR BPI TECHNICAL INDEX CARD (BPI) DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR BPI + COVER TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR TRUNKING (BPI+COVER) BASORSUPPORT SCP TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR SHG BASORCANAL CT DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR CT TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR TRUNKING (CT) BASORTUB DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR R1250 PVC TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR R1250 PVC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR R1250 RLH TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR R1250 RLH DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR RE1250 RLH TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR RE1250 RLH DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR FLEXL PA6

82 83 84 85 86 87 88 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 100 101 102 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125

SCP

SCE

SBT

BASORFLEX CEP ACC

BASORTRUNKING DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR BASORTRUNKING BASORPERFIL 41/82 TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR 41X21X1.5 TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR 41X21X2.5 TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR 41X41X1.5 TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR 41X41X2.5 TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR 41X82X2.5 ASSEMBLY PROFILES TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR CT 20X10X1 TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR CT 30X30X1.5 TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR CT 40X20X1.5 TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR PC PROFILE TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR RA 35X14X1.5 TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR RA 50X14X1.5 TECHNICAL INDEX CARD FOR Z 35X50X35X3

213

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORTRAY ENERGY ER Declares that the product: BASORTRAY ENERGY ER

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61537

Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

214

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTRAY ER
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.5/05/2009

www.basor.com

ER 50x50
Model: 50x50 Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics of the cable tray: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - System with electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive component - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 5 - Classification according to the free base area: Non-perforated tray: Classification A Perforated tray: Classification B - Impact resistance: 5J

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the tray, a U shape union joint is used. In order to fix the joint, four B1 bolts are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

Accessories: This family has the following accessories: Cover, horizontal bend, vertical inside, vertical outside, coupler.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


ER 50X50 mm 40 35 30 SWL (kg/m) 7 25 20 15 10 2 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 d (m) 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 6 5 4 3 Def (mm) SWL Def 9 8 11 10

215

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORTRAY ENERGY ER CON TAPA ER Declares that the product: BASORTRAY ENERGY ER WITH COVER ER

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61537

Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

216

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTRAY ER+COVER
UNE-EN 50085-2-1:2008
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

ER 50x50+COVER

ER 50x50+COVER
Model: 50x50 Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics of the trunking: - Metallic system - Impact resistance: 5J - Minimum storage temperature of -45 C - Minimum installation temperature of -25 C - Maximum temperature of 120 C - Non-flame propagating component - System with electrical continuity characteristic - Without electrical insulating characteristic - Level of protection: Non-perforated ER 50x50 + ER 50 cover: IP34 Perforated ER 50x50 + ER 50 cover: IP23 - Interior and exterior medium level protection against corrosive substances - With access cover which can be opened without the need of tools - Possibility of additional partition wall for internal protection.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the tray, a U shape union joint is used. In order to fix the joint, four B1 bolts are needed. - The cover can be fixed by applying pressure. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the closed cable trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Closed cable trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

Accessories: This family has the following accessories: Horizontal bend, vertical inside, vertical outside, coupler.

217

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORTRAY ENERGY ERE Declares that the product: BASORTRAY ENERGY ERE

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61537

Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

218

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTRAY ERE
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

ERE

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (BxH): 100x35; 150x35; 200x35; 300x35; 100x60; 150x60; 200x60; 300x60; 400x60; 500x60; 600x60; 100x80; 150x80; 200x80; 300x80; 400x80; 500x80; 600x80; 100x100; 150x100; 200x100; 300x100; 400x100; 500x100; 600x100. Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics of the cable tray: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - System with electrical continuity - Electrically conductive component - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 5 - Impact resistance: 20J - Classification according to the free base area: Non-perforated tray: A Perforated tray:
Base Models 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 Classification C B C C C C C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the set-up of the self-assembly system, four B1 sets are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

Accessories: This family has large array of accessories: Cover, divider, horizontal bend, vertical inside, vertical outside, T intersection, AS intersection, joint plate, ajustable joint and angle joint.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


ERE H=35 mm 120 100 80 60 10 40 20 0 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 d (m) 5 25 SWL Def 20

SWL (kg/m)

15

Def (mm)

219

SAVE WORKING LOAD

220

221

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORTRAY ENERGY ERE CON TAPA ERE Declares that the product: BASORTRAY ENERGY ERE WITH COVER ERE

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61537

Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

222

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTRAY ERE+COVER
UNE-EN 50085-2-1:2008
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

ERE+COVER

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (BxH): 100x35; 150x35; 200x35; 300x35; 100x60; 150x60; 200x60; 300x60; 400x60; 500x60; 600x60; 100x80; 150x80; 200x80; 300x80; 400x80; 500x80; 600x80; 100x100; 150x100; 200x100; 300x100; 400x100; 500x100; 600x100. Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics of the trunking: - Metallic system - Impact resistance: 20J - Minimum storage temperature of -45 C - Minimum installation temperature of -25 C - Maximum temperature of 120 C - Non-flame propagating component - System with electrical continuity characteristic - Without electrical insulating characteristic - Level of protection: Non-perforated ER + ER cover: IP44 Perforated ER + ER cover: IP23 - With medium protection outside and inside against corrosive substances - With access cover which can be opened without the need of tools - Possibility of additional internal protective partition.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the set-up of the self-assembly system, four B1 sets are needed. - The cover can be fixed by applying pressure. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

Accessories: This family has large array of accessories: Cover, divider, horizontal bend, vertical inside, vertical outside, T intersection, AS intersection, reduction, joint plate.

223

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORTRAY ENERGY FRE Declares that the product: BASORTRAY ENERGY FRE

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61537

Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

224

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTRAY FRE
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

FRE

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (BxH): 100x35; 150x35; 200x35; 300x35; 100x60; 150x60; 200x60; 300x60; 400x60; 500x60; 600x60; 100x80; 150x80; 200x80; 300x80; 400x80; 500x80; 600x80; 150x100; 200x100; 300x100; 400x100; 500x100; 600x100. Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics of the cable tray: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating - System with electrical continuity - Electrically conductive component - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 5 - Impact resistance: 20J - Classification according to the free base area:
Model 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 Classification C B C C C C C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the set-up of the self-assembly system, four B1 sets are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

Accessories: This family has large array of accessories: Cover, divider, horizontal bend, vertical inside, vertical outside, T intersection, AS intersection, reduction, joint plate, ajustable joint and angle joint.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


FRE H=35 mm 220 200 180 160 30 Def (mm) SWL (kg/m) 120 100 80 60 10 40 20 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 d (m) 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 5 0 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 d (m) 0 50 10 25 20 15 SWL (kg/m) 140 45 SWL Def 40 35 200 40 Def (mm) 250 300 SWL Def 50 FRE H=60 mm 60

150

30

100

20

225

SAVE WORKING LOAD


FRE H=80 mm 300 SWL 250 Def 25 250 200 SWL (kg/m) 20 Def (mm) SWL (kg/m) 200 20 Def (mm) 30 300 SWL Def 25 30 FRE H=100 mm

150

15

150

15

100

10

100

10

50 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0

50 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0

d (m)

d (m)

226

227

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORTRAY ENERGY FRE CON TAPA Declares that the product: BASORTRAY ENERGY FRE WITH COVER

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61537

Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

228

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTRAY FRE+COVER
UNE-EN 50085-2-1:2008
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

FRE+COVER

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (BxH): 100x35; 150x35; 200x35; 300x35; 100x60; 150x60; 200x60; 300x60; 400x60; 500x60; 600x60; 100x80; 150x80; 200x80; 300x80; 400x80; 500x80; 600x80; 150x100; 200x100; 300x100; 400x100; 500x100; 600x100. Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics of the trunking: - Metallic system - Impact resistance: 20J - Minimum storage temperature of -45 C - Minimum installation temperature of -25 C - Maximum temperature of 120 C - Non-flame propagating component - System with electrical continuity characteristic - Without electrical insulating characteristic - Level of protection: Non-perforated FRE + ERE/FRE cover: IP44 Perforated FRE + ERE/FRE cover: IP23 - With medium protection outside and inside for GS; With high protection outside and inside for HDG. - With access cover which can be opened without the need of tools - Possibility of additional internal protective partition.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the set-up of the self-assembly system, four B1 sets are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

Accessories: This family has large array of accessories: Cover, divider, horizontal bend, vertical inside, vertical outside, T intersection, AS intersection, reduction, joint plate.

229

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORTRAY BS Declares that the product: BASORTRAY BS

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61537

Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

230

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTRAY BS
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

BS

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (BxH): 75x50; 100x50; 150x50; 225x50; 300x50; 450x50; 600x50. Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics of the cable tray: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - System with electrical continuity - Electrically conductive component - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 5 - Impact resistance: 20J - Classification according to the free base area:
Base Models 75 100 150 225 300 450 600 Classification B C C C C C C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the trays, two union joints with four B1 sets are needed for each tray. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

Accessories: This family has large array of accessories: Cover, divider, horizontal bend, vertical inside, vertical outside, T intersection, AS intersection, reduction, inside joint plate, outside joint.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


140 120 100 SWL (kg/m) 80 60 40 20 0 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 d (m) BS B=75-150 & H=50 mm SWL Def 30 25 120 Def (mm) 20 15 10 5 0 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 d (m) SWL (kg/m) 100 15 80 60 40 5 20 10 20 Def (mm) 35 180 160 140 BS B=225-300 & H=50 mm SWL Def 25 30

231

SAVE WORKING LOAD


240 220 200 180 160 SWL (kg/m) 140 120 100 80 60 40 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 BS B=450 & H=50 mm SWL Def 24 22 20 18 Def (mm) SWL (kg/m) Def (mm) 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 50 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 4 100 200 14 12 150 10 8 6 250 300 BS B=600 & H=50 mm SWL Def 16 20 18

d (m)

d (m)

232

233

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORTRAY U Declares that the product: BASORTRAY U

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61537

Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

234

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTRAY U
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (BxH): 50x15; 100x15; 150x15; 200x15; 300x15; 50x30; 100x30; 150x30; 200x30; 300x30; 50x50; 100x50; 150x50; 200x50; 300x50; 400x50; 500x50; 600x50. Finishes: HDG Characteristics of the cable tray: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - System with electrical continuity - Electrically conductive component - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion HDG coating: Class 6 - Impact resistance: 20J - Classification according to the free base area:
Base Models 50 100 150 200 300 400 600 Classification B C C C C C C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the trays, two union joints with two B1 sets are needed for each tray. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

Accessories: This family has large array of accessories: Cover, divider, horizontal bend, vertical inside, vertical outside, T intersection, JUE joint.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


U H=15 mm & e=2 mm 50 45 40 35 SWL (kg/m) 30 25 20 6 15 4 10 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 d (m) 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 12 10 8 Def (mm) SWL Def 16 14

235

SAVE WORKING LOAD


U H=30 mm & e=2 mm 130 25 120 110 100 90 SWL (kg/m) 15 70 60 50 40 30 5 20 10 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 d (m) 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 0 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 d (m) 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 0 50 10 10 Def (mm) 80 SWL (kg/m) Def (mm) 200 150 100 40 30 20 SWL Def 20 250 300 SWL Def 50 60 U H=50 mm & e=2 mm

236

237

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORTRAY OMEGA Declares that the product: BASORTRAY OMEGA

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61537

Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

238

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTRAY OMEGA
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

OMEGA

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (BxH): 50x20; 100x20; 150x20; 200x20; 300x20; 50x30; 100x30; 150x30; 200x30; 300x30; 50x50; 100x50; 150x50; 200x50; 300x50; 400x50; 500x50; 600x50. Finishes: HDG Characteristics of the cable tray: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - System with electrical continuity - Electrically conductive component - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion HDG coating: Class 6 - Impact resistance: 20J - Classification according to the free base area:
Model 50 100 150 200 300 400 600 Classification B C C C C C C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the trays, two union joints with two B1 sets are needed for each tray. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

Accessories: This family has large array of accessories: Cover, divider, horizontal bend, vertical inside, vertical outside, T intersection, JUE joint.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


OME H=20 mm & e=2 mm 200 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 d (m) 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 SWL Def 14 160 SWL (kg/m) SWL (kg/m) Def (mm) 12 10 8 6 4 140 120 100 80 60 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 d (m) 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 16 14 12 10 8 6 Def (mm) 16 180 SWL Def 18 OME H=30 mm & e=2 mm 20

239

SAVE WORKING LOAD


OME H=50 mm & e=2 mm 260 240 220 200 SWL (kg/m) 180 160 140 120 100 80 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 d (m) 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 SWL Def 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 60 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 d (m) 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 6 80 8 SWL (kg/m) Def (mm) Def (mm) Def (mm) 140 120 100 14 12 10 160 180 OME H=20 mm & e=2.5 mm SWL Def 16 18

OME H=30 mm & e=2.5 mm 240 220 200 180 SWL (kg/m) 160 140 120 100 80 60 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 d (m) 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 SWL Def 20 18 Def (mm) 16 14 12 10 8 6 SWL (kg/m) 24 22

OME H=50 mm & e=2.5 mm 350 17 SWL Def 300 16 15 14 13 250 12 11 200 10 9 8 150 7 6 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 d (m) 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5

240

241

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORFIL BFR Declares that the product: BASORFIL BFR

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61537

Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

242

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORFIL BF Declares that the product: BASORFIL BF

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61537

Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

243

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORFIL BF/BFR
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

BF/BFR

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (BxH): 100x35; 150x35; 200x35; 300x35; 60x65; 100x65; 150x65; 200x65; 300x65; 400x65; 500x65; 600x65; 200x105; 300x105; 400x105; 500x105; 600x105. Finishes: Cincado; HDG Characteristics of the cable tray: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - System with electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive component - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion Cincado coating: Class 2 HDG coating: Class 6 - Classification according to the free base area:
Base Models 60 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 Classification Z Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- Trays with heights of 65 and 105 are assembled using a quick union joint on each side and do not require bolts. - Ensemble bolts BF can also be used. - From width 300 onwards, an ensemble bolt BF is added and placed on the centre of the base. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables. Accessories: This family has the following accessories: Cover, divider, drop-out plate. Union elements: Quick joint, set bolt-staple, lateral joint, set bolt BF-nut and multi-union joint. Fixation elements: SSC, double SL, simple SL, universal support box, mini universal support box.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


BFR / BF 60X65 50 45 40 35 SWL (kg/m) 30 25 20 15 10 5 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 d (m) 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 SWL BFR SWL BF Def 50 45 40 35 Def (mm) SWL (kg/m) 30 25 20 15 15 10 5 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 d (m) 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 10 10 15 30 25 20 40 35 SWL BFR SWL BF Def BFR / BF H=35 mm 40 35 30 25 20 Def (mm)

244

SAVE WORKING LOAD


BFR / BF H=65 mm 110 100 90 80 SWL (kg/m) 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 d (m) SWL BFR B=500..600 SWL BF B=500..600 SWL BFR B=100..400 SWL BF B=100..400 Def 40 Def (mm) SWL (kg/m) 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 d (m) 40 20 20 10 100 80 60 55 50 120 45 140 SWL BFR B=400..600 SWL BF B=400..600 SWL BFR B=100..300 SWL BF B=100..300 Def 40 30 50 Def (mm) 60 BFR / BF H=105 mm 70

245

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORTRAV FE Declares that the product: BASORTRAV FE

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61537

Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

246

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTRAV FE H60
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

FE H60

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (BxH): 100x60; 150x60; 200x60; 300x60; 400x60; 500x60; 600x60. Finishes: HDG Characteristics of the cable tray: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - System with electrical continuity - Electrically conductive component - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion HDG coating: Class 6 - Impact resistance: 20J - Classification according to the free base area:
Base Models 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 Classification X X Y Y Y Y Y

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the set-up of the self-assembly system, four B2 sets are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

Accessories: This family has large array of accessories: Cover, divider, horizontal bend, articulated vertical inside-outside, T intersection, cross intersection, reduction, FE clamp, H60 joint plate, articulated union joint, angle joint. The minimum radius for the accessories is of 100 mm.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


FE H=60 mm 200 180 160 140 SWL (kg/m) 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 d (m) 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 SWL Def 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Def (mm)

247

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTRAV FE H75/100/120/150
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

FE H75/100/120/150

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (BxH): 100x75; 150x75; 200x75; 300x75; 400x75; 500x75; 600x75; 100x100; 150x100; 200x100; 300x100; 400x100; 500x100; 600x100; 150x120; 200x120; 300x120; 400x120; 500x120; 600x120; 150x150; 200x150; 300x150; 400x150; 500x150; 600x150. Finishes: HDG Characteristics of the cable tray: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component
FE H75/100/120

- Classification according to the free base area:


Base Models 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 Classification X X Y Y Y Y Y

- System with electrical continuity - Electrically conductive component - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finish; resistance to corrosion HDG coating: Class 6 - Impact resistance: 20J

FE H150

Note: Classification X for models 200 and 300 with rung spacing 250mm. No change for the rest of the models.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the set-up of the self-assembly system, four B2 bolt sets are needed (eight sets in the case of H150). - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.
FE H75/100/120

FE H150

Accessories: This family has large array of accessories: Cover, ERE divider, horizontal bend, vertical inside, vertical outside, T intersection, cross intersection, reduction, FE clamp, joint plate, articulated joint and angle joint. The minimum radius for the accessories is of 330 mm.

248

SAVE WORKING LOAD


FE H=75mm, rung spacing=333mm FE H=100mm, rung spacing=333mm

350 SWL 300 250 SWL (kg/m) 200 30 150 20 100 50 0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 d (m) 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 10 LIM CTA B=600 Def 50 500 40 SWL (kg/m) 400 Def (mm) LIM CTA B=400 Def (mm) Def (mm) Def (mm) Def (mm) LIM CTA B=500 LIM CTA B=600 40 600 LIM CTA B=300 SWL Def 50 60

300

30

200

20

100

10

0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 d (m) 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0

FE H=120mm, rung spacing=333mm

FE H=150mm, rung spacing=333mm

1200 800 700 600 SWL (kg/m) 500 400 300 200 100 0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 d (m) 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 LIM CTA B=500 LIM CTA B=600 LIM CTA B=400 SWL Def 80 70 60 SWL (kg/m) Def (mm) 50 40 30 20 10 0 1100 1000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 d (m) 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 LIM CTA B=600 LIM CTA B=400 LIM CTA B=500 LIM CTA B=300 SWL Def

120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0

FE H=75mm, rung spacing=250mm

FE H=100mm, rung spacing=250mm

350 300 250 SWL (kg/m) 200 30 150 20 100 50 0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 d (m) 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 10 SWL Def 600 50 500 40 SWL (kg/m) 400 Def (mm) LIM CTA B=500 LIM CTA B=600 LIM CTA B=400 SWL Def 50 60

40

300

30

200

20

100

10

0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 d (m) 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0

FE H=120mm, rung spacing=250mm

FE H=150mm, rung spacing=250mm

1200 800 700 600 SWL (kg/m) 500 400 300 200 100 0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 d (m) 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 LIM CTA B=600 SWL Def 80 70 60 SWL (kg/m) Def (mm) 50 40 30 20 10 0 1100 1000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 d (m) 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 LIM CTA B=600 LIM CTA B=400 LIM CTA B=500 SWL Def

120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0

249

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORTRAV BSL Declares that the product: BASORTRAV BSL

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61537

Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

250

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTRAV BSL
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

BSL

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (BxH): 300x150; 400x150; 600x150; 300x200; 400x200; 600x200. Finishes: HDG Characteristics of the cable tray: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - System with electrical continuity - Electrically conductive component - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion HDG coating: Class 6 - Impact resistance: 20J - Classification according to the free base area:
Base Models 300 400 600 Classification Y Y Y

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly, two union joints with eight M10x30 DIN933 sets each are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

Accessories: This family has large array of accessories: Horizontal bend, vertical inside, vertical outside, T intersection, cross intersection, joint plate, articulated joint, angle joint. The minimum radius for the accessories is of 330 mm.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


BSL H=150 mm 1200 1100 1000 900 800 25 Def (mm) SWL (kg/m) 600 500 15 400 300 200 5 100 0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 d (m) 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 0 100 0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 d (m) 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 0 10
LIM SWL B=600 LIM SWL B=400 LIM SWL B=300

BSL H=200 mm 40 SWL Def 35 1000 30 900 800 25 SWL (kg/m) 600 500 15 400 300 200 5 10
LIM SWL B=600 LIM SWL B=400

1200 1100
LIM SWL B=300

40 SWL Def 35 30

20

20

Def (mm)

700

700

251

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SHO
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

SHO HORIZONTAL SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 100; 150; 200; 300;400. Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive system - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 6 - Impact resistance: 20J

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the support, two anchorages are needed, and the SHO Supporting Piece is used to reinforce the fixation on the wall. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables. - They are used as horizontal supports for ERE, BF and BFR trays.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


SHO 22 20 18 16 Def (mm) 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 10 20 30 40 50
SWL (kg)

SHO 400

SHO 300

SHO 150 SHO 200 SHO 100

60

70

80

90

100

110

252

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SCR
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

SCR HORIZONTAL SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 50; 100; 150; 200; 300; 400; 500; 600; 750. Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive system - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the support, two wall anchorages are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


12 11 10 9 8 Def (mm) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
SWL (kg)

SCR SCR 700 SCR 600 SCR 500

SCR 400 SCR 300 SCR 200 SCR 150 SCR 100 SCR 50

253

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SRB
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

SRB HORIZONTAL SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 100; 150; 200; 300; 400; 500; 600. Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive system - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the support, two wall anchorages are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables. - They are used as horizontal supports for the fixation of the trays belonging to the BASORFIL family.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


11 10 9 8 SRB 400 7 Def (mm) SRB 300 6 SRB 200 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
SWL (kg)

SRB

SRB 600 SRB 500

SRB 150 SRB 100

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

254

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SR
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

SR HORIZONTAL SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 300; 400; 500; 600. Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive system - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For assemblies with an SR wall bracket, one SR pin and two B2 bolt sets are needed. - For the assembly of the hanging profile, four B1 bolt sets are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations.
SR+SR WALL BRACKET

- To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

SR+PC

SAVE WORKING LOAD


SR + WALL BRACKET

PC+SR 22 SR 600 SR 500 SR 400 Def (mm) SR 300 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 SR 400 SR 300 SR 500 SR 600

25

20

Def (mm)

15

10

4 2

0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130


SWL (kg)

0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280
SWL (kg)

255

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SPL
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

SPL HORIZONTAL SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (L): 150; 200; 300; 400; 500; 600. Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive system - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the support, two wall anchorages are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


SPL 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340
SWL (kg)

SPL 600

SPL 500

SPL 400

SPL 300 SPL 200 SPL 150

256

Def (mm)

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SHL
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

SHL HORIZONTAL SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 100; 150; 200; 300; 400; 500; 600. Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics : - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive system - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the support, two wall anchorages are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


10 9 8 7 Def (mm) 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280
SWL (kg)

SHL SHL 600 SHL 500

SHL 400 SHL 300

SHL 200 SHL 150 SHL 100

257

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SP
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

SP HORIZONTAL SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 150; 200; 300; 400; 500; 600. Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive system - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the support, two wall anchorages are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables. - The trays can be fixed to the open side using a spring nut or to the perforated side with the use of bolts.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


18 16 14 SP 500 12 Def (mm) 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 50 100 150 200
SWL (kg)

SP SP 600

SP 400 SP 300 SP 200 SP 150

250

300

350

400

258

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SHR
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

SHR HORIZONTAL SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 300; 400; 500; 600; 700; 800. Acabado: HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive system - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion HDG coating: Class 6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the support, two wall anchorages are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


18 16 14 12 Def (mm) 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 50 100 150 200
SWL (kg)

SHR SHR 800 SHR 700 SHR 600 SHR 500 SHR 400 SHR 300

250

300

350

259

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SPD
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

SPD HORIZONTAL SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 500; 600; 700; 800; 1000. Acabado: HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive system - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion HDG coating: Class 6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the support, two wall anchorages are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables. - The trays are fixed with spring nuts.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


SPD SPD 1000 25 SPD 800 20 Def (mm) SPD 700 15 SPD 600 10 SPD 500

0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300


SWL (kg)

350

400

450

500

550

260

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SHV
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

SHV HORIZONTAL SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 200; 300; 400; 500; 600; 700; 800. Acabado: HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive system - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion HDG coating: Class 6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For mounting the support on to the IPN80 profile, two M10x30 sets are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


18 16 14 12 Def (mm) 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300
SWL (kg)

SHV SHV 800 SHV 700 SHV 600 SHV 500 SHV 400 SHV 300 SHV 200

261

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SIMPLE HEAD BRACKET


UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

SIMPLE HEAD BRACKET

ER 50x50+COVER
Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive system - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the support, two wall anchorages are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables. - Used with SRB and SCR on 500, 600 and 700 models.

262

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SHOT
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.17/06/2009

www.basor.com

SHOT CEILING SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 100; 150;200;300 Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive component - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 6 - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For mounting the support on to the ceiling, two anchorages are needed. For an optimal fixation, use one SHO supporting piece per anchorage. - This support had been designed so that one sole component allows the assembly of the tray or closed cable tray on to the ceiling. - The SHOT support has been designed to have the minimum free height which allows for the installation of the cables.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


SHOT 20 18 16 SHOT 200 14 Def (mm) 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
SWL (kg)

SHOT 300

SHOT 150 SHOT 100

35

40

45

50

55

60

263

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SVO
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.17/06/2009

www.basor.com

SVO CEILING SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 150; 200; 250; 300; 350; 400; 500; 600. Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive component - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 6 - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For mounting the support on to the ceiling, two M8 THREADED RODS and four nuts are needed. - The SVO support allows the alteration of the free height depending on the needs, by way of altering the length of the threaded rod.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


SVO SVO 600 SVO 500 SVO 400 SVO 350 SVO 300 SVO 200 SVO 250 SVO 150 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300
SWL (kg)

264

Def (mm)

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SHO 400


UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

SHO 400 CEILING SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (L): 400. Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive system - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 6 Related products: - SHO

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For mounting the support on to the ceiling, two anchorages are needed. For an optimal fixation, use one SHO supporting piece per anchorage. - It allows the fixation of an additional horizontal SHO with two B2 sets.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


SHO 400 14 13 12 11 10 9 Def (mm) 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Q (kg) 5 5 5 10 15 10 10 20 15 25 20 15 30 35 25 20 40 30 25 45 35 30 50 55 40 60 45 35 65 70 50 40 75 55 SHO 400

SHO 400 7 SHO 400: Cd=1,91 6 5 M (kgxm) 4 3 2 1 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Q (kg) 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160

ZS

B=100mm 0 B=200mm 0 B=300mm 0

In order to determine the suitability of the SHO 400 support, observe the relationship between the bending moment and the traction load which has the most unfavourable effect on the support and check whether it is working within the limits of the safety area. To obtain the pendants deflection, multiply the bending moment (M) by the corresponding supports distortion coefficient (Cd). f=M*Cd

265

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT PC+HEAD BRACKET


UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.17/06/2009

www.basor.com

PC+HEAD BRACKET CEILING SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (L): 3000 Finishes: GS ; HDG; I304. Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive component - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 6 - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C Related products: - On the profiles open area: SR. - On the profiles lateral area: SRB; SCR.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For mounting on to the ceiling, two anchorages are needed. - The hanging profile can be assembled either with SCD or with SRB, by way of using two B1 sets on the lateral area or two B2 sets on the central area. - In order to be able to work on the profiles open axis, we shall have to use SR supports with four B1 bolt sets.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


HEAD BRACKET + PC HEAD BRACKET + PC

20 30 L=600 mm 18 16 14 Def (mm) 20 L=300 mm 15 M (kgxm) 12 10 8 6 4 Q (kg) 2 10 5 5 10 10 20 15 30 20 15 25 20 40 30 25 50 35 40 30 60 45 35 70 50 40 55 45 80 60 90 65 50 100 70 55 75 60 0 0 B=600mm 0 20 40 60 80 100 Q (kg) 120 140 160 180 200

25

L=500 mm L=400 mm

L300: Cd=1,077 L400: Cd=1,185 L500: Cd=1,346 L600: Cd=1,615

10

ZS

B=200mm 0 B=400mm 0

In order to determine the suitability of the PC+HEAD BRACKET support, observe the relationship between the bending moment and the traction load which has the most unfavourable effect on the support and check whether it is working within the limits of the safety area. To obtain the pendants deflection, multiply the bending moment (M) by the corresponding supports distortion coefficient (Cd). f=M*Cd

266

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT PC+SIMPLE HEAD BRACKET


UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.17/06/2009

www.basor.com

ER 50x50+COVER PC+SIMPLE HEAD BRACKET CEILING SUPPORT


Models (L): 3000 Finishes: GS ; HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity - Electrically conductive component - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 6 - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C Related products: - SRB; SCR.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For mounting on to the ceiling, two anchorages are needed. - The simple head bracket can be fixed onto the profile using two M10x30 sets. - SCD or SRB supports can be fixed onto the profiles side by way of using two B1 sets. - Supports can only be assembled on the profiles side.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


SIMPLE HEAD BRACKET +PC SIMPLE HEAD BRACKET + PC

20 18 16 L=500 mm 14 12 Def (mm) 10 8 6 4 2 0 M (kgxm) L=400 mm L=300 mm L=600 mm

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 ZS 5 4 3 Q (kg) 10 5 5 10 20 15 10 30 20 15 40 25 20 30 50 35 25 60 40 30 70 45 35 80 50 55 40 90 60 45 2 1 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Q (kg) 160 180 200 220 240 260 280

L300: Cd=0,923 L400: Cd=1,000 L500: Cd=1,154 L600: Cd=1,385

B=200mm 0 B=400mm 0 B=600mm 0

In order to determine the suitability of the PC+SIDE HEAD BRACKET support, observe the relationship between the bending moment and the traction load which has the most unfavourable effect on the support and check whether it is working within the limits of the safety area. To obtain the pendants deflection, multiply the bending moment (M) by the corresponding supports distortion coefficient (Cd). f=M*Cd

267

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SPL
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.17/06/2009

www.basor.com

SPL CEILING SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (L): 300; 400; 500; 600; 700; 800 Finishes: Cincado; HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity - Electrically conductive component - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion Galvanised coating: Class 2 HDG coating: Class 6 - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C Related products: - On the profiles open area: SRB; SCR; SPL; SHL; SP. - On the perforated area: SRB; SCR; SHL.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For mounting on to the ceiling, two anchorages are needed. - The SPL support only allows assembly on an axis. - To fix the horizontal support onto the perforated side, two M10 bolt sets are needed. - To assemble the horizontal support onto the profiles open area, complementary pieces are needed (two nut with spring sets) - On the profiles open area, the support allows the alteration of the horizontal supports height, independently of the distance between holes.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


SPL 22 20 18 16 14 Def (mm) SPL 600 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 Q (kg) 20 10 10 20 20 40 30 60 40 30 50 40 80 60 50 100 70 120 80 60 140 90 70 100 160 110 80 180 120 90 200 130 100 140 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 Q (kg) 300 350 400 450 500 5 10 SPL 400 SPL 300 M (kgxm) SPL 500 20 25 SPL 800 30 SPL 35

SPL 300: Cd=0,255 SPL 400: Cd=0,287 SPL 500: Cd=0,351 SPL 600: Cd=0,415 SPL 800: Cd=0,639

15 ZS

B=200mm 0 B=400mm 0 B=600mm 0

In order to determine the suitability of the SPL support, observe the relationship between the bending moment and the traction load which has the most unfavourable effect on the support and check whether it is working within the limits of the safety area. To obtain the pendants deflection, multiply the bending moment (M) by the corresponding supports distortion coefficient (Cd). f=M*Cd

268

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SP
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.17/06/2009

www.basor.com

SP CEILING SUPPORT / FLOOR

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (L): 300; 400; 500; 600; 800 Finishes: Cincado; HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity - Electrically conductive component - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion Galvanised coating: Class 2 HDG coating: Class 6 - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C Related products: - On the profiles open area: SRB; SCR; SPL; SHL; SP. - On the perforated area: SRB; SCR; SHL.

SP CEILING

SP FLOOR

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For mounting the support, two anchorages are needed. - The SPL support only allows assembly on an axis. - To fix the horizontal support onto the perforated side, two M10 bolt sets are needed. - To assemble the horizontal support onto the profiles open area, complementary pieces are needed (two nut with spring sets) - On the profiles open area, the support allows the alteration of the horizontal supports height, independently of the distance between holes.

SP CEILING

SP FLOOR

SAVE WORKING LOAD


SP 55 25 SP 800 50 45 20 40 Def (mm) SP 600 15 M (kgxm) SP 500 10 SP 400 SP 300 5 15 0 10 5 0 0 B=600mm 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 50 100 150 200 250 300 Q (kg) 350 400 450 500 550 600 35 30 25 20 ZS SP

SP 300: Cd=0,142 SP 400: Cd=0,203 SP 500: Cd=0,265 SP 600: Cd=0,326 SP 800: Cd=0,509

Q (kg) 20 20 40 60 40 80 60 100 120 80 140 100 160 120 180 200 140 220 160 240 260 180 280 200 300

B=200mm 0 B=400mm 0

In order to determine the suitability of the SP support, observe the relationship between the bending moment and the traction load which has the most unfavourable effect on the support and check whether it is working within the limits of the safety area. To obtain the pendants deflection, multiply the bending moment (M) by the corresponding supports distortion coefficient (Cd). f=M*Cd

269

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SZ
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.17/06/2009

www.basor.com

SZ CEILING SUPPORT / FLOOR

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (L): 300; 400; 500; 600 Finishes: Cincado; HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive component - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion Galvanised coating: Class 2 HDG coating: Class 6 - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C Related products: - SRB, SCR, SPL, SHL

SZ CEILING

SZ FLOOR

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- No complementary pieces are needed for mounting the horizontal supports. - The SZ support allows the mounting of horizontal supports on the profiles two work axes.
2 M1

- When the profile works only on one axis, two M12 anchorages shall be used and when the two work axes are required, then four M10 anchorages shall be necessary.
0 M1

SZ CEILING

SZ+SHR 1 AXIS

SZ+SHR 2 AXES

SAVE WORKING LOAD


SZ 30 SZ 600 55 25 50 45 40 15 SZ 400 SZ 300 10 M (kgxm) 35 30 25 ZS 5 20 15 0 Q (kg) 20 20 20 40 60 40 40 80 60 100 120 80 60 140 100 80 160 120 100 180 200 140 220 160 120 240 260 180 140 280 200 160 300 220 180 320 10 5 0 0 B=600mm 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Q (kg) 350 400 450 500 550 600 60 SZ

20 Def (mm)

SZ 500

SZ 300: Cd=0,224 SZ 400: Cd=0,259 SZ 500: Cd=0,345 SZ 600: Cd=0,483

B=200mm 0 B=400mm 0

In order to determine the suitability of the SZ support, observe the relationship between the bending moment and the traction load which has the most unfavourable effect on the support and check whether it is working within the limits of the safety area. To obtain the pendants deflection, multiply the bending moment (M) by the corresponding supports distortion coefficient (Cd). f=M*Cd

270

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SPD
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.17/06/2009

www.basor.com

SPD CEILING SUPPORT / FLOOR

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (L): 500;600;700;800;1000 Finishes: HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive component - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion HDG coating: Class 6 - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C Related products: - On the profiles open area: SRB, SCR, SPL, SHL, SP, SPD, SHR

SPD CEILING

SPD FLOOR

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- The SPD support only allows assembly on one axis. - To assemble the horizontal support, complementary pieces are needed (nut with spring sets). - The profiles open area allows the alteration of the horizontal supports height.

SPD CEILING

SPD FLOOR

SAVE WORKING LOAD


SPD 100 30 SPD 1000 90 80 70 Def (mm) 20 SPD 700 SPD 600 15 SPD 500 M (kgxm) 60 50 40 30 20 Q (kg) 10 B=400mm 0 B=600mm 0 B=800mm 0 20 20 50 40 40 60 60 100 80 100 80 150 120 100 140 120 200 160 140 180 250 200 160 220 180 300 240 200 260 220 350 280 240 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Q (kg) 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 SPD

25

SPD 800

SPD 500: Cd=0,147 SPD 600: Cd=0,179 SPD 700: Cd=0,211 SPD 800: Cd=0,263 SPD 1000: Cd=0,316

10

ZS

In order to determine the suitability of the SPD support, observe the relationship between the bending moment and the traction load which has the most unfavourable effect on the support and check whether it is working within the limits of the safety area. To obtain the pendants deflection, multiply the bending moment (M) by the corresponding supports distortion coefficient (Cd). f=M*Cd

271

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT HEAD SUPPORT+IPN80


UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.17/06/2009

www.basor.com

ER 50x50+COVER HEAD SUPPORT + IPN80 CEILING SUPPORT / FLOOR


Models (L): 600;1000;1300;1500;2000;3000 Finishes: HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion HDG coating: Class 6 - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C
IPN80 CEILING IPN80 FLOOR

Related products: - SHV

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- The head support is mounted on the wall / ceiling / floor using two M12 anchorages. - The IPN80 profile only allows assembly on one axis. - The IPN80 profile allows us to mount the support onto the floor, ceiling and wall or in combined situations. - The head support can be joined to the profile with two M10x30 sets.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


IPN80 HEAD SUPPORT + PROFILE IPN80 HEAD SUPPORT + PROFILE

45 40 35 30 Def (mm) 25 20 15 L=1000 mm 10 5 0 L=600 mm L=2000 mm L=1500 mm L=1300 mm M (kgxm) L=3000 mm

160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 Q (kg) 20 50 50 50 100 100 100 150 200 150 150 250 200 300 250 200 350 300 250 400 350 300 450 500 400 350 550 450 10 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 Q (kg) 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 ZS

L600: Cd=0,069 L1000: Cd=0,092 L1300: Cd=0,117 L1500: Cd=0,138 L2000: Cd=0,172 L3000: Cd=0,275

B=400mm 0 B=600mm 0 B=800mm 0

In order to determine the suitability of the IPN80 profile together with the IPN80 head support, observe the relationship between the bending moment and the traction load which has the most unfavourable effect on the support and check whether it is working within the limits of the safety area. To obtain the pendants deflection, multiply the bending moment (M) by the corresponding supports distortion coefficient (Cd). f=M*Cd

272

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SV
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.10/06/2009

www.basor.com

SV

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 100; 150; 200; 300; 400; 500; 600. Finishes: GS; HDG Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive component - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - With a metallic finishes; resistance to corrosion GS coating: Class 3 HDG coating: Class 6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For mounting the support, two floor anchorages are needed, and three in the case of doubles (models 400, 500 and 600) - The trays are fixed onto the support using B1 sets.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


B 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 SWL (kg) 120 120 110 90 220 150 180

273

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTRAY ERE I304


UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

ERE I304

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (BxH): 100x60;150x60;200x60;300x60. Finishes: I304 Characteristics of the cable tray: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity - Electrically conductive component - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - Resistance to corrosion: Class 9A - Impact resistance: 20J - Classification according to the free base area: Non-perforated tray: A Perforated tray:
Base Models 100 150 200 300 Classification C B C C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the set-up of the self-assembly system, four B1 I304 sets are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

Accessories: This family has large array of accessories: Cover, divider, horizontal bend, vertical inside, vertical outside, joint plate.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


ERE H=60 mm 160 SWL 140 120 SWL (kg/m) 100 80 60 10 40 20 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 d (m) 5 Def 25 Def (mm) 30

20

15

274

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTRAY ERE I304+COVER


UNE-EN 50085-2-1:2008
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

ERE I304+COVER

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (BxH): 100x60; 150x60; 200x60; 300x60. Finishes: I304 Characteristics of the trunking: - Metallic system - Impact resistance: 20J - Minimum storage temperature of -45 C - Minimum installation temperature of -25 C - Maximum temperature of 120 C - Non-flame propagating component - System with electrical continuity characteristic - Without electrical insulation characteristic - Level of protection: Non-perforated ERE + ERE cover: IP44 Perforated ERE + ERE cover: IP23 - With high protection outside and inside against corrosive substances - With access cover which can be opened without the need of tools - Possibility of additional internal protective partition.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the set-up of the self-assembly system, four B1 I304 bolts are needed. - The cover can be fixed by applying pressure. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

Accessories: This family has large array of accessories: Divider, horizontal bend, vertical inside, vertical outside, joint plate.

275

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORFIL BFR I304


UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

BFR I304

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (BxH): 100x35; 150x35; 200x35; 300x35; 60x65; 100x65; 150x65; 200x65; 300x65; 400x65; 500x65; 600x65; 200x105; 300x105; 400x105; 500x105; 600x105. Finishes: I304 Characteristics of the cable tray: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive component - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - Resistance to corrosion: Class 9A - Classification according to the free base area:
Base Models 60 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 Classification Z Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- In order to join the trays, ensemble bolts BF I304 are placed on the wings. - From width 300 onwards, a fixation element is added and placed on the centre of the base. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

Accessories: This family has the following accessories: Cover, divider. Union elements: set bolt-staple, lateral joint, set bolt BF-nut and multi-union joint.Fixation elements: SSC, double SL, simple SL, universal support box, mini universal support box.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


BFR 60X65 70 SWL BFR 60 50 SWL (kg/m) 40 30 20 10 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 d (m) 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 Def 60 50 40 Def (mm) SWL (kg/m) 40 30 20 15 10 10 5 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 d (m) 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 15 10 5 35 30 25 20 40 35 30 25 20 Def (mm) 70 55 50 45 SWL BFR Def 55 50 45 BFR H=35 mm

276

SAVE WORKING LOAD


BFR H=65 mm 130 120 110 100 90 Def (mm) SWL (kg/m) SWL (kg/m) Def (mm) 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 d (m) d (m) 10 20 40 20 20 10 30 40 100 80 60 50 40 30 SWL BFR B=100..400 SWL BFR B=500..600 Def 50 120 60 140 160 SWL BFR B=100..300 SWL BFR B=400..600 Def 60 BFR H=105 mm 80 70

277

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SCR I304


UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

SCR I304

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 50; 100; 150; 200; 300; 400; 500; 600; 750. Finishes: I304 Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive system - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - Resistance to corrosion: Class 9A

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the support, two wall anchorages are needed. - To fix the trays, B1 I304 sets are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


SCR 12 11 10 9 8 Def (mm) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
SWL (kg)

SCR 700 SCR 600 SCR 500

SCR 400 SCR 300 SCR 200 SCR 150 SCR 100 SCR 50

278

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SV I304
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.10/06/2009

www.basor.com

SV I304

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 100; 150; 200; 300. Finishes: I304 Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive component - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C - Resistance to corrosion: Class 9A

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly of the support, two floor anchorages are needed. - The trays are mounted onto the supports using B1 I304 sets.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


B 100 150 200 300 SWL (kg) 120 120 110 90

279

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SVO I304


UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.17/06/2009

www.basor.com

SVO I304 CEILING SUPPORT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 150; 200; 250; 300; 350; 400; 500; 600. Finishes: I304 Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive component - Resistance to corrosion: Class 9A - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For mounting the support on to the ceiling, two THREADED RODS are needed. - The SVO support allows the alteration of the free height depending on the needs, by way of altering the length of the threaded rod.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


SVO SVO 600 SVO 500 SVO 400 SVO 350 SVO 300 SVO 200 SVO 250 SVO 150 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300
SWL (kg)

280

Def (mm)

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT PC+HEAD BRACKET I304


UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.17/06/2009

www.basor.com

ER 50x50+COVER PC+HEAD BRACKET I304 CEILING SUPPORT


Models (L): 3000 Finishes: I304. Characteristics: - Metallic - Non-flame propagating component - With electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically conductive component - Resistance to corrosion: Class 9A - Minimum temperature of -50 C - Maximum temperature of 150 C Related products: - SRB; SCR.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For mounting onto the ceiling, two anchorages are needed. - The hanging profile can be assembled either with SCD or with SRB, by way of using two B1 sets on the lateral area or two B2 sets on the central area.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


PC + HEAD BRACKET 20 30 L=600 mm 18 16 14 Def (mm) 20 L=300 mm 15 M (kgxm) 12 10 8 6 4 Q (kg) 2 B=200mm 0 B=400mm 0 B=600mm 0 5 5 10 10 10 20 15 30 20 15 25 20 40 30 25 50 35 40 30 60 45 35 70 50 40 55 45 80 60 90 65 50 100 70 55 75 60 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 Q (kg) 120 140 160 180 200 PC + HEAD BRACKET

25

L=500 mm L=400 mm

L300: Cd=1,077 L400: Cd=1,185 L500: Cd=1,346 L600: Cd=1,615

10

ZS

In order to determine the suitability of the PC+HEAD BARCKET support, observe the relationship between the bending moment and the traction load which has the most unfavourable effect on the support and check whether it is working within the limits of the safety area. To obtain the pendants deflection, multiply the bending moment (M) by the corresponding supports distortion coefficient (Cd). f=M*Cd

281

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORPLAST BPB Declares that the product: BASORPLAST BPB

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en le Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its modification R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 50085-1 UNE EN 50085-2-1 Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

282

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORPLAST BPB
UNE-EN 50085-2-1:2006
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

BPB

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (HxB): 16x25; 16x40/2; 25x25; 40x40; 40x60; 60x60; 60x100. Finishes: PVCM1 Characteristics of the trunking: - Non-metallic system - Impact resistance: 2J - Minimum temperature of -15 C - Maximum temperature of 60 C - Non-flame propagating component - Without electrical continuity characteristic - With electrical insulating characteristic - Level of protection: IP4X - Interior and exterior high level of protection against corrosive and polluting substances - With access cover which can be opened without the need of tools - M1 fire rating, UNE 23727 - Incandescent self-extinguishing wire at 960 C, UNE 60695-2-1/1 - Inflammability UL 94-VO, AISI/UL 94-1995 - Oxygen level LOI>50%, UNE-EN ISO 4589

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- The cover can be fixed by applying pressure.

283

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORPLAST BPI Declares that the product: BASORPLAST BPI

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 73/23 CEE y su modificacin 93/68 CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 73/23 CEE and its amendment 93/68 CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61537 Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device.

Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:


Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

284

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORPLAST BPI
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.17/06/2009

www.basor.com

BASORPLAST BPI

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (HxB): 60x100; 60x150; 60x200; 60x300; 100x200; 100x300; 100x400; 100x600. Finishes: PVCM1 Characteristics of cable tray: Classification according to the free base area: - Non-metallic system Non-perforated tray: Classification A - Impact resistance: 2J, except for Perforated tray: 60x100 which has 10J - Minimum temperature of -20C - Maximum temperature of 60C - Non-flame propagating component - Without electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically non-conductive system component
Base Models 100 150 200 300 400 600 Classification B B B C B B

BPI 100x60 to150x60

BPI 200x60 to 600x100

- Interior and exterior high level of protection against corrosive and polluting substances - M1 fire rating, UNE 23727 - Incandescent self-extinguishing wire at 960C, UNE 60695-2-1/1 - Inflammability UL 94-VO, AISI/UL 94-1995 - Oxygen level LOI>50%, UNE-EN ISO 4589

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the assembly, two union joints and four M8 PVC bolt sets are needed for each stretch (8 for H100 models). - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

Accessories: This family has large array of accessories: Cover, divider, horizontal bend, vertical inside, vertical outside, union joint, articulated union joint, angle joint.

285

SAVE WORKING LOAD


SWL (Kg/m) BASORPLAST BPI-60x100 BPI-60x150 BPI-60x200 BPI-60x300 BPI-100x200 BPI-100x300 BPI-100x400 BPI-100x600 Distance 1.5 m 23 28 39 45 79 92 101 118

Note: These SWL are below a temperature of 40C with a distance of 1.5 m between supports and below 60C with a distance of 1 m between supports.

286

287

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORPLAST BPI CON TAPA Declares that the product: BASORPLAST BPI WITH COVER

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 73/23 CEE y su modificacin 93/68 CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 73/23 CEE and its amendment 93/68 CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 50085-1 UNE EN 50085-2-1 Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:

2009

Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

288

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORPLAST BPI+COVER
UNE-EN 50085:2006
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

BPI+COVER

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (HxB): 60x100; 60x150; 60x200; 60x300; 100x200; 100x300; 100x400; 100x600. Finishes: PVCM1 Characteristics of the trunking: - Non-metallic system - Impact resistance: 20J, except for 60x100 which 10J - Minimum temperature of -15C - Maximum temperature of 60C - Non-flame propagating component - Without electrical continuity characteristic - With electrical insulating characteristic - Level of protection against the penetration of solid substances: UNE 20.234: Non-perforated BPI + Cover: IP4X Perforated BPI + Cover: IP2X - Level of protection against mechanical damages, UNE-EN 50.102: IK07 (IK10 with supplementary piece) - Interior and exterior high level of protection against corrosive and polluting substances - With access cover which can be opened without the need of tools. In case suplemmentary piece needed to use a screwdriver - M1 fire rating, UNE 23727 - Incandescent self-extinguishing wire at 960C, UNE 60695-2-1/1 - Inflammability UL 94-VO, AISI/UL 94-1995 - Oxygen level LOI>50%, UNE-EN ISO 4589

BPI+COVER 100x60 to 150x60

BPI 200x60 to 600x100

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- They are mounted using two union joints per piece with two M8 PVC bolts at height 60 and four at height 100. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations.

Accessories: This family has large array of accessories: Divider, horizontal bend, vertical inside, vertical outside, end cover, lateral junction piece, joint plate, articulated joint, angle joint.

289

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORSUPPORT SHG
UNE-EN 61537:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

SHG

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (B): 150; 200; 300. Finishes: PVCM1 Caractersticas: - Non-metallic - Non-flame propagating component - Without electrical continuity characteristic - Electrically non-conductive system component - Minimum temperature of -20C - Maximum temperature of 60C - M1 fire rating, UNE 23727 - Incandescent self-extinguishing wire at 960C, UNE 60695-2-1/1 - Inflammability UL 94-VO, AISI/UL 94-1995 - Oxygen level LOI>50%, UNE-EN ISO 4589

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- For the mounting of the support, three wall anchorages are needed. - To fix the support on to the tray, M8 PVC sets are used. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations. - To guarantee a good ventilation, we recommend installing the trays keeping a minimum distance of 250 mm between each tray. - Trays which are placed on supports shall have to keep a gap of 20 mm from the wall to allow for a correct ventilation of the cables.

SAVE WORKING LOAD


8 7 6 5 Def (mm) 4 3 2 1 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 SWL (KG) 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 SHG 100 SHG 150 SHG 200 SHG SHG 300

290

291

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORCANAL CT Declares that the product: BASORCANAL CT

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 73/23 CEE y su modificacin 93/68 CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 73/23 CEE and its amendment 93/68 CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 50085-1 UNE EN 50085-2-1 Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

292

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORCANAL CT
UNE-EN 50085:2006
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

CT

ER 50x50+COVER
Models (HxB): 40x80; 40x120; 60x120; 80x140; 80x200; 100x200; 100x300; 100x400; 100x600. Finishes: GSE Characteristics of trunking: - Metallic system - Impact resistance: 20J - Minimum temperature of -45C - Maximum temperature of 120C - Non-flame propagating component - System with electrical continuity characteristic - Without electrical insulating characteristic - Level of protection: IP65 with a buprene union joint IP53 without a buprene union joint - Interior and exterior high level of protection against corrosive and polluting substances - With access cover which can be opened with the help of tools.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- They are joined with a U shape union joint with six B1 sets. - To fix the cover, six M4 bolts per closed cable tray are needed. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations.

293

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A.

www.basor.com

Declara que el producto: BASORTUB R1250 PVC Declares that the product: BASORTUB R1250 PVC Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CE (Low Voltage Directive) Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61386-1 UNE EN 61386-21 Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device.

Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:


Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

294

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTUB R1250 PVC


UNE-EN 61386:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

R1250 PVC

ER 50x50+COVER
Models: 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 Material: PVC7035 Characteristics of the conduit: - Code: 4321 1254 4010 - Rigid plastic conduit - Compression strenght: 1250N - Impact strenght: 2J - With electrical insulating characteristic - Minimum temperature of -5C - Maximum temperature of 60C - Dielectric rigidity >2000V - Insulation resistance >100M - Non-flame propagating component

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- JUR union joints shall be used to join the different pipe stretches. - The installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations.

Accessories: CP90 elbow, JUR coupler, flexible bend, MCR racor, SPR clip, ABR tie.

295

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A.

www.basor.com

Declara que el producto: BASORTUB R1250 RLH Declares that the product: BASORTUB R1250 RLH Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CE (Low Voltage Directive) Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61386-1 UNE EN 61386-21 Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device.

Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking: 2009


Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

296

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTUB R1250 RLH


UNE-EN 61386:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

R1250 RLH

ER 50x50+COVER
Models: 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 Material: PP7035 Characteristics of the conduit: - Code: 4422 1254 4010 - Halogen free rigid plastic conduit - Compression strenght: 1250N - Impact strenght: 6J - With electrical insulating characteristic - Minimum temperature of -5C - Maximum temperature of 90C - Dielectric rigidity >2000V - Insulation resistance >100M - Non-flame propagating component

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- JUR union joints shall be used to join the different conduit stretches. - The installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations.

Accessories: CP90 elbow, JUR coupler, flexible bend, MCR racor, SPR clip, ABR tie.

297

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A.

www.basor.com

Declara que el producto: BASORTUB RE1250 RLH Declares that the product: BASORTUB RE1250 RLH Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CE (Low Voltage Directive) Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61386-1 UNE EN 61386-21 Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device.

Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:


Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

298

PRODUCT INDEX CARD

BASORTUB RE1250 RLH


UNE-EN 61386:2007
REV.28/05/2009

www.basor.com

RE1250 RLH

ER 50x50+COVER
Models: 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 Material: PP7035 Characteristics of the conduit: - Code: 4422 1254 4010 - Halogen free rigid plastic conduit - Compression strenght: 1250N - Impact strenght: 6J - With electrical insulating characteristic - Minimum temperature of -5C - Maximum temperature of 90C - Dielectric rigidity >2000V - Insulation resistance >100M - Non-flame propagating component - Degree of protection against external influences: IP54

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE


- Apart from the JUR union joint, each conduit stretch is wider on one of the ends so that it is easier to connect it to the next stretch. - The tray installation for an electrical system should NOT run under other types of canalisations such as water, vapour or gas canalisations.

Accessories: CP90 elbow, JUR coupler, flexible bend, MCR racor, SPR clip, ABR tie.

299

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORFLEX FLEXL PA6 Declares that the product: BASORFLEX FLEXL PA6

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 2006/95/CE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 2006/95/CE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 61386-1 UNE EN 61386-23 Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

300

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY La Empresa: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. The Company: BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. Declara que el producto: BASORTRUNKING Declares that the product: BASORTRUNKING

www.basor.com

Instalado de acuerdo con las normas de instalacin, instrucciones del fabricante y conforme a las reglas profesionales, debidamente mantenido y utilizado en las aplicaciones para las que est previsto. Installed in accordance with the installation standards, manufacturers instructions and professional rules, and duly maintained and used for the applications for which it is intended. Cumple con los requisitos esenciales de las Directivas del Consejo: Complies with the Council Directives essential requirements: 73/23 CEE y su modificacin 93/68 CEE (Directiva de Baja Tensin) 73/23 CEE and its modification 93/68 CEE (Low Voltage Directive) Incorporado en la Legislacin Espaola en: R.D. 7/1988 y su modificacin R.D. 154/1995. Incorporated in the Spanish Legislation in: R.D. 7/1988 and its amendment R.D. 154/1995. Es adecuado y seguro para el uso a que est destinado y es conforme con la siguiente norma: Is suitable and safe for the intended use and is in conformity with the following standard: UNE EN 60439-1 UNE EN 60439-2 Informacin adicional: Additional information: Este producto est previsto para ser instalado y mantenido por un profesional, puede ser usado por una persona no formada para reemplazamiento de uno idntico. This product is intended to be installed and maintained by skilled professionals, and may only be manipulated by non-skilled people in order to substitute it for an identical device. Ao de fijacin del marcado CE: Year of affixing of the CE marking:
Lugar y Fecha: Place and date:

2009

Ganda Marzo 2009 Ganda March 2009 Departamento Tcnico

301

PROFILE 41x21x1.5
Admissible strength Moment of inertia, Ix Moment of inertia, Iy 1.50E+08 N/m 8.66E-09 m4 3.82E-08 m4 1.60E-04 m2 1.44E-04 m2 7.76E-03 m 1.63E-02 m 1.09E-02 m 1.01E-02 m 2.05E-02 m 2.05E-02 m 7.92E-07 m3 1.86E-06 m3 1.19E+02 Nm

eje-y ex2 ex1 eje-x

Gross area Net area Radius of gyration for x axis Radius of gyration for y axis ex1 ex2 ey1 ey2 Section modulus x axis Section modulus y axis Maximum bending moment

ey1

ey2

Support span

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. distributed distributed load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 951 475 317 238 190 158 136 109 86 70 58 48 41 36 31 27 24 22 19 17 16 14 13 12 11 10 10 9 8 8 951 475 317 238 155 108 79 61 48 39 32 27 23 20 17 15 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 -

Max. concentrated load near center (kg) 475 237 158 118 95 79 67 59 52 47 43 39 36 33 31 29 27 26 25 23 22 21 20 19 19 18 17 16 16 15

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. concentrated concentrated load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 475 237 158 118 95 79 67 59 52 44 36 30 26 22 19 17 15 13 12 11 10 9 8 8 7 6 6 6 5 475 237 158 118 95 67 49 38 30 24 20 17 14 12 11 9 8 7 7 6 5 5 -

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. Max. concentrated distributed distributed load (kg) load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of applied on the outer face L/360 L/200 238 119 79 45 29 20 15 11 9 7 6 5 238 101 45 25 16 11 8 6 718 695 637 545 453 369 302 -

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3

951 475 317 238 190 158 136 119 106 95 86 79 73 68 63 59 56 53 50 48 45 43 41 40 38 37 35 34 33 32

0.07 0.27 0.61 1.09 1.70 2.45 3.34 4.36 5.51 6.81 8.24 9.80 11.50 13.34 15.32 17.43 19.67 22.06 24.57 27.23 30.02 32.95 36.01 39.21 42.55 46.02 49.63 53.37 57.25 61.27

0.05 0.22 0.49 0.87 1.36 1.96 2.63 3.46 4.34 5.39 6.56 7.72 9.06 10.38 11.99 13.61 15.20 17.38 19.65 21.08 23.35 25.62 27.88 30.10 34.02 36.25 38.34 40.25 44.72 46.41

238 119 79 59 48 40 34 30 26 24 22 20 18 17 16 15 14 13 13 12 11 11 10 10 10 9 9 8 8 8

0.16 0.65 1.47 2.61 4.08 5.88 8.01 10.46 13.23 16.34 19.77 23.53 27.61 32.02 36.76 41.82 47.22 52.93 58.98 65.35 72.05 79.07 86.43 94.11 102.11 110.44 119.10 128.09 137.40 147.04

NOTE: In cantilever case, concentrated load on the edge is considered 38% of the distributed

302

PROFILE 41x21x2.5
Admissible strength Moment of inertia, Ix 1.50E+8 N/m 1.17E-8 m4 5.60E-8 m4 2.46E-4 m2 2.14E-4 m2 7.40E-3 m 1.62E-2 m 1.09E-2 m 1.01E-2 m 2.05E-2 m 2.05E-2 m 1.08E-6 m3 2.73E-6 m3 1.61E+2 Nm

eje-y ex2 ex1 eje-x

Moment of inertia, Iy Gross area Net area Radius of gyration for x axis Radius of gyration for y axis ex1 ex2 ey1 ey2 Section modulus x axis Section modulus y axis

ey1

ey2

Maximum bending moment

Support span

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. distributed distributed load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 1290 645 430 323 258 215 184 148 117 94 78 66 56 48 42 37 33 29 26 24 21 20 18 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 1290 645 430 323 210 146 107 82 65 52 43 36 31 27 23 20 18 16 15 13 12 11 10 9 8 8 7 7 6 6

Max. concentrated load near center (kg) 645 322 215 161 129 107 92 80 71 64 58 53 49 46 43 40 37 35 33 32 30 29 28 26 25 24 23 23 22 21

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. concentrated concentrated load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 645 322 215 161 129 107 92 80 71 59 49 41 35 30 26 23 20 18 16 15 13 12 11 10 9 9 8 8 7 7 645 322 215 161 129 91 67 51 40 33 27 23 19 17 15 13 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 -

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. Max. concentrated distributed distributed load (kg) load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of applied on the outer face L/360 L/200 323 161 108 61 39 27 20 15 12 10 8 7 6 5 323 137 62 34 22 15 11 9 7 5 1007 970 882 748 615 501 411 -

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3

1290 645 430 323 258 215 184 161 143 129 117 108 99 92 86 81 76 72 68 65 61 59 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 43

0.07 0.27 0.61 1.09 1.71 2.46 3.35 4.37 5.53 6.83 8.27 9.84 11.55 13.39 15.37 17.49 19.75 22.14 24.66 27.33 30.13 33.07 36.14 39.35 42.70 46.19 49.81 53.57 57.46 61.49

0.05 0.22 0.49 0.87 1.37 1.96 2.67 3.47 4.39 5.42 6.54 7.76 9.12 10.70 12.30 13.88 15.40 17.30 19.18 21.69 23.54 26.17 28.87 30.46 33.10 35.74 38.36 42.78 45.46 48.04

323 161 108 81 65 54 46 40 36 32 29 27 25 23 22 20 19 18 17 16 15 15 14 13 13 12 12 12 11 11

0.16 0.66 1.48 2.62 4.10 5.90 8.03 10.49 13.28 16.40 19.84 23.61 27.71 32.14 36.89 41.98 47.39 53.13 59.20 65.59 72.31 79.37 86.74 94.45 102.49 110.85 119.54 128.56 137.91 147.58

NOTE: In cantilever case, concentrated load on the edge is considered 38% of the distributed

303

PROFILE 41x41x1.5

eje-y ex1

Admissible strength Moment of inertia, Ix Moment of inertia, Iy Gross area Net area Radius of gyration for x axis Radius of gyration for y axis ex1 ex2

1.50E+08 N/m 4.29E-08 m4 5.99E-08 m4 2.15E-04 m2 1.95E-04 m2 1.48E-02 m 1.75E-02 m 2.05E-02 m 2.05E-02 m 2.05E-02 m 2.05E-02 m 2.09E-06 m3 2.92E-06 m3 3.14E+02 Nm

eje-x ex2

ey1 ey2 Section modulus x axis Section modulus y axis Maximum bending moment

ey1

ey2

Support span

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. distributed distributed load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 2508 1254 836 627 502 418 358 314 279 251 228 209 193 177 154 135 120 107 96 87 78 72 65 60 55 51 47 44 41 38 2508 1254 836 627 502 418 358 300 237 192 159 134 114 98 85 75 67 59 53 48 44 40 36 33 31 28 26 25 23 21

Max. concentrated load near center (kg) 1254 627 418 313 250 209 179 156 139 125 114 104 96 89 83 78 73 69 66 62 59 57 54 52 50 48 46 44 43 41

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. concentrated concentrated load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 1254 627 418 313 250 209 179 156 139 125 114 104 96 89 83 78 73 67 60 54 49 45 41 38 35 32 30 28 26 24 1254 627 418 313 250 209 179 156 139 120 99 83 71 61 53 47 42 37 33 30 27 25 23 21 19 18 16 15 14 13

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. Max. concentrated distributed distributed load (kg) load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of applied on the outer face L/360 L/200 627 314 209 157 125 100 74 56 45 36 30 25 21 18 16 14 12 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 627 314 209 125 80 56 41 31 25 20 17 14 12 10 9 8 7 6 6 5 1004 997 980 958 921 870 801 731 658 594 532 480 431 390 -

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3

2508 1254 836 627 502 418 358 314 279 251 228 209 193 179 167 157 148 139 132 125 119 114 109 105 100 96 93 90 86 84

0.04 0.14 0.33 0.58 0.91 1.30 1.78 2.32 2.93 3.62 4.38 5.22 6.12 7.10 8.15 9.27 10.47 11.74 13.08 14.49 15.98 17.53 19.16 20.87 22.64 24.49 26.41 28.40 30.47 32.61

0.03 0.12 0.26 0.46 0.72 1.04 1.42 1.85 2.34 2.89 3.51 4.15 4.87 5.64 6.47 7.38 8.29 9.30 10.46 11.46 12.63 14.03 15.18 16.61 18.06 19.50 20.93 22.32 24.24 25.58

627 314 209 157 125 105 90 78 70 63 57 52 48 45 42 39 37 35 33 31 30 29 27 26 25 24 23 22 22 21

0.09 0.35 0.78 1.39 2.17 3.13 4.26 5.56 7.04 8.69 10.52 12.52 14.69 17.04 19.56 22.26 25.13 28.17 31.39 34.78 38.34 42.08 45.99 50.08 54.34 58.78 63.38 68.17 73.12 78.25

NOTE: In cantilever case, concentrated load on the edge is considered 38% of the distributed

304

PROFILE 41x41x2.5

eje-y ex1

Admissible strength Moment of inertia, Ix Moment of inertia, Iy Gross area Net area Radius of gyration for x axis Radius of gyration for y axis ex1 ex2

1.50E+08 N/m 6.56E-08 m4 9.32E-08 m4 3.46E-04 m2 3.13E-04 m2 1.45E-02 m 1.73E-02 m 2.07E-02 m 2.03E-02 m 2.05E-02 m 2.05E-02 m 3.16E-06 m3 4.54E-06 m3 4.74E+02 Nm

eje-x ex2

ey1 ey2 Section modulus x axis Section modulus y axis Maximum bending moment

ey1

ey2

Support span

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. distributed distributed load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 3795 1897 1265 949 759 632 542 474 422 379 345 316 292 270 235 206 183 163 146 132 120 109 100 92 85 78 73 67 63 59 3795 1897 1265 949 759 632 542 459 363 294 243 204 174 150 131 115 102 91 81 73 67 61 56 51 47 43 40 37 35 33

Max. concentrated load near center (kg) 1897 948 632 474 379 316 271 237 210 189 172 158 145 135 126 118 111 105 99 94 90 86 82 79 75 72 70 67 65 63

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. concentrated concentrated load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 1897 948 632 474 379 316 271 237 210 189 172 158 145 135 126 118 111 102 92 83 75 68 62 57 53 49 45 42 39 37 1897 948 632 474 379 316 271 237 210 184 152 128 109 94 82 72 64 57 51 46 42 38 35 32 29 27 25 23 22 20

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. Max. concentrated distributed distributed load (kg) load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of applied on the outer face L/360 L/200 949 474 316 237 190 153 112 86 68 55 46 38 33 28 25 22 19 17 15 14 12 11 10 10 9 8 8 7 7 6 949 474 316 191 122 85 62 48 38 31 25 21 18 16 14 12 11 9 8 8 7 6 6 5 1538 1528 1504 1466 1405 1326 1222 1109 1001 899 806 730 657 593 -

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3

3795 1897 1265 949 759 632 542 474 422 379 345 316 292 271 253 237 223 211 200 190 181 172 165 158 152 146 141 136 131 126

0.04 0.14 0.32 0.57 0.90 1.29 1.76 2.30 2.91 3.59 4.34 5.17 6.07 7.03 8.08 9.19 10.37 11.63 12.96 14.36 15.83 17.37 18.99 20.67 22.43 24.26 26.17 28.14 30.19 32.30

0.03 0.11 0.26 0.46 0.72 1.03 1.41 1.84 2.32 2.86 3.46 4.13 4.82 5.61 6.44 7.31 8.25 9.27 10.28 11.38 12.61 13.86 15.01 16.53 17.73 19.15 20.85 22.26 23.99 25.74

949 474 316 237 190 158 136 119 105 95 86 79 73 68 63 59 56 53 50 47 45 43 41 40 38 37 35 34 33 32

0.09 0.34 0.78 1.38 2.15 3.10 4.22 5.51 6.98 8.61 10.42 12.40 14.56 16.88 19.38 22.05 24.89 27.91 31.01 34.46 37.99 41.69 45.57 49.62 53.84 58.23 62.80 67.53 72.45 77.53

NOTE: In cantilever case, concentrated load on the edge is considered 38% of the distributed

305

eje-y ex1

PROFILE 41x82x2.5
Admissible strength Moment of inertia, Ix Moment of inertia, Iy Gross area Net area Radius of gyration for x axis Radius of gyration for y axis ex1 ex2 1.50E+8 N/m 3.89E-7 m4 1.87E-7 m4 6.92E-4 m2 6.37E-4 m2 2.47E-2 m 1.71E-2 m 4.10E-2 m 4.10E-2 m 2.05E-2 m 2.05E-2 m 9.49E-6 m3 9.11E-6 m3 1.42E+3 Nm

eje-x ex2

ey1 ey2 Section modulus x axis Section modulus y axis Maximum bending moment*

ey1 ey2

Support span

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. distributed distributed load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 11384 5692 3795 2846 2277 1897 1626 1423 1265 1138 1035 949 876 813 759 711 670 632 599 569 542 517 495 474 455 438 422 400 373 348 11384 5692 3795 2846 2277 1897 1626 1423 1265 1138 1035 949 876 813 759 681 603 538 483 436 395 360 329 303 279 258 239 222 207 194

Max. concentrated load near center (kg) 5691 2845 1897 1422 1138 948 813 711 632 569 517 474 437 406 379 355 334 316 299 284 271 258 247 237 227 218 210 203 196 189

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. concentrated concentrated load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 5691 2845 1897 1422 1138 948 813 711 632 569 517 474 437 406 379 355 334 316 299 284 271 258 247 237 227 218 210 203 196 189 5691 2845 1897 1422 1138 948 813 711 632 569 517 474 437 406 379 355 334 316 299 272 247 225 206 189 174 161 149 139 129 121

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. Max. concentrated distributed distributed load (kg) load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of applied on the outer face L/360 L/200 2846 1423 949 711 569 474 407 356 316 285 259 227 193 167 145 128 113 101 91 82 74 68 62 57 52 48 45 42 39 36 2846 1423 949 711 569 474 370 284 224 182 150 126 107 93 81 71 63 56 50 45 41 38 34 32 29 27 25 23 22 20 2546 2533 2513 2487 2436 2358 2263 2137 1998 1866 1728 1592 1477 1359 1252 1154 1073 -

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3

11384 5692 3795 2846 2277 1897 1626 1423 1265 1138 1035 949 876 813 759 711 670 632 599 569 542 517 495 474 455 438 422 407 393 379

0.02 0.07 0.16 0.29 0.45 0.65 0.89 1.16 1.47 1.81 2.20 2.61 3.07 3.56 4.08 4.65 5.24 5.88 6.55 7.26 8.00 8.78 9.60 10.45 11.34 12.27 13.23 14.23 15.26 16.33

0.01 0.06 0.13 0.23 0.36 0.52 0.71 0.93 1.18 1.45 1.76 2.09 2.45 2.84 3.26 3.71 4.19 4.70 5.23 5.80 6.40 7.01 7.67 8.36 9.05 9.77 10.54 11.37 12.19 13.02

2846 1423 949 711 569 474 407 356 316 285 259 237 219 203 190 178 167 158 150 142 136 129 124 119 114 109 105 102 98 95

0.04 0.17 0.39 0.70 1.09 1.57 2.13 2.79 3.53 4.36 5.27 6.27 7.36 8.54 9.80 11.15 12.59 14.11 15.72 17.42 19.21 21.08 23.04 25.09 27.22 29.44 31.75 34.15 36.63 39.20

NOTE: In cantilever case, concentrated load on the edge is considered 38% of the distributed * Load information for the profiles regular work axis (x axis).

306

CT 20x10x1
Admissible strength Moment of inertia, Ix Moment of inertia, Iy Gross area 1.50E+08 N/m 4.82E-10 m4 2.48E-09 m4 4.43E-05 m2 3.58E-05 m2 3.67E-03 m 8.33E-03 m 5.19E-03 m 4.81E-03 m 1.00E-02 m 1.00E-02 m 9.29E-08 m3 2.48E-07 m3 1.39E+01 Nm

ex1

eje-y eje-x

Net area Radius of gyration for x axis Radius of gyration for y axis ex1 ex2 ey1

ex2

ey2 Section modulus x axis Section modulus y axis Maximum bending moment

ey1 ey2

Support span

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. distributed distributed load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 112 56 37 24 16 11 8 6 112 54 24 14 9 6 -

Max. concentrated load near center (kg) 55 27 18 13 11 9 7 6

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. concentrated concentrated load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 55 27 18 13 10 7 55 27 15 8 5 -

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. Max. concentrated distributed distributed load (kg) load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of applied on the outer face L/360 L/200 28 10 23 6 171 130 85 -

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8

112 56 37 28 22 19 16 14

0.14 0.57 1.29 2.29 3.58 5.16 7.02 9.18

0.11 0.44 1.00 1.71 2.83 4.00 4.94 6.32

28 14 9 7 6 5 4 3

0.34 1.38 3.01 5.51 8.60 12.39 16.86 22.02

NOTE: In cantilever case, concentrated load on the edge is considered 38% of the distributed

307

CT 30x30x1.5
Admissible strength Moment of inertia, Ix 1.50E+8 N/m 1.41E-8 m4 2.17E-8 m4 1.53E-4 m2 1.28E-4 m2 1.05E-2 m 1.30E-2 m 1.34E-2 m 1.66E-2 m 1.50E-2 m 1.50E-2 m 8.51E-7 m3 1.45E-6 m3 1.28E+2 Nm

eje-y ex1

Moment of inertia, Iy Gross area Net area Radius of gyration for x axis Radius of gyration for y axis ex1 ex2

eje-x

ex2

ey1 ey2 Section modulus x axis Section modulus y axis

ey1

ey2

Maximum bending moment

Support span

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. distributed distributed load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 1022 511 341 255 204 170 146 128 114 102 93 79 67 58 51 45 39 35 32 29 26 24 22 20 18 17 16 15 14 13 1022 511 341 255 204 170 129 99 78 63 52 44 37 32 28 25 22 20 18 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 9 8 8 7

Max. concentrated load near center (kg) 510 255 170 127 102 85 72 63 56 51 46 42 39 36 34 31 30 28 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 18 17 17

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. concentrated concentrated load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 510 255 170 127 102 85 72 63 56 51 46 42 39 36 32 28 25 22 20 18 16 15 14 12 11 11 10 9 9 8 510 255 170 127 102 85 72 62 49 40 33 28 23 20 18 15 14 12 11 10 9 8 8 7 6 6 5 5 -

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. Max. concentrated distributed distributed load (kg) load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of applied on the outer face L/360 L/200 255 128 85 64 48 33 24 19 15 12 10 8 7 6 5 255 128 73 41 26 18 14 10 8 7 5 550 540 524 494 450 401 351 307 268 234 -

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3

1022 511 341 255 204 170 146 128 114 102 93 85 79 73 68 64 60 57 54 51 49 46 44 43 41 39 38 37 35 34

1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 15 17 18 20 22 24 26 29 31 33 36 38 41

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 7 9 9 11 12 13 15 16 18 19 21 22 24 25 28 30 33

255 128 85 64 51 43 37 32 28 26 23 21 20 18 17 16 15 14 13 13 12 12 11 11 10 10 10 9 9 9

1 1 1 2 3 4 6 7 9 11 14 16 19 22 25 28 32 35 39 44 48 53 57 62 68 73 79 85 91 97

NOTE: In cantilever case, concentrated load on the edge is considered 38% of the distributed

308

CT 40x20x1.5
Admissible strength Moment of inertia, Ix Moment of inertia, Iy 1.50E+08 N/m 7.23E-09 m4 3.21E-08 m4 1.36E-04 m2 1.24E-04 m2 7.64E-03 m 1.61E-02 m 1.13E-02 m 8.71E-03 m 2.00E-02 m 2.00E-02 m 6.40E-07 m3 1.60E-06 m3 9.60E+01 Nm

ex1

eje-y eje-x

Gross area Net area Radius of gyration for x axis Radius of gyration for y axis ex1 ex2 ey1 ey2

ex2

Section modulus x axis Section modulus y axis Maximum bending moment

ey1

ey2

Support span

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. distributed distributed load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 768 384 256 192 154 128 110 91 72 58 48 40 34 30 26 23 20 18 16 15 13 12 11 10 9 9 8 7 7 6 768 384 256 192 129 90 66 51 40 32 27 22 19 17 14 13 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 -

Max. concentrated load near center (kg) 384 192 128 96 76 64 54 48 42 38 34 32 29 27 25 24 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 16 15 14 14 13 13 12

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. concentrated concentrated load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 384 192 128 96 76 64 54 48 42 36 30 25 22 19 16 14 13 11 10 9 8 8 7 6 6 5 384 192 128 96 76 56 41 32 25 20 17 14 12 10 9 8 7 6 6 5 -

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. Max. concentrated distributed distributed load (kg) load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of applied on the outer face L/360 L/200 192 96 64 38 24 17 12 9 7 6 5 192 84 37 21 13 9 7 5 580 560 515 444 368 300 248 -

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3

768 384 256 192 154 128 110 96 85 77 70 64 59 55 51 48 45 43 40 38 37 35 33 32 31 30 28 27 26 26

0.07 0.26 0.59 1.05 1.65 2.37 3.23 4.22 5.34 6.59 7.97 9.49 11.14 12.92 14.83 16.87 19.05 21.35 23.79 26.36 29.06 31.90 34.86 37.96 41.19 44.55 48.04 51.67 55.42 59.31

0.05 0.21 0.47 0.84 1.30 1.90 2.54 3.37 4.20 5.22 6.21 7.59 8.75 10.17 11.58 13.50 14.84 16.81 18.83 20.87 22.89 24.85 26.73 30.37 32.18 33.78 37.83 39.18 43.53 44.48

192 96 64 48 38 32 27 24 21 19 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 11 10 10 9 9 8 8 8 7 7 7 7 6

0.16 0.63 1.42 2.53 3.95 5.69 7.75 10.12 12.81 15.82 19.14 22.78 26.73 31.00 35.59 40.49 45.71 51.25 57.01 63.27 69.75 76.55 83.67 91.10 98.85 106.92 115.30 124.00 133.02 142.35

NOTE: In cantilever case, concentrated load on the edge is considered 38% of the distributed

309

PC PROFILE
Admissible strength 1.50E+08 N/m 2.53E-08 m4 1.10E-07 m4 2.45E-04 m2 1.76E-04 m2 1.20E-02 m 2.50E-02 m 2.35E-02 m 1.15E-02 m 2.90E-02 m 2.90E-02 m 1.08E-06 m3 3.79E-06 m3 1.61E+02 Nm

eje-y ex1 eje-x ex2 ey1 ey2

Moment of inertia, Ix Moment of inertia, Iy Gross area Net area Radius of gyration for x axis Radius of gyration for y axis ex1 ex2 ey1 ey2 Section modulus x axis Section modulus y axis Maximum bending moment

Support span

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. distributed distributed load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 1291 646 430 323 258 215 184 161 143 129 117 108 99 92 86 80 71 63 57 51 46 42 39 35 33 30 28 26 24 23 1291 646 430 323 258 215 184 161 140 113 94 79 67 58 50 44 39 35 31 28 26 23 21 20 18 17 16 14 13 13

Max. concentrated load near center (kg) 645 322 215 161 129 107 92 80 71 64 58 53 49 46 43 40 37 35 33 32 30 29 28 26 25 24 23 23 22 21

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. concentrated concentrated load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 645 322 215 161 129 107 92 80 71 64 58 53 49 46 43 40 37 35 33 32 29 26 24 22 20 19 17 16 15 14 645 322 215 161 129 107 92 80 71 64 58 49 42 36 31 28 25 22 20 18 16 15 13 12 11 10 10 9 8 8

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. Max. concentrated distributed distributed load (kg) load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of applied on the outer face L/360 L/200 323 161 108 81 65 54 43 33 26 21 18 15 13 11 9 8 7 7 6 5 323 161 108 74 47 33 24 18 15 12 10 8 7 6 5 544 540 532 518 492 461 424 387 353 319 288 262 -

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3

1291 646 430 323 258 215 184 161 143 129 117 108 99 92 86 81 76 72 68 65 61 59 56 54 52 50 48 46 45 43

0.03 0.13 0.28 0.51 0.79 1.14 1.55 2.02 2.56 3.16 3.83 4.55 5.35 6.20 7.12 8.01 9.14 10.25 11.42 12.65 13.95 15.31 16.73 18.22 19.77 21.38 23.06 24.80 26.60 28.47

0.03 0.10 0.23 0.40 0.63 0.91 1.24 1.61 2.03 2.51 3.03 3.59 4.22 4.95 5.69 6.42 7.12 8.00 8.87 10.03 10.89 12.10 13.35 14.09 15.31 16.53 17.74 19.79 21.03 22.22

323 161 108 81 65 54 46 40 36 32 29 27 25 23 22 20 19 18 17 16 15 15 14 13 13 12 12 12 11 11

0.08 0.30 0.68 1.21 1.90 2.73 3.72 4.86 6.15 7.59 9.19 10.93 12.83 14.88 17.08 19.43 21.94 24.60 27.40 30.36 33.48 36.74 40.16 43.73 47.45 51.32 55.34 59.52 63.84 68.32

NOTE: In cantilever case, concentrated load on the edge is considered 38% of the distributed

310

RA 35x14x1.5
Admissible strength Moment of inertia, Ix Moment of inertia, Iy Gross area 1.50E+8 N/m 2.83E-9 m4 1.82E-8 m4 9.82E-5 m2 1.11E-4 m2 5.05E-3 m 1.28E-2 m 6.38E-3 m 7.62E-3 m 1.75E-2 m 1.75E-2 m 3.72E-7 m3 1.04E-6 m3 5.58E+1 Nm

ex1

eje-y eje-x

Net area Radius of gyration for x axis Radius of gyration for y axis ex1 ex2 ey1

ex2

ey2 Section modulus x axis Section modulus y axis Maximum bending moment

ey1

ey2

Support span

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. distributed distributed load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 446 223 149 112 89 64 47 36 28 23 19 16 14 12 10 9 8 7 6 6 5 446 223 141 79 51 35 26 20 16 13 11 9 8 7 6 -

Max. concentrated load near center (kg) 223 111 74 55 44 37 31 27 24 22 20 18 17 15 14 13 13 12 11 11 10 10 9 9 8 8 8 7 7 7

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. concentrated concentrated load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 223 111 74 55 44 37 29 22 18 14 12 10 8 7 6 6 223 111 74 50 32 22 16 12 10 8 7 6 -

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. Max. concentrated distributed distributed load (kg) load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of applied on the outer face L/360 L/200 112 56 26 15 10 7 112 33 15 8 5 499 448 354 264 199 -

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3

446 223 149 112 89 74 64 56 50 45 41 37 34 32 30 28 26 25 24 22 21 20 19 19 18 17 17 16 15 15

1 1 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 10 12 15 17 20 22 25 29 32 36 40 44 48 52 57 62 67 72 77 83 88

1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 7 8 10 11 14 15 17 19 23 25 27 31 33 38 39 44 44 50 56 54 60 67

112 56 37 28 22 19 16 14 12 11 10 9 9 8 7 7 7 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4

1 1 3 4 6 9 12 15 19 24 29 34 40 46 53 60 68 76 85 94 104 114 124 135 147 159 171 184 198 211

NOTE: In cantilever case, concentrated load on the edge is considered 38% of the distributed

311

RA 50x14x1.5
Admissible strength Moment of inertia, Ix Moment of inertia, Iy Gross area 1.50E+08 N/m 3.42E-09 m4 4.45E-08 m4 1.33E-04 m2 1.21E-04 m2 5.32E-03 m 1.92E-02 m 9.11E-03 m 4.89E-03 m 2.50E-02 m 2.50E-02 m 3.75E-07 m3 1.78E-06 m3 5.63E+01 Nm

ex1

eje-y eje-x

Net area Radius of gyration for x axis Radius of gyration for y axis ex1 ex2 ey1

ex2

ey2 Section modulus x axis Section modulus y axis Maximum bending moment

ey1

ey2

Support span

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. distributed distributed load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 450 225 150 113 90 75 56 43 34 28 23 19 16 14 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 6 5 450 225 150 96 61 43 31 24 19 15 13 11 9 8 7 6 5 -

Max. concentrated load near center (kg) 225 112 75 56 45 37 32 28 25 22 20 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 11 10 10 9 9 9 8 8 8 7 7

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. concentrated concentrated load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 225 112 75 56 45 37 32 27 21 17 14 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 225 112 75 56 38 27 20 15 12 10 8 7 6 -

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. Max. concentrated distributed distributed load (kg) load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of applied on the outer face L/360 L/200 113 56 32 18 11 8 6 113 40 18 10 6 454 421 350 274 214 -

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3

450 225 150 113 90 75 64 56 50 45 41 38 35 32 30 28 26 25 24 23 21 20 20 19 18 17 17 16 16 15

0.08 0.33 0.74 1.31 2.04 2.94 4.00 5.23 6.62 8.17 9.88 11.76 13.80 16.01 18.38 20.91 23.60 26.46 29.48 32.67 36.02 39.53 43.21 47.04 51.05 55.21 59.54 64.03 68.69 73.51

0.07 0.26 0.59 1.04 1.63 2.32 3.19 4.16 5.29 6.39 7.73 9.03 10.84 12.75 14.70 16.65 18.54 20.32 21.90 25.55 26.89 30.91 31.79 36.12 40.83 40.82 45.71 50.98 49.56 54.87

113 56 38 28 23 19 16 14 13 11 10 9 9 8 8 7 7 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4

0.20 0.78 1.76 3.14 4.90 7.06 9.60 12.55 15.88 19.60 23.72 28.23 33.13 38.42 44.10 50.18 56.65 63.51 70.76 78.41 86.44 94.87 103.69 112.91 122.51 132.51 142.90 153.68 164.85 176.42

NOTE: In cantilever case, concentrated load on the edge is considered 38% of the distributed

312

PROFILE Z

ey1

ey2

Admissible strength Moment of inertia, Ix Moment of inertia, Iy Gross area Net area Radius of gyration for x axis

1.50E+08 N/m 8.59E-08 m4 5.83E-08 m4 3.30E-04 m2 1.98E-04 m2 2.08E-02 m 1.72E-02 m 2.35E-02 m 2.35E-02 m 3.35E-02 m 3.35E-02 m 3.65E-06 m3 1.74E-06 m3 5.48E+02 Nm

ex2 eje-x ex1 eje-y

Radius of gyration for y axis ex1 ex2 ey1 ey2 Section modulus x axis Section modulus y axis Maximum bending moment*

Support span

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. distributed distributed load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 4385 2193 1462 1096 877 731 626 548 487 439 399 365 337 313 292 271 240 214 192 173 157 143 131 120 111 102 95 88 82 77 4385 2193 1462 1096 877 731 626 548 475 385 318 267 228 196 171 150 133 119 107 96 87 79 73 67 62 57 53 49 46 43

Max. concentrated load near center (kg) 2192 1096 730 548 438 365 313 274 243 219 199 182 168 156 146 137 128 121 115 109 104 99 95 91 87 84 81 78 75 73

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. concentrated concentrated load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of L/360 L/200 2192 1096 730 548 438 365 313 274 243 219 199 182 168 156 146 137 128 121 115 108 98 89 82 75 69 64 59 55 51 48 2192 1096 730 548 438 365 313 274 243 219 199 167 142 123 107 94 83 74 67 60 55 50 45 42 38 36 33 31 29 27

Max. distributed load (kg)

Max. deflection (mm)

Max. Max. Max. concentrated distributed distributed load (kg) load (kg) for a load (kg) for a deflection of deflection of applied on the outer face L/360 L/200 1096 548 365 274 219 183 147 113 89 72 60 50 43 37 32 28 25 22 20 18 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 9 8 1096 548 365 250 160 111 82 63 49 40 33 28 24 20 18 16 14 12 11 10 9 8 8 7 6 6 5 5 618 615 611 606 596 582 563 537 511 481 451 423 395 367 344 320 298 -

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3

4385 2193 1462 1096 877 731 626 548 487 439 399 365 337 313 292 274 258 244 231 219 209 199 191 183 175 169 162 157 151 146

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 19 20 22 24 25 27 29

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 22 23

1096 548 365 274 219 183 157 137 122 110 100 91 84 78 73 69 64 61 58 55 52 50 48 46 44 42 41 39 38 37

1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 7 8 10 11 13 15 18 20 22 25 28 31 34 37 41 44 48 52 56 60 64 69

NOTE: In cantilever case, concentrated load on the edge is considered 38% of the distributed * Load information for the profiles regular work axis (x axis).

313

http://tools.basor.com

Visita el portal para ingenieros e instaladores

Herramientas fciles de usar

Regstrate e infrmate de las novedades

314

OFFICES
HEAD OFFICE
BASOR ELECTRIC, S.A. P.I. ALCODAR AVDA. ALCODAR, 45-47 / Apdo. 244 46701 GANDIA (VALENCIA) ESPAA basor@basor.com T. 902.995.920 F. 902.995.921

PRODUCTION CENTRES
GANDIA P.I. ALCODAR AVDA. ALCODAR, 45-47 46701 GANDIA (VALENCIA) ESPAA CASTELL DE RUGAT P.I. EL MOL C/ DEL MIG DIA, S/N 46841 CASTELL DE RUGAT (VALENCIA) ESPAA ALMANSA P.I. EL MUGRN FASE 3 C/ TONELEROS, S/N MANZANA A-1 02640 ALMANSA (ALBACETE) ESPAA

OFFICES IN SPAIN
DELEGACIN LEVANTE P.I. FUENTE DEL JARRO 2 FASE C/ CIUDAD DE CARTAGENA, 29 46988 PATERNA (VALENCIA) zona_levante@basor.com T. 902.995.920 F. 902.995.921 DELEGACIN NOROESTE C/ RICARDO MELLA, 93, INT 36213 VIGO (PONTEVEDRA) T. 986.22.65.35 F. 986.43.72.12 DELEGACIN CENTRO P.I. LOS ANGELES C/ CARPINTEROS, 32 28906 GETAFE (MADRID) zona_centro@basor.com T. 916.832.518 F. 916.816.899 DELEGACIN SUR P.I. EL PINO C/ PINO ESTROBO, 9 41016 SEVILLA zona_andalucia@basor.com T. 954.512.163 F. 901.020.543 DELEGACION NORDESTE P.I. MOL DEL FRARES C/ CALLE A, 45 08620 SANT VICEN DELS HORTS (BARCELONA) zona_nordeste@basor.com T. 936.568.167 F. 936.568.168

INTERNATIONAL BRANCHES BASOR ELEKTRO KFT


PETERHALMI UT. 8 H1182 BUDAPEST (HUNGARY) T. +361 297.02.04 F. +361 290.69.66 CAMINHO DE CABOS BASOR ELECTRIC, LDA PARQUE EMPRESARIAL QUIMIPARQUE EDIFICIO 153, RUA 42, N 21, N DE MATRIZ 7645 2830 BARREIRO (PORTUGAL) T. +351 21.207.11.65 F. +351 21.207.11.60

BASOR FRANCE, SAS


AV. DES CHAMPS ELYSES, 90 75008 PARIS (FRANCE) T. +33.182.888.805 F. +33.173.766.548

315

E-mail: basor@basor.com www.basor.com Tel.: 902.995.920 Fax: 902.995.921